Coaching Call: Starting Out In Syndications | Should You Do 1031 Exchange

What’s up folks? On today’s podcast, we are gonna be doing a coaching call where we go over the beginner questions on transitioning. Maybe you’ve owned some rental properties and you may be thinking you’re gonna 10 31 into a syndication or into a bigger deal. Guess what? , as far as I’m concerned, 1031s make absolutely no sense unless you’re going to 10 31, like something bigger than a two or 3 million capital gain and depreciation recapture.

So what we’re gonna be going into in detail today on this call is, how do you use the passive losses or how do you go into deals to get enough passive losses to totally offset the capital gain and depreciate, recapture on everything that you’re selling previously? Just experience sharing here, 2015 when I realized the old turnkey rentals wasn’t all what it was said it was going to be. And yeah, back then the pricing on that stuff was a lot better than it is today. I saw the light and I sold pretty much all my. Turnkey rental rentals in 2015. I think I sold six or seven out of the 11 of ’em that year, and I had a big capital gain in depreciation, recapture about $250,000.

But since I was investing in syndication deals prior, I had a lot of suspended passive losses built up. And I believe the form is the 82 85 form. All you guys should have that. Take a look at there and see how much suspended passive losses you have. Great exercise for you to do every single year. And also I just uploaded in the syndication e-course a video where I go through my K one tracker on how do I keep track of my suspended passive losses in this year, and then go look at my 85 82 form for previous years.

But anyway, Hope you guys enjoy the show. Make sure you sign up for the club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. We just recorded the quarterly kimono report and we’re going to be releasing that to you folks. The part one and part two. Part two goes out to the investors in actual deals. We go over all the deals that we’re in in a very transparent form, right?

There’s a lot of people out there. They say they’re in a lot of deals, but they never really, you never really hear. This stuff, nor can you really interact with other investors within the group to figure out if it’s all true or not. And this is what’s hard about being a private investor in these private syndications.

It’s really hard to do your own due diligence, which is why I have always said the. . The only way to really do this and make sure you don’t step on any landmines, and I’ve stepped on the landmines myself working with, dishonest people and people who just are faking it till they make it.

The only way to really figure out who’s legit in this business is to surround yourself with other purely passive accredited investors. Not these, fake it to you make it general partner wannabe groups, but real accredit investor, purely passive groups. I truly believe that our group is the, really, the only one out there with kind of that already have infrastructure in place.

Our family office group, we’ve started it, I believe around 2018 and really got it going 2019 and into the pandemic. I think we’re well over a hundred members in that group right now. . But if you guys wanna get more information about that, just come in, join the group@simplepastacastle.com slash club.

That form will take you maybe about a minute or two, but then we’ll set up that onboarding call with myself to get to know each other. That gives me the opportunity to see what you’ve got going on and maybe do a little bit call, like how we’re gonna be showing today on today’s podcast. But anyway, enjoy the show.

All right, folks. We’ll probably going to add this to the e-course at some point, but we have, we’ll just call them. Bob, and Amy, if I can remember that name right there, names real names so will remain private. But Bob and Amy have been investing a little bit and have some great questions.

And I think these questions are. Going to be very indicative of somebody. Who’s been through a lot of the initial education. So I’m very excited about this what we’re going to be talking about today. Hey guys let’s get this kicked off, have a good conversation here.

Hopefully other people can learn something.

Where do you want to start? You bring the questions I got I’ll try and break down some ants. Okay we’re in our later career years, put it that way. And we’ve been doing, buy and hold and we’ve been doing deeds and we’ve done some hard money loans and. And we finally got into one of your syndications.

So we were actually getting into that now also. But we’re trying to get out of our nine to five, but it’s never nine to five anymore. It’s more like six to four jobs. And so we’re looking more at investing for. More like replacing that income. Yeah. So in other words, we’re approximately is your guys’ adjusted gross income. And let me pause this.

So yeah, just profile, I move on just real quickly. A lot of it just breaks out the numbers. Where’s your adjusted gross income at today. And what is your net worth approximately? Yeah. Let’s see. What is our adjusted? Gross is like a one 70, like about 170. Okay. Approximate net worth approximate net worth is. What about. To, to something that’s went to probably about what somewhere between two and a half and 3 million. Okay. So from adjusting girls skate com side, just before we move on, you guys are not in the highest tax bracket. You’re not both below this red line of 340,000, like some of the investors, therefore, a lot of the cost segregation bonus appreciation stuff lead doesn’t really pertain to you guys too much unless you guys are selling other assets.

If that’s the case, we can talk about that later on. But but yeah, so I know you’ve got some syndication related questions, so let’s let’s start going down the list. Yeah. So we’re, know your specialty is syndications and so we’re looking for some information possibly on what type of syndication would be best for.

Someone at the stage of retiring and getting out of their normal career job into more just doing investing. Yeah. At this you can syndicate anything, right? You can sit indicate a pizza franchise, a burger, join a real estate. Real estate, you can develop properties. You can. Bye in the hope and pray property, you can do value, add, you can do different degrees of value add, right? So you can syndicate whatever you want. I think the essence of your question is what type of risks for bore profile, or it makes more sense for you guys is the question.

And the way I look at your guys’ profile, two to 3 million can mean different things to different people, right? If you guys want. In your forties or fifties, two to $3 million, isn’t too much money and you still have to grow your net worth. But it sounds very morbid, but if you guys were in the late later stages of life, two to $3 million is perfectly fine and you’re already at end game already. So when approximately were you guys at age wise, which you say We’re not quite 60 yet.

So plenty years ahead. Yeah. So for the most part, you guys still have to grow your network. Cause two to $3 million isn’t much see states, right? That said you’ve got more than most people out there that doesn’t say much. But two to three minutes to take $2 million at 10%. What does that 200 grand of passive income a year at 10% that said you would need to get fests that tire $2 million, right?

10% stuff, which isn’t going to be the case most times. And what it’s going to come down to is I’m sure you guys are familiar with asset allocation picks, right? The essence of your guys’ question is like what kind of reward risk reward profile you’re going for? Are you looking for something that’s 10%, 12%, 13%.

20 to 25% a year. Maybe we start there, right? Like I think for most people you guys probably fit this mode, investing in deals where it’s stabilized from the get go, or it’s at least, if the economy takes a tumble backwards, you at least hold onto the asset. So deals that are more, what I call the chocolate type of deals.

If you saw that other. Article that I wrote the other a few weeks ago. Those are more higher risk, higher return. Doubling, tripling your money in maybe two or three years, you don’t really eat to do that at this point. Maybe if your guys wasn’t like a million to $2 million net worth or less, that would be more lined up your ad.

Put, if you could consistently grow your money yet 10 to 14%. Conservative fee is stack winning. Is that sound okay to you guys? Or do you guys want to be more returns? No, that sounds good because we have been, we had several condos. And self-managing and the return there, all the condos were in Hawaii.

So their return wasn’t that great. It’s only five to 7%, but part of that problem was like, you paid a down, right? Your equity position was large, is what this image is pretty much displaying. A, you should have read, leverage it, got that return equity up higher, but that just happens over.

Yeah we’ve gone through the hilar process and the views that for more, investing, using the equity on the properties, but we’re now, we’re now, going through the process of selling those off and investing in, in, better returns. You guys are still, probably in the simple passive cashflow 2.0 stage strangest thing from the rental properties, which are high risk, high liability, big pain in the butt for Paul cheat returns and going to be more of the passive investor.

And maybe in five years, you’ll be transitioning more to this simple passive cashflow 3.0 side, where at your guys’ age, if you guys were. Three and a half to 5 million. Then I would say you were there and then you could probably just invest some equity type of positions and be totally fine.

But just to get a sense, like personal finance point of view, do you guys have kids or just you guys just us and. Out of the what’d you, your guys, you said your AGI is about 1 50, 1 70. What do you guys save every year? I’m just trying to get a sense of your price burn rate or how much money you guys spend on fun stuff.

Yeah. Expenses wise, like you guys say 50 grand a year or 80 grand a year, or are you guys pretty cheap and able to save a hundred?

We’re pretty cheap. You gotta be when you’re investing as a private money lender. That sucks. I guess you could say. Yeah. So 60, 70 about is that believe me, I’ve seen very many levels of cheapness, so I’m looking it up.

But yeah, I don’t know if we have our, I don’t know if we have it written down anywhere. Yeah, but just gut feeling like every year you save more than 50 or 66.

Is that, what does that says last year?

Oh yeah, probably around. Probably right around. Yeah, right around 50. Let’s say wait. That’s how much we spent. Oh, okay. So we’re saving we’re saving 120 a year. Geez. Wow. You guys are pretty cheap. Isn’t that? The that’s what you got, I’m looking at I’m checking the most of the money you guys make, you guys say is basically you’re telling me over half. Yes. Okay. You guys are just really typical white Nepal sabers.

Oh yeah. Yeah. Okay. And in that case, have you heard me talk about this concept of ed game? Like four to $5 million network? don’t know if I’ve seen any I talk a lot about this and the family office group that we had we talk about this concept of getting ourselves to financial independence and then so that your money can grow and you can pass your wealth off to a couple kids who live like trust fund kids, essentially dwindle away, but long after year old dad so you guys are there in a way.

You’re not two, four or $5 million, but number one, you don’t have kids. Number two, our group is a bunch of pretty like frugal people. You guys are definitely more frugal than the average person. Oh yeah. I don’t know if that’s a compliment or not, but maybe it is in our group, but so th.

When I say most people in our group are making 200, 300 plus a year, they live in California, much more higher expenses. For them I say four or $5 million net worth. But for you guys that might be a tad under there. You may be on the bottom limits of this concept called end game. So for you guys might be to this guy wearing the green shirt.

And you might be in this position to just invest in more conservative type of deals and you don’t need to double your money every three to three years in development deals or riskier deals. So I would say at the most just focus on the vanilla deals where it stabilize cashflow line, or maybe do some private equity.

But the tricky part is. And again, telling you where to be centered around, but it’s up to you to create your portfolio. So you get that on your weighted average, if that makes sense.

Me personally, like I’ve got all, I’ve got a lot of, bit different deals. This is where, in my opinion, where I want to personally be like, I want to invest in more or. Value add type of deals that are a little bit cleaner class B acids. So that’d be centered around where my cursor is, but all of a sudden, a lot of deals are in that, right?

They’re all over here on the outside of that bullseye target, but the weighted averages, there is the point I’m trying to make for you guys, you might want to have in this. Mindset as me like same B class. Like definitely not C class assets. Cause they’re just a headache. Although you’re just passive investors, you don’t have to deal with that, but they’re still from a passive investor perspective.

Cashflow is more sporadic in class C properties because tenants, they just don’t pay with a higher frequency we’ll figure. But maybe you guys might work. I’m more of a here. Maybe we see the same way, right? We want better cleaner assets, 1960 seventies and 1980s, which is right here where my cursor’s moving back and forth.

But maybe we’re, I’m up here and I’m wanting to grow my money at the stage of my life. You guys might be a shy under here, so maybe more what we call a deep field type of deal. Or it could be, you just invest near, but you do some private equity down here and the weighted average is right here.

That makes sense. Yeah. Yeah.

But yeah. Does that kind of solve that and then give you some food for thought or the other oh yeah. Confirmation. Yeah. You guys don’t, you guys aren’t really like this, but like some of my investors they’re like, all right, I need the class to beat less class assets in that are little bit at more than value add or like value add.

And they get very precise with this and just know that nothing will ever just hit your box. You got to expand the strict. And you have to invest, especially if you have lazy dead equity it’s so that B S equity in your home that should be put to work and grew in your rental properties. I know you guys have that there or equity is if you have stocks mutual funds, that type of stuff with bonds.

I don’t know why you’d want to hold bonds at this stage.

That’s the biggest thing, right? I think that’s the biggest problem that most people have is they think that this is their strike zone and they’re very patient looking for what’s there, but they got a million dollars, not think Jack for them, that’s where the low-hanging fruit for them. So that’s where we come up with.

Deployment plan where it’d be put the years up on the top. Then we hear like the four sources of money, for you guys are saving, let’s just say you’re saving $50,000 a year, right? This is what your money is coming through. And maybe you quit in 2025 is what this is saying. And then cash may, you may not have too much cash, but you want to deploy that at some point.

And then the other two sources of capital is your home equity, which you can tap via hilar where you finance or selling the assets. I would suggest with it being polite properties with a, just speak, generally bad rental properties through states where you have bad laws and it’s more an appreciation play, which doesn’t help you at the stage of your guys’ life for qualified retirement plan money, which isn’t your retirement.

Self-directed IRAs, 401ks, et cetera. So you start to build this plan where you draw it out and you’re taking money out, not so that your AGI blows up by taking out the IRA money out prematurely. But you leaking it out slowly as the general idea, but this is the name of game you’ve got to deploy it.

Cause I’ve had investors. Say I’m in a dozen deals, but it’s still a while to being to financial freedom. I don’t like, yeah. A dozen deals at $50,000. It’s just like half a million dollars, half a million dollars deployed. Isn’t going to get you anywhere at this know, especially from a cashflow standpoint, you can do the math on that five, 8% on I went to grant is nothing.

What do you got? We got there. You got questions.

Oh so we’ve got a bit in the self-directed IRAs and the 401ks. We’ve got some money in there and I know you’ve gone over. Starting to pull money out of there, but we’re at the 59 and a half, so we can start pulling money out. Yeah. Let’s kinda talk about this cause like how much money would you say you had in the foam equity out of your let’s just call it $3 million net worth.

How much is like as home equity in your rentals and your primary residence. 625. Okay. And then your retirement funds, how much would you say? I’ve got

three to 400,000. Okay. Perfect. It just like the last guy. And it’s more than one. We’ve got a couple of, yeah, but you’re not working at those companies anymore, so it’s fair game to take them out. One of them yeah, I’ve got an ESOP that I’m still working, so that’s still growing.

Okay. But yeah, the result of you taking money out of your IRA. You’re at art you’re I think you’re at that age where you’re not going to hit get the penalty, which is fine, which isn’t much anyway, 10% who really cares about that. The biggest thing is when you take the money out, your AGI will go up and that may push you into the 22% into the 24.

Or what we don’t want to happen is to go over the 32%. So let’s just say your age has one 50. If you take out a hundred grand, it’ll push you to two 50, which is still cool. It’s no big deal. So 24%, but if he pushed you to take, if you take out an additional hundred, which is 200,000 a year, go from one 50 to three 40.

Now it’s starting to hurt a little bit more. This is subjective, right? Most of our clients are in your guys’ situation of that AGI between one 50 to three 50. So that’s the general thought, of course this is personal finance, right? This is you guys need understand how this works and make the best decision and surround yourself with other like-minded individuals.

I don’t understand that stuff too, to ultimately get the best decision for you guys, but let’s just let’s just let’s just go with this right. And see where it takes us. So if we take out. A hundred. What I say a hundred, say we go 150 in the first year. That’ll take you. You’re still under that three 40 line.

And then maybe you would do 150 or 150, or, maybe you just play it out like this. I would rather see you take the money out of your home equity first quicker, because to me, this is the money not. It’s the boss most, yes, there, basically. If you’ve heard the analogy of the wartime general, the, all these dollars right here, you have, or think of them like sold shoes, you’re trying to fight the war. You got 600 of them right here. These guys aren’t doing jacks. Neither of these guys much, but at least they’re like sharpen and pencils are cleaning their guns.

They’re doing something. We know we got to get them out, doing something, they don’t need to be doing kamikaze runs or shooting on the front lines because you guys are already at end game, like you said, but we got to get them out doing something at least harvesting, passive losses for you, but let’s just not do this out of haste.

Do it too quickly. Where your AGI goes up, but I guess just to throw something out there and I’d like to hear your thoughts on this, what I would do is I would go heavy on the hilar first, and I’m just going to do some kind of cascading numbers here to get to your 600. The reason why I’m leaving this at 1 5100, 100, 100, or I really, maybe it shouldn’t be 1 50, 1 50, 1 50 to get it all out in a few years.

I’m just trying to stay under that three 40 AGI, just so that when you play around with these numbers yourselves, you know why I’m playing it. But then this is to me is the biggest thing here.

Yeah, we try to use our Wheelock for investments. That’s what we do now. We’ve got some hard money loans at 12%. So the hard money loans, I would be very cautious of those number one that is ordinary income. You do not want. And number two, you don’t get past losses, private money, and number three, be very careful who you lend money to because there are a lot of people out there that act as marketers too.

And they run these like lending platforms where they act as a conduit to put your money with lower grade operators. People that really should be charging. You should be getting for the level of their expertise or track record. You really should be getting 15 to 20% return on your money, but the middleman was marketing you, that loan is taking the Delta.

That’s very common. But I think just for the sheer ability of getting passive losses and it being not the board is why you’re trying to get away from the private money. Plus all your money is tied up in one deal too, but yeah as you phase out of that, the idea is you’ve got to sell the rental properties.

Cause most of your stuff is in a vocab area, right?

Yeah. No mainland metals, no. We have a property on the mainland, but, and we Airbnb it. Yeah. That’d be the last set I sell. Yeah, that one’s right. That one’s been handed down in the family. That one won’t be going anywhere. Oh, why you say that? Bush? No attachment. Amy’s dad built it.

They want to sell it.

And I think about it when people start to see you, cause they trip and fall. Maybe you might want to reconsider that one, but Hey, I’m okay with it. We can decide in 20, 26, but it’s working and that’s all I’m happy. What to me is the biggest thing is. For hardworking folks.

Like you guys work hard more, especially you guys saved really hard. What your money’s not working for. You’re working harder than your money. Yup. So let’s go off the low hanging fruit first. So that’s the home equity in the local rentals and the primary residents get a hilar, but at some point you have to make the decision to sell those assets.

Unless you think that there are good investments, which are there in our hall, either not put at best, they’re just right. Yeah. We’ve sold two of the four already. And of course there, 10 31 exchanges oh, we don’t want to do those. Yeah. We don’t do any of those type of stuff.

We. Had somebody help us out. We did some I dunno, outside the box workings with those properties. So you used to own property, so that’s the hard part. And in the next three to five years, you’ll be in the same predicament. Yeah no, we don’t, yes. With the the remaining amount, which is.

What less than half, about half the value of the property was yeah, the we there in DSTs. Oh, no, you did a DST and those DST guys get paid so well with all the fees with that stuff. Unless you’re take kicking a capital gain of over a million or $2 million, those types of things are complete scams.

Should be able to offset those, that tax school gain with passive losses.

We might not be doing, don’t be doing it again, shoot. I did it too. I did a 10 31 back in 2000 and well. 14. I don’t know. I got, been there, done that I made the same mistake. Just don’t make the same mistake again. The analogy I use for the 10 31 or DSCs is it’s like a hot air balloon, right?

The hot air balloon goes up when you buy the property, it starts to go up and you can sell it and take a lot and pay your taxes and jump out of the hotter. And in the beginning, the higher balloon necessarily it’s four feet under. You jump out. Ideally you start to get on the passive investing bandwagon.

You start to get these passive losses piling up through normal depreciation bonus depreciation. You’re going to start to accumulate excess suspended, passive losses so that when your hot air balloon goes up and you jump out, you have a pillow of passive activity losses. So that’s what happened to me back in 2000 and.

17. So that’s down here. I had a $200,000 on Jeanette, $8,000 capital gain depreciated capture, but because I was investing into vacations and private placements, which did a lot of cost segregations, I had several hundred thousand dollars of passive losses and I strategically views 200 of it to offset that gate.

And thus. Allowed me to not to have to do a 10 31 exchange, which again, going back to the higher balloons, it’s like the hotter blade continued. When you go into the next property, you go into this hotter bunny Eagle higher. So the next time when you have this debt equity in the asset and you want to get it out or solely.

Instead of four feet up in the air. Now you’re 20 feet up in there. You jump out of that hot air balloon. You’re going to break a leg at the very least, not even hit your head a die. And that’s essentially what the 10 31 it’s ESTs do they see you’re stuck in a spotter for me, and it makes it harder, harder for you to accumulate for more passive activity losses that we can have you jump out and get to more of a portfolio where it’s all broken up into little pieces at a time.

Then these bigger chunks and that’s what we don’t want. We don’t want our portfolio for any one of our, any one asset to have more than five to 10% of our net worth into one thing. That’s not diversification, you’ve done the T the DST I, the psycho I did the 10 31 exchange. The best thing you can do right now is to start keeping passive losses because you’re in this.

You should’ve got out when it was four feet, you’re eight feet, 10 feet in the air, but there’s still a chance Bob and Amy, you get a much passive losses. You can offset it. Just like how I personally did it right here when I finally got out of that. But it was one of those things. Like you have to get around other high net worth investors and get away from the salesmen selling these DSTs these sub 10 30 ones.

It from a high, from like a marketing perspective, the layer taxes. Yeah. Yeah, that’s right. But they’re just trying to sell their product. And the product is not really the right tool for the job. And in most cases, the situation where a DST 10 31 exchange makes sense is say like a client is selling a dentist franchise that they started for $10,000.

And now they are selling it for three to $4 million. At that point, it’s pretty hard to accumulate that much passive losses. So the option that a lot of high net worth people will do at that point is the DST or monetize stall. So something like that, because it’s just such a huge capital gain depreciation recapture.

But if it’s less than like a quarter million, certainly even less than half a million, sometimes even a million dollars. I’ve seen people get a million dollars plus a passive activity loss. It can’t be done to get you or that hotter, but just food for thought now. Okay. Yeah. But a lot of this is simple.

But the hard thing is that there’s all these kinds of products out there. Like DSTs qualified retirement plans. Is that a lot of my huge fan of everybody just trying to sell you stuff right. I think it for me, I don’t give a shit what you do. Like I just tell you what makes sense to me and what other people I’ve learned from do I don’t care what you do, I just don’t like this.

You spend $4,000 on something that only is really good for the person selling you at and not the best for your situation, but I’m not getting financial advice. Of course. Not at all,

but yeah. Yeah. But I think, like I said, man, like I did the same thing. So welcome to the club. I, after a while you stopped listening to these, get salesmens in suits. All right, what’s next? What’s next? You guys got a good one.

Got a you hit it a little bit tax questions though, but go ahead.

Yeah, Amy’s got some tax questions, but I’m not a CPA or a tax attorney, but try my best their job is really just to do the forms. Yeah. I think you hit on it already with the accumulated passive losses. Yeah. Go look at your I think it’s 80 to 8,500. I think it’s on the taxpayers of opacity, castle.com/tax, but that form will have the breakdown of how much it passed suspended, passive losses you guys have because you guys have been investing for quite a while.

So you should have most cases. People have more than they think they have put it that way, but a little trick of the trade, like CPAs, don’t really, don’t like to give that to you because they want to know when you’re shopping and. So most cases you won’t have that form in your documents. You certainly won’t have all the backend computer calculations.

It’ll just be the PDF printout, which is useless for our planning purposes. It’s useful. If you have the numbers there. To go elsewhere to portable or go to a better CPA. That’s actually good. Which in our world, 95% of my clients, they typically change their CPA.

What do you got there?

As you guys have seen the syndicator or the investment side, right? The three steps of simple passive cashflow first step invest with honest people that aren’t going to steal your money or use money, right? That’s the simple part. But that’s the part that unlocks all this other stuff, which is part two, the taxes.

You can’t really do this unless you have the passive activity losses to start to maybe implement real sick professional status to. So you have to go into the deals, unfortunately, which is I think the hardest part, who do you trust? Because anybody can do deals these days, right? Like not most people, they, if they’re new, if they’re under a half, a million dollars for half a billion dollars, $500 million of assets, and we’re well over a billion dollars at this point in 2022, But trying to find reputable operators that kind of give your money to, to be good stewards with your investment capital.

But then they’re really like, it’s simple, right? From the investment side, what you’re looking for. The biggest, low hanging fruit is the taxes. And then the, like the infinite banking too. We can talk about that also, but those that’s like 1, 2, 3 step. All this other stuff, DSTs cure pure BS, all these other products out there that to me are extraneous and in certain situations it makes sense.

And that’s my job is, based on your guys’ situation, it doesn’t make sense. Like for example, I think a cure appeal only makes sense. If you will have an extremely high income adjusted gross income of over 3 43 50, plus which you guys don’t. So does it make sense to use it? Okay.

So step one, you’re saying, they deal with the honest people. So you’d have to basically you’re building your your team basically. Yeah. But you’ve got to go about it a little bit roundabout way, right? Like eight, I think going on the internet, going through the podcast logs, finding people to work with is the wrong way to do it because you’re just finding the people who are good at.

Yeah, this is where it’s. There’s a kind of my spin on it. You have to find other colleagues and peers and credit investors around you that are already investing in this stuff and build long time relationships. I don’t know if you guys have ever come out to us, we’ll pass a cashflow event, but that’s the stuff you need to be.

You need to come out, break bread with people, build organic real relationships because. That’s where you’re going to find out the goods, who to invest with who to stay away from in the initially. The networking and social capital is really the currency of the wealthy. And like you said, you guys are already there to engage.

It was just it’d be good to find people on the same trajectory as your guys’ selves, this blind. Do you have another meetup in Hawaii? No. I would suggest joining the family office Ana it’s a pay to play program, but it’s hard and while you’re right, there’s barely any people, they only meet up groups or like the free ones, which are a bunch of broke guys trying to flip houses or wholesale houses, or do a bunch of birds.

Which in my opinion, what you do is when your network is under half a billion dollars, but that’s beta play, man. That’s what I mean. I went from 2009 to 2015, trying to do it all myself and I never wanted to pay for anything, but then I hit the wall and until I started to pay for mastermind groups to get around other higher network investors, just look at my unit count, didn’t really tick up. That’s why I started to do that. That’s you can try and do it on your own. But I think in Hawaii, it’s impossible to find other people, this type of stuff is you can’t go to wildlife country club because it’s just a bunch of rich trust fund kids there, or high-paid executives who do things differently with their money, not investing in workforce, boring investments, such as we do.

Okay. But yeah, you guys are investing far. The part of the club just know that the network is not completed.

Network is a separate part, a mastermind group, family office salon, a simple passive castro.com/journey for more details. But I think that’s the next step. If you’re investing more than a quarter million, I think it’s a no brainer at that point.

But yeah. You guys have been progressing pretty nicely, right? That’s good question. That seems like a lot of these concepts it’s it’s hard because it talks about this type of stuff.

Your 401k. Who talks about even private money lending on house flips. And we’re like 10 levels above that at that point. Yeah. When you talk to friends and family and you say, oh yeah, I’m going to syndication. They’re like, you’re in the mop. Yeah. That’s what I said. In 2013, I was like, isn’t that look like on this games?

Come on.

Yeah, but now nowadays, that’s where all my money is scattered amongst other people

still sounds, seems a little crazy to me still though, but I think that’s when you find other people that kinda, this is all the way they invest and you start to realize it is a very small community of. Passive investors. It is a lot more comfortable, but I think the hard part where you guys are at, and you just need to have a handful of close compadres, organic relationships around you, that also are starting with you guys.

And that’s the next step. Yeah. Yeah, any other final question, syndication, personal finance tax legal in front of banking.

This is kinda your, this was your guys. This was your guys slide, have you ever had to try and get a hilar on. LLC owned property, rental business property. It shouldn’t matter. He locks are always difficult to get on non owner, occupied properties, regardless if it’s an LLC or not.

If you’re working with the Hawaii banks, the blade banks are very bureaucratic and logical. And if you think they do, because they have no competition here, so they don’t have to. Do anything that’s outside the little box. So that might be the reason why you’re running into that problem. I would just go to a maintenance thing for that type of stuff.

Better rates or competition there. Yeah. But what is this for? Hawaii rental? Yeah. Yeah, just dude, just sell it. What is the, what is it worth today? We’ve got two different condos yet. One one’s about

2 65, the other one’s about 400, 400.

What is that moment? Is it.

Yeah, dude, it’s less than half a percent method evaluation and you having it backed up the eight. What is the HOA is on that thing?

No, it wasn’t that much. Oh, it’s 600. Yeah. So you’re making like 1500 on a $400,000. You take that money and you buy the equivalent, you could be buying for eight minus units on the main land, each writ running for a thousand bucks. No, but Hey, it’s your life? Just don’t complain when you don’t feel like you’re at financial freedom with your buddies, not for you.

And that’s a clear indicator that you must not working for your $400,000. It’s only $1,500 of revenue when you can get it to the mainland and make $4,000 and you could also be doing value add rental.

Yup. So yeah we’re getting there. Yeah, you’re getting there. And part of this is it’s a slow thing too, right? It takes a couple years to get to the swing of things cause it’s to get it. But I think it sounds like you’re heading the right direction. Like you’re thinking about what’s the next, I got my herd of cattle here, which was just the next set of tickets to the slaughter house and having nearby with, I would say that’s $400,000 or you can look at it two different ways.

First is. Which of those remaining combos are boy rentals is the most pain in the butt for you. I would probably do that. Or then just look at it from a pure numbers perspective and the pure numbers perspective. It’d be like, what trend do I have the most debt equity yet? Like the $400,000 one, or which one has the highest or the lowest loan to value would be the numbers, but looking at it.

Those are the two lens you can look through to figure out what kind of rebel you’re adding to that night. Yeah. Yeah. They probably have Hawaiian dates, right? These continents or these cattle?

No, neither one of them. Yeah.

Or they say never be here, farmer that’s right. If you want to eat them or one of the condos we actually bought in the foreclosure. Yeah. Then you should have said she should sell it. Cause you have some good equity and it was just like, people ask us like What do you guys sell these prop?

What are your exit early? If we, hit our business plan, we get hit, more than 20% a year. We can exit early. We’re going to do that because some of the property, like you guys in terrible jokes, maybe you guys are in that, but like Terra Oaks, we picked up a bat, a pretty good price.

That’s why I’m earmarking that with, to exit. Like the same situation, you guys picked up that foreclosure at a good price for us. Like we were still going to the value add process. And then when that callous factored up or take it right.

Coaching Call: 2.5M Doctor Getting Started in Syndication + Infinite Banking

What is up investors? Now on today’s podcast, we’re gonna be doing another doctor coaching call, like how we did a couple of weeks ago. But if you haven’t checked out, I think it was Brian on that coaching call, sometimes we change the names , and then that, I think that goes for if anybody wants to do these, Free coaching calls where we go into your personal financial sheet.

We’ll send you the blank personal financial sheet to fill out so that it helps expedite things and people on feedback. Do people really like to look at people’s personal financial sheet as financial voyeurs is the term. If you guys are listening to this on the podcast form, go on the YouTube channel to find this podcast, if you really want to follow along on the personal financial sheet and see all their numbers and a lot that we don’t talk about, I had a lot of questions and feedback over my analogy that I had a couple of podcasts ago, I believe, and then go back to Brian’s one for the full discussion. But this whole concept of, you know what, all right, we’re investing in deals. We are playing these different tax strategies, or at least learning it, maybe doing, getting some passive losses artificially that you don’t have to recapture through the new Taxal fund and you’re doing a little bit infinite banking or a new accredited.

or a new accredited investor banking, which you guys will probably learn as we rolled that out this year. Let me know if you want to try it out, but, it’s working, but alright, people are moving down this path and I think everybody here pretty much, they’re not trust fund kids.

They made their own money and they’re still working. working hard in their jobs or as 10 99. So their small businesses and what is the path forward and how do they keep working? Do they titrate down? Do they work, do they spouse work? How do you implement rep status? And I introduced this Raptor, Toyota or Ford Raptor gas guzzler versus the Tesla model versus the in the middle hybrid.

Prius model of kind of different paths to doing this. Of course, all this is personal finance and what I really urge you guys to do is sign up for the club if you haven’t, and even if you are scared, book that call with me. I won’t rip your head off. I’m really nice when you get to know me. , we get on one-on-one and you.

Let’s go through this and let’s see which one of these paths really fits well for your family and or at least give you some what the options are. And let’s try and. Compressed time cycles for you because time is really the most important thing out there. But if I’m not gonna go into what the heck this analogy was, but what I’m gonna say is go back to the previous podcast that we did coaching call with Brian.

He was also a doctor. I go over this loosely, if not shoot us email, maybe we’ll do more. But certainly if you’re on the YouTube channel, put a comment below. We’ll answer, this is, this kind of, it’s real quality of life questions and personal finance questions, and this is ultimately what I really like because this changes lives.

Like going into a deal, doubling your money, whatever. That’s cool. Tax savings. Yeah. That’s amazing. When, a lot of the doctors will save 150, $200,000 in their first year by doing some of this stuff, and you. , of course. That’s, if you guys heard my kind of confession last week, sometimes when you have a lot of money, that may not mean too much, but you know when your net worth is under a million, a couple million dollars.

This is. Big life changing moments and maybe can be the difference between you having a second child or third chat, or even kids at all, or even, going down a different path in life, whatever you choose. But again, go check out that order podcast and if you have any questions let me know. Or if we ha you haven’t burned up your free intro call with me.

I urge you guys to do. Let’s get you guys going or at least get you a different viewpoint in so you don’t just screw around for the next 30, 40 years of your life, putting your money blindly into the stuff that they want you to do and enjoy the coaching call.

Hey folks, we have another hard work in a professional. Who’s going to be a volunteer to do a coaching call here. So Derek is a doctor. And if you guys like, like you guys are really liked this, I don’t know why people get like financial warism when they appear in on these things. But the truth is not many.

There’s not too many different profiles. And if you’ve gone to the YouTube channel and look for the coaching call playlist, or got an access to our members portal, which is free, you just got to sign up@simplepassivecashflow.com slash club. We actually align all the coaching calls based on networks.

So you can just find yourself and fit right in and find some of the past coaching calls people in the lower net worth than you. And some of the higher ones that you’ll get to at some point, but Dick in here, there. Thanks for doing this. Why don’t you quickly go over a little backstory to get the people that get to know you like.

Sure. Yeah. Thanks for having me. I’m excited to do this coaching call. As far as my background, so typical working or professional kind of investment background. I met my wife in medical school. We were both physicians and busy with training and residency and all that. So we just went down the typical route of basically doing retirement accounts and funneling all our money into stocks and bonds.

We thought were pretty smart cause we were doing mostly low fee index funds. So we weren’t picking individual stocks. We were doing a lot of just basically Vanguard mutual funds. And we’re doing that for basically 10 to 15 years. Cause we had two children along the way. And then just recently, actually earlier this year brother-in-law got me turned back onto real estate.

So went down a really deep dive into the podcast world and bigger pockets on your podcast. And really just started to look into this indication space and rental property space. And this year we actually purchased two rental properties. So one that’s for a longterm property where we actually have some in-laws staying in it.

So it’s not like a typical rental property, I would say. And then a second was a short-term rental property that we got in the mountain area in North Carolina. So we did all that this year. And then now I’m at the space where I really want to start more looking at passive, truly passive, so syndication type deals and maybe even starting to look into like infinite banking.

So basically just trying to get more sophisticated away from just mutual funds, stocks and bonds actually start. Getting some more investments into real estate. And then where are you guys at? Age-wise you guys got kids? So I am 40. Unfortunately the other complicating factor of my personal history is my spouse passed away suddenly like a few months ago, which complicated the issue.

So it’s just me now as a single father with two kids who are six and nine that has also led to this push very recently to really try to simplify my life and simplify my investment strategy. Obviously I want it to be high yield and useful, but I just really want simple. Sorry to hear that.

I know it’s something that all of us as we’re trying to get our stuff together, we never know what’s going to happen. It could be you, it could be them. I was kinda thinking the other day, if it was me. What’s the point. If I’ve gone, it’s all done the simulation ends, but that’s not a good way of looking at it, but yeah.

That’s definitely gets you on the right path or at least tell you what I think. And great. But but right now you’re still working, right? Yep. I work full time W2. I know I’ve listened to a bunch of podcasts, yours included where there’s talk about like real estate status, professional, all of that.

I am not going to qualify for that. And that’s probably years out because the place I work at is actually pretty cool place. It’s a fun startup and I’m definitely, I think, going to continue it at least for the next few years. So I don’t really have any, that’s not in the immediate future to shut off my W2, if that makes sense.

So just a quick snapshot for people listening on the podcast. We also do this via screen share on the YouTube channel. So if you guys want to flip through some of the personal finance sheets as we go through, I’ll pop on over there later the net worth about two and a half. But what I wanted to dig in on, so assets first, right?

You S you mentioned a lot of it is just traditional stocks, bonds, mutual funds, et cetera. So at what I’m seeing is about 800 grand in that stock bonds mutual funds stuff. And then you’ve got a lot of equity in the rental and the primary residence that you guys live in that equity might be wrong. I might have filled out the sheet wrong.

So the equity is probably in the primary residence, I would say between three to 400, depending on what it’s going to sell for in the market. Okay. Know, you didn’t, you did it right. You did it right. You have the this is what it’s worth now that the Delta is, this is the mortgage on it. So I think you got it, right?

Yeah. So it’s three to 400 probably in my primary. And then the two rentals were just purchased within the last, six to eight months, the equity. And that’s definitely not quite as high, although the market is probably somewhere between 50 to 75,000 for each of those. Okay. So we will we’ll circle back around them.

Like we’re going to invest what money we’re going to use first in one particular order, which is always a very common question that comes up, but let’s figure out what your philosophy at this point. So what is your kind of your adjusted gross income? What do you guess it’s going to be this next year?

So right now, my wage is 265,000 per year. For that comes to after taxes. It used to be, my, with my spouse working as well as closer to half a million, but that’s obviously going to keep and then your expenses, right? Not cheap having a couple of kids, but luckily. The wonderful state of California, a little bit cheaper where you’re at, right? Yeah. North Carolina is not too bad. Although the area man is a little bit more expensive than the typical North Carolina, but it’s definitely, yeah. I lived in the bay area before, too. It’s not like San Francisco, other California areas. Yeah. Did you move over to the Carolinas for work or kind of her family?

So I was in the, I used to be in the military, so we were in California, then Colorado, which I actually really loved, but a lot of my wife’s family is from the Northeast area, so we just wanted to get closer to them, but didn’t want to go to an expensive New York or Massachusetts area. So that’s how we ended up in North Korea.

Okay. So what would you say you guys, monthly burn rate for expenses? You use it utilizing daycare or, yeah there’s afterschool, so our kids are in school, but we have to put them in after afterschool or after care. My wife has some car payments. Cause she got a new car. A couple of years ago.

We have our mortgage taxes, groceries, all that stuff. It’s probably around 10,000 give or take 10 to 12,000, depending on the months I used to track the budget a lot more closely. And then that kind of went away the last year or so, but that’s probably about it and that’s including like our, we would set aside money to go on nice vacations and stuff like that.

We lump that in. So probably 12,000 a month would be Yeah. And I think, this is 12,000 burn rate every month. And so you net about 10. So you’re spending at least a hundred grand a year. Maybe that’d be a couple of investments every year. As long as you for you guys, as long as you can stay above 50, 75,000, I think you’re good enough.

You can let off the gas a little bit, whereas some of the folks that are under 1000001.5 million they might want to tighten the belt a little bit. Going at a pretty decent clip here. It’s just a matter of being smart to work with putting the money. I think that’s my next big step is just being smart with deploying all the capital out for sure.

Yeah. I’m not a big personal finance guy anymore, saving the coupons, that type of nonsense. But you guys are doing pretty well. I’ve talked to some people in California where they make more than you yet. They’re barely able to save 30 to $50,000 and I’m like, dude, what’s going on.

It’s typically private school for kids is what flips that up or extremely big outs. But I think, your house is pretty big for North Carolina. You got the salary to support it and that’s actually something I’ve already been in the process of looking at, I put an offer in, on a townhouse that would be smaller to downsize.

Like I’m already looking at a way to either, do a cash out refi or just selling downsides. So I’m actively looking to pull the equity out of this house. Yeah. Let’s so let’s do this. Let’s go over the deployment strategy first and then we can loop back around to like kind of life choices or transitions.

Maybe I can just be a sounding board for you because at this point I know where you’re going at a certain rate, and I know where you’re going to be in the next four or five years. And most times I think you folks and myself included at one time, you operate as in scarcity mode, right?

You think we’re not going to be able to get there. So we’re pinching pennies, but if we make the right moves and especially if you want to downsize that gives you a lot more. Pushes you further down on the financial independence road. So that said, let’s talk about where so let’s look at this 800 grand in your retirement accounts, you had it broken down one of these sheets, IRA versus RA, right?

I think down here. So let me see here. You’ve got the Roth stuff is about 150,000. 401k 4 0 3 BS. That’s the majority at five 50. And then you’ve got the IRA miscellaneous stuff at one at night 90. So one thing I’ve looked at or I’ve reached out to a company it’s like ERP or something was like one of those trying to tap into specifically that 4 0 3.

Is my wife’s. So now I’m, I was beneficiary now it’s mindset. I’m still trying to look into if that’s yeah. Everybody’s trying to sell you a bunch of stuff, huh? Yeah. All right. Here’s my thing. Retirement counts. You’ve heard me say at night, if you just add them, like I think you’re better off paying your taxes on it today while you’re in a lower tax bracket today.

Look, you’re at two 50 or under the three 40, right? And then especially if you believe taxes are going to be going up in the future, especially if you think your financial picture’s going to be going up the future, that argument where to put it into these self self-directed accounts or qualified retirement plans is what they’re technically called.

Not some marketing term or whatever. They’re all the same thing. Solo 401ks. If that works, if you’re investing in non tax advantage, Okay, like crypto stops, but if you’re investing in real estate, the damn thing should be tax free. Anyway, because you get the losses from the tax advantage asset.

That’s the key thing that people glaze over all the time. So I guess my first question is, are you going to be investing in real estate or do you want to be investing in stocks, bonds, which are funds crypto? So I’m still trying to figure out like what I ultimately want my asset allocation to be. I know that I want to, like currently I’m very heavily in stocks and bonds, and I want to shift that and probably get anywhere from 40 to 50, maybe 60% of my total net worth than real estate, probably 20 to 30 ish and still stay in stocks and bonds index funds.

The crypto piece is the one that I’m still figuring out. I actually listened to one of your webinars that you did. I forget who the person was, where they were, making the point that he thinks Bitcoin is. However many million per Bitcoin and all that. And I have some friends that are pushing Bitcoin hard as well.

I’ve gotten a tiny bit into that space. I wasn’t anywhere on the worksheet, but I think 10 times and crypto dabbling slowly and a little bit, a bit pointed, Ethan, I’m trying to determine is that going to be like 1% of my net worth? Just so I have a tiny stake versus five to 10%, and I’m a little bit more aggressive in the crypto space.

So I’m still doing a little bit of research on that and that’s what makes us hard, right? Because if we’re before we start to decide on self directed IRA, solo, 401k, or take it to cash, you got to figure out what that end asset allocation pie chart is going to look like, but you don’t know what the hell that looks like at this point.

Like I have some ideas. I’ll just shoot you. What most people in our kind of mastermind group we’ll do at your network? They might do like pitfalls five, 10, 5% into crypto. The crazy ones will be doing 10%, but as you can see, it’s, you’re not going balls to the wall with this type of stuff.

The St. Wall street bets type of stuff. So sounds a little bit like more reasonable to me. Yeah. I, and then most of ’em based, they start off with that 50% alternative asset idea, which I think you’re hitting down over time. I think that it creeps over to the majority, but I think most people they’re always going to have order or third of the traditional garbage, if you will.

Personally, I don’t have any of that stuff, but I’m not normal. And I think it’s prudent to have some of that stuff so that you’re always in it. So you’re learning. So the idea is you build the alternatives, get your net worth up to five, 10 million, and then possibly come back to the traditional space is the idea.

But if you leave them the traditional space, you’ll never, you might as well stay on the alternatives because that’s what you got you there in the first place. But let’s just go with, you’re going to in the next several years, we’ve transitioned to half alternatives, half, I don’t know, 40, 45% traditional stuff.

So we’ll leave half of this stuff alone in a way. Are you counting like syndication. Yeah, those are what I call alternatives. Yeah. So real estate is alternatives of crazy. Where did I actually be more comfortable with 65% alternatives, 30%, 5% crypto. That seems like a reasonable starting.

Yeah. And I think that’s, again, that’s no, that’s very typical. The people on the family office group that are, have that kind of mindset, but of course you got to get to your 50, 51st. So let’s have that to be an intermediate goal these next few years, and then get to that once you get proof of concept, but that in mind, of course I’m aggressively pushing you to move this stuff around.

What I would probably do in that case is let’s see again, 800,000 of various pre-tax post-tax various IRA, 4 0 3 B 4 0 1 K stuff. First thing we always do is we don’t touch this stuff first. We, you got liquidity, right? You have full equity first. Yeah. So I have home equity and then there’s a decent amount that I have in checking and savings.

And then also I’ll I got a lump sum for the life insurance, a supplemental life insurance benefit. So what would you say like that liquidity with some up to about like several thousand? It’s about 700, although I like to keep some in reserve, like I’m one of those people that probably wants 75 to a hundred.

And so deployable capital right now, I would say comfortably between six to six 50 that I could deploy pretty quickly. So there’s two paths. Ideas I’ll give you like first is what I’ll do. Cause I’ve already know it works personally. And then there’s the one that most people will do that I see, which has all of a C takes him to the count.

The whole let’s try this stuff out first, before we go crazy with this stuff, to make sure it’s real, let’s get proof of concept, call me crazy. Like when I bought started to do out of state turkeys, I bought one property first and then I bought 11 very quickly, but I think it’s prudent to get proof of concept.

Although we’ve had people invest a million dollars in nine months by joining the family office group and building relationships with other peers and then quickly moving in, which makes me stressful for them. But now they’re happy with, 10, 10, 5 figures of monthly passive cash flow. Now, two years later, those are the two goalposts to think of.

I would say normally I’d be more on the cautious side. I think the one thing that makes me think I might be a little bit more aggressive about deploying the capital is just the inflation that’s already here. And it seems like it’s not going to slow down. I don’t want to just sit on this pile of cash for two or three years and have the purchasing power.

Yeah. So let me, those are the two goals, right? So what I’m going to propose just so we don’t have too many things floating around out here is just the bare minimum conservative one, the bleeding and slowly. So what I would do, so there’s a shoot, there’s three things going on here that I’m thinking in my head first, we got to deploy the liquidity first because that’s the stuff that’s not doing Jack for you.

Then what I want to do is I want to take, I want to leak money out of these retirement accounts slowly so that your right now, your adjusted gross income is about two 50. What I want to do is take, gosh. Wow. You’re married file single now. There is some sort of, I think I can technically still file married jointly for the next two years.

I believe my CPS. Yeah. And that was the same for you. That’s part of the reason too. I’m thinking of selling the house. He said it was like 24 months after she passed that thing. I can still get the full half a million tax-free when I sell the house versus the that’s fair. That’s good. So here’s what I’m thinking.

Say that, that is the case, right? If you’re making two 50 and then you leak out the retirement funds slowly to take you up to this three 40 number about right. So you’ve taken a hundred grand out every year for the next couple of years. If it’s unlucky where you don’t get that treatment then I, then you’re already topping up at the higher tax bracket.

Suz. Does that make sense? So you’re going to have to walk this path down the road with your CPA. Okay. But the idea is we want to be leaking out or retirement funds as quickly as possible, but not to go over this red line here. That makes sense. Do you understand the logic? Yeah. Gotcha. And is there like what, like a rank order of how you think those out?

Yeah. Good. Quick question. But let me get back to that school. So

the one thing that Roth IRAs are you’ve already paid the taxes on it and you can take out the contributions tax free penalty fee. So that’s your, you could always be taking that out in a way. But you have so much money, liquidity wise that you don’t have to touch this probably for the next several years.

And like I said before, I’m still considering keeping, a quarter to a third in stocks and bonds. I could, yeah. I, for you, and this is very personal for your situation because you have all this other liquidity at this. I would probably leave the Roths alone. Okay. You probably don’t have to touch them.

So to answer your question your current one, your 401k with your current employer, all, they can’t touch that. So let’s just leave it alone. The next one would possibly be the four old we B from the previous employer, spouses or this IRA

probably do. The 4 0 3 BS, because my logic is you have crappier options, like IRA, you have a bit more choices with it. And these are typically more of a pain in the ass to manipulate. So let’s get it up now. So I would say,

yeah, I would split a number here first would be the, this would be the first year, because if you’re going from 250,000 to two, try, do this year. And you can, there’s a couple more weeks left, but I still have my spouse’s income for most of this year. And then they also paid out like some months for the, yeah.

The income for this year is going to be well over half a million, but it’s going to be married, filed jointly. So next year is really. Got it.

Got it. Yeah, let’s ear mark that for 20, 22. And then we chip away at this 420 23, 20 24, 20 25 and 26. And is it thought that I’m just slowly drawing it out, stay below the next highest tax bracket and then redeploying the money into like syndication deals? Yeah. Yeah. Of course, people are, will tell you, they said the best thing.

It’s you’re going to have to pay the taxes on it at some point, and you’re not getting the tax benefits today. Yeah, that makes sense. Okay. And then the 401k would be probably you could probably, I’m thinking you’re probably going to quit your job. 20 probably. Yeah. The place I’m at, it’s like a startup and just the trajectory of it.

Like I think the interesting work will be done by then hopefully, yeah, actually 20, 27 with IRA and then 20, 28 for the later. You’ll probably come to a couple of hundred sheets by then and you’ll probably, maybe do a backdoor Roth at that point. A lot of this will change in the next three years anyway, but that’s let’s get you going down the path first.

And I would probably recommend. I can’t the only reason where I might make sense to do a qualified retirement plan is if that doomsday scenario where you are limited to single joint or that 170 max, then you might like, again, like for people listening, the only reason that stuff makes sense in my humble opinion for that tax attorney.

But there’s no right answer for this stuff, as it is if two things apply, number one, you’re already in tax Breck, highest tax bracket, which you are, and number two, you have a boat load and your retirement, which you do. Like I’ve seen people with more like a million million, half in their retirement accounts, you certainly have more than half a million, 600,000.

So that kind of satisfies that. And the reason being is it’s oh shoot, what do we do? Let’s just kick the can down. It’s punting and football, right? In a way, unfortunately, in the things you have to balance. And the reason why I’m not super keen on is these damn things cost a lot of money.

I like your plan. I’m slowly drawing this out as you noted. And then you did mention like the backdoor rods. So that was something we had been doing the last couple of years of my spouse. I didn’t do it this year, but is that something you typically the recommended for? For most people know, because they got to get their stuff together and get their cashflow bucket filled today.

Then when you’re already cash laying 10, $20,000, then Danielle do your backdoor Roths after that people do it all backwards. It’s your scene. So you have the general idea and it sounds like you have a pretty good understanding of, leaking things out. If that would be the conservative way of doing it, if you want it to be a lot work or.

You take it out two times as fast and you start to supplement with some some other more exotic tax strategies and stuff like that. Like land conservation, easements, that type of stuff. Then I, I think at that point it probably makes more sense to join the family office group, talk to other doctors, doing that type of stuff.

See who, with operators that they’ve been working with that, at that point, we’re going to save you 10 times as much as your initiation before a group like that. But again, that’s not for everybody, right? I think you have a pretty dang good like conservative middle of the past strategy right here that you could probably implement, but if you want it to be optimized that’s the way you go to, and then you can unlock all this money and get it deployed right away before the great recession happens, I do have a question about the infinite banking concept, which I know you’ve mentioned on some of your podcasts, like webinars and stuff. Is that something I should consider with starting one of those policies since I do have so much cash that yeah. And that was the other thing I wanted to, so that’s always people always geek out on infinite banking.

And then if people want to, I would always say check out the free, if in a banking e-course we have, you’ve got to sign up a simple passive castro.com/club. Or I think if you go to simple pass to castro.com/banking, you can sign up directly for just that e-course, but it would probably make sense in your position because you have so much that you have that 700,000 just sitting there.

And it sounds like you’re on board to leaking out your retirement accounts quickly. So here’s how I would like mind model this thing out like 28, 22.

So I start to build these like timeline deployment plans and then motto how much liquidity you have. So right now you’re starting with 700 of liquidity. And this let’s just say this line is like how much you’re going to invest. How much money are you going to, you think you’re going to invest in 2022?

I guess it would depend on how comfortable I am findings. Yeah, I’ll say like most people they’ll do at least a hundred, 200,000. Again, I see people do a million the first year, so those are the two ends of the, kick the football. Yeah, I think it will come between anywhere between two to 300, depending, whether that’s $200,000 deals or a few $50,000 deals.

He’s probably a good number to put on that. Yeah. So what I’m doing here is just not figuring out how much liquidity you’re going to be left with. And let’s just say, you go with the same thing in 2023, you’re going to have 200, but you’re also speaking out number were leaking out a hundred thousand each year from IRA.

I think I got my, all my rules messed up here, but I see what you’re doing. You’re going to have 300, right? Yeah no. You’re going to have, okay. So the dude that you’re going to start off with four. Yeah. If you have 700 and you invest that, now you go down to five 50. And then you pull out another hundred, but you invest that you basically went down by four by a hundred thousand each year,

or yeah, down one 50 a year, investing two 50 employees, maybe this year, you get really go crazy on this year to go 300, but you’re still, yeah, I like this. I see what you’re doing. This makes a lot of sense. Like then I get more comfort investing in these deals and then what their deals are.

This is why I look, I like working with smart people. You guys catch onto this stuff. It’s still frustrating, but what does that mean? Think my head against the wall. If I can’t, I don’t know a good communicator, but this is what I’m. So you’re going to invest another 300 this year. I actually think what we’ll probably do is an east each year you might even two X, this investment probably was going to happen.

But yeah, I think you’re probably right. Cause I’m really starting to lean into learning more about this and I’m strongly considering joining your mastermind group, but really getting a strong network of like good syndicators and understanding this space more comfortable. Let’s just say let’s just bump it up a little bit.

Three 50. And I think that went to three 50. Let’s just say you do get a little bit more aggressive, like we’re saying, that was 3 50, 4 50. I think that’s how it is. Okay. So you’re going to, you’re going to basically burn through your past liquidity in three or four years. Okay. So what I’m trying to do is I’m trying to motto how much cash liquidity you have and then how much. So it’s two things. My Jew, this is just real general rule for how much money should I put into my infinite banking every year for six to seven years.

So my general rule is take one third of your annual debt. So for you guys are saving a hundred grand a year, so that’s 330,000 or 32 grand every year, but you have a big amount of liquidity, which we’ve modeled on it, estimated this line, what it’s going to be. What I want to do is estimate, I want to utilize this so that by the year, by the middle of the policy, you should be using this up.

Best as you can. So this is really, this is where, I’m just shooting darts out there to the universe a little bit, but my gut tells me that I’d like you to put in at least a hundred grand because that your liquidity is so high. So I would say on the low end, 130 grand every year, 130 grand every year.

Okay. Yeah. But you want to know what I would do? So this is the, this all depends how you create the policies, how much commissions the agent wants to take, right? So you can crank down the commissions, but, and what that does is cranks down the life insurance portion, the 10 to 20% is the best practice.

If you don’t want to gouge their clients with permissions. Which most people do. It’s like a 50, 50 split. The other good benefit to doing that is you don’t have. You may sign up to do a hundred thousand dollars a year, but only $10,000, really what you have to quit in that year. So that’s the beauty of it.

And I, that took me like three years to latch on because out here we’re all, you’re going to be our good as citizens are like if we save with a life insurance company, we’re going to put in 200, should we have to put in that every single year for six years to a total of 600,000.

But in reality, all we have to do is put in 60, maybe a hundred grand and shoot, we fit that in the first year. Yeah. I haven’t been in talks with somebody who does this and it was, I forgot what the once it’s topped up to one 30 or whenever you’re done the policies. Self-sustaining.

Yeah. And as long as you hit that, if it was a 90 10 split with 10% of the it being insurance premiums, once you hit that, you’re good. You don’t have to worry about the policy cannibalize. Or for the longest time I thought oh, you got to put in the whole thing, not necessary. But if it was configured in a jacked up way where it was 50, 50, 50% of it.

So on the 600,000 fully commit policy for six years, a hundred grand every year, you have to put in 300, that’s a bigger nut. You have to keep funding as opposed to 60, the more important number on these is basically what’s the total amount I need to put in to get past the point where it can cannibalize itself, like where the fund is self-sustaining and if I stop funding it I’m okay.

The policy still, right? Ideally you want to create the biggest container size without losing such container. So for you, you could probably, you have, I just add up this line here R. And you’re going to have it. I’m just looking like on average, you’re going to have maybe 50 at time.

Again, this is the low end one 30 every year.

You know what? I would get just get a max 10, $10 million policy. So $10 million is an important number because at that Eagle higher than that, you got to show a whole bunch of BS documentation to get higher than that. And really you don’t really eat more than $10 million because $10 million typically is a payment of 50 K or six or seven years.

I would just again, this is just what I would do, right? This is more of a progressive way of doing it. I would just start off with a 250 K a year. And then you fund that, maybe you. Backdate it, if you’re a, depending when your birth date is and you fund that first two years right away or worse, probably what’s going to happen.

You go to 50 and then you go to 50 and then you start to just fund the insurance premiums from there on out, but you’ve already hit your watch to your minimum lot. So it doesn’t cannibalize in their first year. So good. Yeah. That kind of answers the question that I had just jotted down to ask you, which was like, where am I going to park my money now?

Cause obviously you don’t get anything on savings or CDs. And I had I have to open a bunch of separate bank accounts. I’m not above the FDI seat limit. So I kind this option. If I can, fund those basically double fund and deploy some of that capital that funds taken care of. And then if I put all that money in pretty quickly, then depending on how the policy is written from my.

With anywhere from a month to six, I should be able to start borrowing a decent amount from that policy to put into. You can do it the next week, get the money back out next week. So this is one of them. This is this one’s funny, right? Because it operates like a hilar account. But it’s still like people, even in the mastermind group, they’re oh, I got to pay interest payments to myself.

I don’t want to own, that stresses me out. That’s $400 a month. It’s no, that’s just a mindset thing. You’ve got to get over that. It’s just the way you’re supposed to use this thing. If you put in two 50 and now your cash value goes down to 200, and then you put in the next two 50 the next year, maybe it’s worth for, I don’t know, four 50.

It’s just call it that the next year you, what you want to do is you want to take out that four 50, and put that into deals or crypto. Whatever. I’m assuming you guys have good contacts for these infinite thinking. Yeah. Yeah. Just yeah, go through the e-course and then, I would say just it’s a couple hours for do that.

E-course but it should get you set up and then yeah, we can refer you out from there. What’s your kind of studied up, but they’re commodities, right? They’re all with the big major companies, that’s really what you want. But the question is where are you going to put the money?

And that’s really up to you. You can put it into deals. Some of what some people do is they, I think a mistake that I see, especially for somebody in your cases, like they want to leave their dry powder. And only take out. You don’t have like that, dude. That’s not what this is for. You got to take it all out.

Unless you’re a business owner that needs a lot of dry capital for yourself. 20, 50 grand and checking 50 grand is way more than you need. But 20 grand just to float your monthly expenses every quarter and then maybe 50 grand to leave it in here. So you deploy 400 in this case, that’s really the way you want to play this.

And then if you want to do 300 of that 400 and deals and then a hundred crypto, that’s how you do it. Okay. I didn’t even, I hadn’t even looked at infinite banking for crypto. I was just looking at it for syndication. So that’s good. No, you can use the money to go to Disneyland. You want it to, obviously you’re not going to do that.

People who listen to this podcast, don’t do that stuff. And, or you could use this as a way better than 5 29 plan. Hell of a lot better. I don’t know why anybody does a 5 29. Oh, I even forgot to put that down. We do have 5 29 plans for our kids, but we shut them off, I think six months ago, after listening to your podcasts and other ones, like those have been shut off, they each have 10,000 in it okay.

Yeah. Just shut them off because just, I would just withdraw it just for simplistic music. It’s today I was trying to get rid of my health savings account because I got 15 grand in there, but it’s like what, a pain in the plug to have this thing. And it got a PM through chip bucks every year.

Like really a 2% adds up all the time. Yeah. 300 grand for, do you have any thoughts about the, like the lump sum? What are they called? MEK plans are like for infinite banking, like the life insurance policy where you can do the lump sum. Instead I spoke to somebody the other day and they were like, oh, some of the.

Drawbacks are that? I think it was, if, the distributions were not taxable, I believe, versus in the other one, they are, there was some differences with it, but I had never even heard of the lump sum thing until I spoke to somebody. I don’t know if that’s something we’re going to have to talk to our experts on that one.

That just, there’s all these kinds of other like variable life. That’s, like they miss the point. They’re like don’t you want higher returns, right? No, we want like liquidity so I can go invest it better stuff. I don’t need six, 7%, once your net worth goes over five, 10 million, then you may come back to that type of stuff.

That’s I think when it makes more sense, but there’s a lot of. Shady stuff, especially in the IUL people’s trends stuff, missions on that are extremely high. There’s a lot of like breasts of salespeople running around saying nonsense for that. But some countries companies actually like really aggressive of teaching the agents.

They have this like farm school where they teach people because it’s such like a obscure product with high commissions that it makes sense to just train trainers or just make real estate agent armies. And out there one in a hundred will actually sell a policy, but it’s pretty good commissions for them at the end of the day.

But basic IPC. This is what it’s for. Once you go over 10 million, I think that’s a little overkill, especially because, you want to get this money working at four or 5% tax free. And then another thing to think about is because you’re the only one for your kids now.

I mean it’s, it would probably be prudent, single point of failure at this point. Now that’s true. That is another good benefit of opening up one of these. And that’s it. You guys have, you have a trust build and all that stuff dating? Yeah. I’m in the process. I got to read it. We were in the process of getting it set up and then my wife passed away before all this stuff was notarized and finished.

So it’s a little bit of a mess. So then I was obviously not in the right state of mind for quite a bit. So I’m finally getting my brain back from brain fog and I’m going to start cleaning that up. Yeah. Yeah. I think that’d be a good to talk to other people too. I mean the questions and like what, who watches your kids?

I’m not giving any advice on that and the cyclist. No, I don’t know. I wouldn’t even trust myself with my own kids.

But yeah, it’s, these questions come up. And it’s hard to find other people doing the same thing. Yeah. You technically just listen to your attorney, but I don’t know if that’s super prudent, you need other viewpoints too, but getting back to the numbers here. If you do that large of a policy, once you fund it up to you, you have that 500, 300,000, you’re going to fund it halfway.

That’s well past the point that it’s going to collapse on you, black hole one on you. So you’re good. And what’s potty going to be happening around year three or fours. These deals are going to start to refinance, or it will be full cycle at that point. And I think that’s the point where it’s a kind of a, make it a break.

It’s if you don’t fund the policies anymore. Cool. That’s fine. I think what’s probably gonna happen is you get that windfalls and you’re like, oh yeah, let me just find the policies the remaining of the three years. And now you’re set up. I like it. That makes sense. Cool. Yeah. But bare minimum, one 30 and I think what most people do is like they, they get up small balls.

Like when I first started to do this, I did a $50,000 policy every year for six, seven years. And then it was just cool to use it and be like, oh, this is like a heat lock. Oh, what is that thing on my portal? And saying, I owe $5,000. Oh, that’s just the interest. I don’t care about that because my cool friends actually know about money.

Don’t freak out about it. And then you add a zero on top of it, once you get the hang of it right in a few months, you, you withdraw money, you pay it back. And then some people in the family office group work doing this site, instead of getting the loan from like Ameritas, Penn mutual guardian, they go to a third party bank instead of paying 5%, they pay 3%.

If you’re doing a larger policy, like how you are, like that adds up, 1% on 600 grand adds up.

Yeah that’s the IBC thing for you. And I think, if you want to play it more conservative, only go into a few deals at the minimum on the investing side, I’ll play more rested on this stuff. Okay. That makes sense. Yeah. And I think as far as the investment side, like I’m willing to ramp it up.

Once I feel more confident in how I can bet, sponsors and deals and have a good network of people who have invested as a past and. And then also, like we said, you could really ratchet this up by getting more aggressive on the withdrawals from your IRAs, right? Mitigate the higher income by conservation easements or something like that.

If it’s still around, if you’re willing to, be careful and work with the right people at that, of course it’s on the list of transactions freaked out. I got a Google debt and this is naughty. Oh, I don’t personally do it. Because I’ve gotten to the point where I don’t have active income, it’s all passive.

And that’s where you’re going to get to at some point. But how can we bridge you to that promise land in five to six years when most of your stuff is passive, so it can offset passive losses. Okay. We got a plan on the IRAs a little bit. You’re such, this is a good call. Your situation is confusing and there’s a bunch of things moving around, talked about IBC. Let’s talk about like lifestyle and just cause that may increase your, if you sell that, you’re gonna stay in that house.

You guys live in now or downsides or, but the plan is to try to sell I’m a little bit constrained in that. A lot of our family is close by and they’re the ones helping a lot with the kids now and they’re in a good school system. And so like I can’t just pack up and go wherever. So a little bit constrained in the market where I live.

It’s quite hot, which is a double-edged sword in that I think my house would go pretty quickly for a good amount without having to do a lot of work to get it ready. Then I have to find something to replace it with. But yeah, the ultimate goal is like, our house is a decent sized, a lot of land and just way more work than I need.

And it’s too big for just one adult and two kids. So that’s definitely something that I want to do is downsize get some equity out. And that would also have the function of reducing my payments, monthly mortgage payments. Anyway. Yeah. I would just say from a, you don’t need to downsize, like some people I’m like under half a million dollars net worth, I’m like, you need to do, you’re already behind in the game, right?

You’re already in your forties and fifties, you have to do this stuff, but for you, you can keep living there. That’s cool. Again, they say you never want to listen to the wherever the heck they are, but they say don’t do anything like drastic for the first year or whatever. But I will say that speaking from the experience from some of the other folks who’ve downsized, they’ve gotten away from living in the big house.

And they’ve gone to one of the luxury condo where now they enjoy it because now they’re hanging with their kids. They got the pool, they don’t clean. It’s just simple, simpler, living, less headaches, nothing breaks. So if you’re going to the more simplistic life, that’d probably be the way of doing, that’s not a bad way of doing things.

I actually personally I think I might like the condo life a little bit better, less nonsense. Don’t have to clean my own pool. That’s what I’m looking at a other con condo or townhouse where there’s community pool and they take care of all like yard maintenance. And it’s just, and again, just getting back to the simplifying things like it’s become clear.

Like I don’t need a lot of stuff, but I just want, time with my kids and possessions that I have enjoy and travel and. Yeah, you, in that primary residence you have now you got to worry about half a million of equity in that thing. So we’ll depend on. So we got, it was a 0% down cause we had a physician’s loan, which was nice.

But the, and we only bought it just under six years ago, but the market’s gone up so much that I’ve talked to a couple of different agents and looking online. It would probably be between three 50 to 400, depending on what it sells for is about equity that we would get. So one thing, this is a tax thing, right?

You’re only able to write up like the exempt from what a $4 million of that’s what I thought too, because it’s just me now. But my CPA said within 24 months of my stuff’s passing, I should be able to get the full half a million. So you’re not thinking you’re not maxing that out. Yeah.

Not quite, but yeah. If I stay in this house for another couple of years, then I’ll be above, the half the quarter million max for myself. Cause then it’s going to revert to it’s just me. It would just be the, yeah. Like it kinda has a good tax need, because you have, it’s something I wanted to do actually, even before this happened, I had already been talking about Hey, we should simplify.

So it’s if the right house comes along, that I can get, I think I’m going to do it. And that’s yet another windfall and more cash that I can do. Yeah. Because if you don’t vote before the year two, you’d use that double tax exemption thing. Yeah. For me, I am, I don’t want to push you either way, unless that’s, before I heard that, I’m like, yeah, you got to just move out, move out and buy it back again.

Feel that’s what you want to do. I don’t know if you can do that. It’s not like a wash sale, but. Yeah, no I think it’s a strong possibility. And even where we live it’s a, it’s more of a isolated subdivision and there’s not as many kids around and there’s plenty of neighborhoods where a lot of their friends from school are that would be cheaper and smaller and have a lot of the things we talked about.

So yeah, it’s definitely on my radar. And that would just accelerate what we talked about. Give me more cash to put into these funds. Yeah. But maybe think about it, I think wait until the spring time or summer, that’s when the Marcus pulls the hottest the world doesn’t end before then.

Yeah, no, I got, yeah, I got my I’m like, I’m looking now to potentially hop on something. If somebody putting something on in December or January, but my goal is probably listing my house in the spring. Cause that’s just, it looks the nicest, it’s the hottest market. But it stinks like, fuck Matthew he’d dump out for a hundred grand.

You put it into an even bigger infinite banking follows. Are you just doing the banking right away at 5%? No. 2020 grand a year. It’s a couple of grand, a couple of grand a month. You always want to do this equation and think how does that two grand a month changed my life if you had to use it?

That could be a lot of less home cooked meals eating out less the more time, right? If you can use that $2,000 every month, that is time or for time. That’s money will work. That’s a good move to create that cashflow and that’s everlasting cash. Let’s just not just running through your pile.

That’s how I would look at it. So you get to live in the condo, get the free, free maintenance on the pool. But what are the downsides of that? I don’t know. Is there a downside of. The only downside is less privacy. Like a lot. I have it’s great. Private lot. It’s gorgeous. Like you’re by nature and it’s very private, very nice.

But I think the positives of moving outweigh at though the just simplifying life, getting a bunch of equity out and redeploying it, getting my kids in the neighborhood with a bunch of their friends, I think definitely outweighs the privacy concern. That’s why I asked cause some people, when they talk to the spouse and they’re like what’s the downside if they can’t communicate because there is a, you just don’t want to do it, which is silly.

You’ve obviously been able to voice your concern, just privacy. But so what if you took $2,000 a month and you bought the penthouse instead of the other one, right? You rented the penthouse instead make $2,000 pumps you into much higher or exclusive community. So think about it like that. The term life, you could get that big of a policy.

You don’t have to pay this anymore. So that feeds up.

That’s been done then.

Yeah. Think we covered a lot here. Any, anything else you want to? No, I don’t think so. This is very helpful. Thank you. I’ll play with helpful to people listening and then I will definitely check out that e-course on the infinite bank. Yeah. I think

trying to think what is the first domino that’s got fall here, but either the house, there were three things moving out of the house. I think you can delay that to the spring or summertime. So that’s third on the list. You already have liquidity, so you could have the, and then you don’t have to do the taking out of the retirement accounts quite yet.

It’s a rough situation, but if the banking seems to be the first domino here, which you’re listening on the podcast, that’s typically not it. If you’re screwing around in front of banking stuff, doing and wasting your time, especially your net worth is under a million dollars. You haven’t invested in anything.

Yeah. I agree though, in this case it makes sense. Cause it gives me a little bit of time to deploy some of this extra capital and then I can get spun up on what’s indications. I want to invest in, educate myself. The house can come later in the year and then slowly peeling away. Some of that retirement stuff can start happening at any point in 20, 22.

Once I have a better idea of my adjusted gross income as well, and then decide how much I’m going to pull. Yeah. And I think once you get moving down the road, once you deploy a million, you should be making. A fraction of your salary. And then when you double that, we should be able to start to see the light.

Once you deploy about a million or 2 million, you start, it should start to see the light on when exactly you’re going to wit yeah. That, that dovetails nicely with where I’m at now, again, the place I’m at, it’s a lot of fun to work at. I enjoy it, but I reading the tea leaves, I think four to five, maybe six years at the most actually doing what I’m doing and then be ready to you write out the the startup or five years that, but you don’t want to go back to practice.

I don’t want to do like a typical family practice. Seeing 20 patients a day, every day, that’s too much. They would want to do that, but it’s something like that. It would be part-time or it would be like part-time remote. There’s a lot of, remote providers where you can work anywhere you want in the world and do telehealth.

And I could do that. Part-time and supplement with my past. Pretty much lifestyle. Yeah. Yeah. I think you’ll have enough at that point where you don’t really need to make a hundred, hundred 50,000 a year. Part-time right. Type of thing. Yeah. But I know you’re you being close mode going 70 miles an hour at that point, but then we’ll see in the next several years, we’ll see if you get bored or not.

You want to yeah. That’s the thing, like I, I do like healthcare, it’s fun working in healthcare. The U S healthcare system is so broken. So if there’s cool projects or companies to work on to try to fix stuff like that interests me. But it would be nice to be in the position where I can decide, what’s project or work on.

I want to take on. And if there’s nothing that’s interesting or exciting or what the work I can. Yeah. If you’re the current employer, the startup thing, is it pretty time intensive or is it. It’s hit or miss. It depends. So it’s actually, like some days are less than others. It comes in fits and starts like a typical startup.

So it’s not a lot of patient care for me. I’m doing a lot more project work, data work, and all sorts of things where sometimes a big project comes along and I’m spending a lot of time one week and then the next week it’s relatively slow. That’s awesome. If would you being the primary caregiver, I would manage if you can’t handle it, you need to step back.

You could. Yeah. If you stuff all this money into infinite banking and you get maybe a quarter million, half a million into deals making 10%, you probably have enough to definitely sustain your costs of living. If things get too busy, like I know you have the option.

To do that. Yeah. Right now it’s not too bad. And the good thing is most of the time I actually get to work from home, which is nice. So even though, even if it’s busy, still have the time with the kids. And then a lot of the work I can do at night when the kids are asleep, just the nature of the startup and I’m doing it.

A lot of it’s project work worker, things I can literally do at 10 o’clock at night while they’re asleep, I can just sit there and get my stuff done. So it’s actually not too much of a hassle. And we have a lot of family nearby that spending time with the kids and watch them a lot and hang out with them.

So far, it’s, I think I’m in a good spot, at least for the next couple of years, if things they are you is a family decently well off where you the, you guys have more wealthy folks and the rest of the family is pretty well off. At least the ones close by. So like my mother is about ready to retire.

Like she does pretty well for herself and she’s transitioning, she’s going to probably transition to working. Part-time she’s. My wife’s parents. I’m not super well off, but they’re fine. Like they’re the ones actually in that long-term rental property we have, and they’re paying well below market rates.

That’s when we’re basically it’s cashflow negative. Like we bought the property, they’re paying the HOA and the mortgage it’s cashflow neutral for us, but it’s building up equity and it has them in a nice spot basically under market. So that’s like a win-win what is their long-term like, they’re going to agent place at least for now.

Yeah. They’re healthy enough and doing well enough. I don’t think there’s any imminent plans for them to go to letter like that. And then also my brother-in-law lives close by as well. And he has his own marketing company and does pretty well. Okay. Not, I live in Potts basement, sealer chat. Okay good.

Yeah, because some of the people that, they’re like obviously the most, often their families, so they have to also keep in mind, providing or in a way, thankfully everybody else in the family is fine. Yeah. Everybody got their stuff together, so that’s good. That’s good. But yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. Any, anything else Derek you guys want go over or? No, I don’t think so. I think that was, yeah, very thorough and super helpful. Okay. Thank you. Cool. Yeah, folks, if you guys like this, you guys wanna volunteer the stuff shaped the folks that email team at simple passive cashflow dot.

And if you haven’t yet joined the club, I book your free onboarding call before I start to outsource it out to the team. I won’t go as in-depth into this type of stuff, but we’ll try and knock it on 15 minutes or 20 minutes or so.

Coaching Call: Doctor With 2M Net Worth + Dozen & More Deals!

What is up? Investors Happy 2023 if you haven’t heard of it yet, or you’re still making that mistake of writing in 2022, but here we are, another year, and another new group of folks coming to the retreat. and I am excited. It always we’re getting better and better at getting people over the hump of, investing in alternative investments, getting over that queasy feeling that, taking out debt outta your home and getting your lazy equity outta different places and putting into stuff such as real estate that can power other tax benefits and better returns.

Today we’re gonna be doing a coaching call, and if you guys like these coaching calls, you guys can volunteer for one for yourself in the future. Make sure you join our investor club@sypasocasual.com slash club and email the team and we’ll try and get you lined up if you guys are more than willing to do something like this in the future.

Now as I’ve been getting better and better, I’ve been seeing different case scenarios such as the doctor that we’re having today. And you know what, I wanted to just briefly talk specifically today, and this probably was one of these categories.

A lot of people here are first generation net worth. You weren’t born with money, you weren’t a trust fund kid. Now maybe some of you guys are, and I would probably, I look down our larger investor list. I think more than 800 of you guys. The US said at least $50,000 with us thus far. And I would probably say less than maybe 5% are people who were born with more than a million dollars net worth.

So that means most of you guys out there are folks who’ve saved hard, worked hard, maybe put your money in the four oh places you shouldn’t have. And I think you’re starting to learn what a mistake that was. , it’s all a transition. It’s all part of the journey. And what I’m seeing is, you have to have a high amount of W two or 10 and nine income, or in other words, ordinary income.

And you, if you’re a good investor, maybe you have some stocks, funds, mutual funds, or playing around with that type of stuff, and you have portfolio income. Portfolio income, order income bad, right? Because passive income is what we want, not only for the fact that it’s, it’s passive lay on the beach mailbox money, but more in terms of taxes, right?

Because when you talk about passive income can be offset with passive losses. Pal is what we call for short. The new tax PAL fund that we have coming up which you guys can get access to the info page through the member site is going to give you guys passive losses so you can knock out those passive income and offset that.

Now, for a lot of you guys, especially the people starting out, you have a predominantly majority past. Ordinary income, and you’re trying to get to that point where you can cap more and more of this ordinary income. And if you’re watching the YouTube channel, you’re seeing me put my two hands together and be a big kind of needle showing that the majority is ordinary income.

And over time, as I’m getting my arms, the other way, the needle goes back to more passive income. To a lot of myself and a lot of the higher net worth investors who have gone to many deals and gotten a. Passive income, passive losses, you start to get to a point where most of your income is passive as opposed to ordinary.

And the reason, part of the reason is, or maybe even the biggest reason other than the better returns, but the fact that you can offset the passive income with the passive losses and stay a whole boatload of taxes right there, that you wouldn’t. Able to do and shelter yourself on the ordinary income side.

I’m, we’re all running these synergizing, these ideas are much better in my next book, which is gonna be rolling out, hopefully by the end of this year, where it’s gonna be talking about these, these nuances of really, we’ve, I think in the past book we talked about a lot of these in generalities, but what are like the steps?

And real briefly, I’m gonna be going over this before we go into the coaching call, what I’ve. Putting together here is this idea of there are different use cases here for different people in terms of, a lot of you guys just, depending on if you do income household some people are single and that’s cool, but I would say the majority of our investor group are married with kids and have, small, two large families and with the two people at the house at least I don’t think we have polyamorous folks out there. I’ve never seen people with more than three incomes. Some people joke that their rental properties or their syndications are multiple spouses, but for the most part, there’s two people kind of building widgets, right?

Or in their income. A lot of putting. Putting ordinary income into their income pile, and that’s what you’re gonna need to do, especially when you’re not a trust fund kid. You don’t have a lot of money to begin with. You have to build your net worth to a million, 2 million, and I’m gonna say loosely two and a half million with a range of a million there, because this is the point where you’re building that critical mass.

To be able to get over this hump. And that’s what I see is down. Now, once you get to two, two and a half million, you’re coming downhill and you’re gonna hit that four or 5 million in-Game Mark. But there are few use cases here. A lot of your folks, especially when you and your spouse are making about the same amount as high income earners, it makes more sense for you to both work your day job not do rep status and burn the afterburners, hopefully, and at some point shut it off. And what we call this is , there’s the, I call this like the Ford Raptor, big truck, you gas guzzler kind of snare where you’re working hard, making a whole bunch of ordinary income. You’re still saving it to put to investments and put to the simple passive cash flow cycle.

And, but you are paying a lot in taxes and that’s just how it is. When you have ordinary income, you’re gonna have to pay taxes on it. There’s no way around it. When you have a big truck like that, you are gonna pay a lot of gas. the next stage. On the opposite side of the spectrum is the, I’m not a big fan of Teslas.

I don’t have one, but they’re clean, efficient energy electric. Type of car and it goes fast too, which is cool. And they’re sleek. But in this analogy, what I’m gonna pull from it is it’s like switching over from like this gas going to electric and what that is, it’s like cleaner, efficient, seemingly if you don’t count all that damn coal that battery, the lithium charging up, the lithium battery and all that stuff.

But if you’re just looking from the cart point of view, if you follow me with this kind of loose analogy, is, or at least people who are more experienced, like I said, like myself or people in dozens of deals, most of their income is passive and that way it’s very clean and efficient in terms of taxes that their passive income is essentially wiped out by.

Passive losses or most of it is, and they don’t pay that much in taxes. A lot of folks, who’ve been investing, go look at your 85, 82 form, you probably have more than a quarter million, half a million in passive losses. Some of you guys have a million or few million dollars that spend a passive loss and yeah.

If you got around a lot of the other accredited investors that are doing this too, you probably scratch your head around and you’re wondering, when am I gonna pay any taxes? In fact, and you may. , and that’s the Tesla kind of side of it, which it’s electric now for a lot of you guys.

And this is where it really gets more personal finance. This is the Prius and yeah, of course the Prius is a much Suckier car than the cool Ford Raptor, which I personally own, and a Tesla. But the Prius was the only car that I could think of that, is a hybrid where it uses gas and it also switches to electric.

and this it’s, this is a tough place for a lot of folks. It’s maybe the incomes are disproportionate where you have a guy who makes. Some gal makes 200,000 and their spouse only makes a hundred together. They make a great salary, right? $300,000 a year. But it’s a little bit disproportionate and it makes sense for them to keep working, but maybe one or the two don’t like their job.

And there’s kind of two case scenarios where. Maybe the higher income earning one, the person making $200,000 a year isn’t doesn’t like their job. And ideally they’re the ones that they want to quit or go part-time first and get rep status. Now that is tough because they make more money. and oftentimes what I’ll advise based on their personal situation, this is where, nice to come to retreat, build a relationship, and understand this.

Or you can learn this from your peers, which is why people join the family office group to synergize over these, these bigger concepts or these more, less high level financial topics. It gets into more personal finance. And for these people it may just mean to just suck it.

and you are the breadwinner and you’re just gonna have to keep working even though you don’t like your job more than your spouse. And where it works better is around, for these Prius owners, all these are Prius owners, right in the middle, in this hybrid. They don’t make too much.

But you have the person who doesn’t like their job making a hundred grand a year. Stop working. Go part-time or just quit working at all. Then, your breadwinner can carry your household and this is where I think is a huge improvement in quality of life.

Maybe that person can get rep status and now take down that barrier where you can use your pals, your passive activity losses to offset all your ordinary income. Now you’re seeing why people are diving into our next tax PAL fund and using these things and using a couple synergic strategies. And two, of course consult your own tax attorney, c p a.

If you guys, most people need a new one. 95% of people, I would say, change their CPAs cuz they don’t know. They have, that’s why the CPAs have day jobs. They haven’t figured this stuff out. But if you guys need a referral, let me know. Shoot us an email. This is a beautiful situation.

Right now. The person who doesn’t like their day job doesn’t have to work and they can spend time with, most of you guys do have kids out there, quality of life, right? It’s great. And sure you’re not like burning both ends of the candle. With ordinary income. And if you’re making $300,000, you’re not able to save a hundred grand a year, and it goes down to maybe 50,000 a year, but, We don’t need that much.

My whole simple passive cash flow prerequisite is, being able to save 25, $50,000 a year, that’s really all you need to do. Some of you guys blow that outta water, a hundred, $200,000 a year, that’s great, right? That’s just gonna accelerate you to get there and blast past 5 million, $10 million net worth.

But that’s not needed in this case. Of course there’s, I think, what we might talk about today with our coaching call participants, doctors typically doctors, dentists, or folks at high income earners that make over 300, $400,000 a year by themself. It typically makes most sense for them to just get rid of the spouse’s job and have them do rep status, especially if you’re above that $340,000 a e i for 2023.

So there’s a few Prius scenarios. What I wanted to say was like, every, there’s a few scenarios here. There’s the raptor, there’s the few Prius scenarios, and then there’s a Tesla scenario. And this is why, I think what makes it a little confusing is because you’re getting advice from all kinds of angles, yet, you don’t know who to really trust and you know what’s really for you.

And that’s my kind of, my job is to simplify things. So if this is new to you guys, welcome to the channel. Welcome to the podcast. Join the club. I give everybody kind of a short time to, if I can get in there and just punch you in the right direction.

And, I still do these onboarding calls with you guys. Would like to get, let’s know you guys a little bit and share this with a friend or interact with our community because likely your friends are co coworkers, family not doing any type of this stuff. Join the simple passive cash from a clan.

A simple passive cashflow listeners today, we have a, another coaching call and you guys love these things. You guys eat this up like candy, it’s like financial fans, lawyers call it that. So I have Brian on the line. He is a doctor and he’s been heavily invested in private placements since. So I’ll have Brian tell his story a little bit, but so do other great accredited investors all here.

So enjoy and thanks for jumping on Brian. Yeah, a little background on me. I am a physician and kind of fell into the standard path, what physicians are told to do and channel all of your. All your earnings and into your 401k and get a nice little stash of equities going.

And maybe if you accumulate enough, by the time you’re 60, you can retire. And a couple of years ago I was on vacation in Asia and I discovered that I didn’t want to work. Ideally I wanted to be totally retired by the time I was 55. I was about, I dunno, 47 at the time. And I looked at my portfolio and discovered that.

Pretty much, all of it was equity and bonds and it was yielding about 1%. And I was thinking there’s no way I’m ever going to get to where I want to be with 1% yield on my portfolio. So that’s when I started educating myself on passive investments in alternative investments. And was there some kind of like thing that happened at work or you just had some free time on vacation?

Oh yeah. No, it was just. For the first time, in about five years, I had a nice two week vacation and we decided we were going to go to Asia and we had a lot of downtime and you just, I kinda self-reflect and thought I really liked this relaxing stuff I could get used to this, can turn in my 80 hour work weeks for this.

Certainly. So yeah, I guess that was the epiphany. It’s there’s more to life than slogging in the office, 80 hours a week. And you’re married. You got kids. So I have a long-term partner. I have two kids. Daughter is a freshman in college and son is a sophomore and got divorced about five or let’s see that’s about eight years ago now.

And still so paying some of that off. I have two and a half years left of that. And then it’ll be clear that. So at this point in the game, are you doing. So let’s just paint a story. You, did you buy any rentals? Did you go through that? Yeah, I did. I did. I bought a single family rental on the east coast in 2007 in a nice little seaside town that had a lot of vacationers from Connecticut and New York.

And got it. Ready to roll. In 2008, then you know what happened in the market in 2008 and it lost about half its value. And so that wasn’t the best experience ended up having various tenants. Some were good, some were bad. One of them ended up being a mobster. After finally getting out of that deal after about 10 years and not making any money out of it, I soured beyond to honor the single family thing.

But when did you start to get into the private placements? That syndication 2018 was my first one, actually, maybe 2017 was my first one, but I really started taking the plunge in 2008. Okay. So yeah, the whole 10 year period. You just work the day job and manage your work in the day jobs, shoveling everything I could and to index funds and all that good stuff.

Yeah. That’s unfortunate. What has been a one or two years later, maybe it would be different, right? Yeah, the syndications, thank God because it’s essentially, the value add deals are doing what I would want to do if I was doing it myself, but there’s teams of professionals that are doing it that are actually good at it.

Like I know where my strengths are and being a landlord is definitely not one of them. Yeah, the property manager is definitely not one of them. Yeah. It all comes down to what your highest and best uses. Like you might be at eight out of 10 in terms of being a landlord, which might be a hell of a lot better than the average Joe listening out there.

Who’s a five and a half out of 10, but because you’re a nine and a half doctor making that hourly rate, it just a no-brainer you spend your time on what’s your highest and best uses. And you focus on that. See, we’re also showing on the screen here. If you guys check this out on the YouTube and I would probably suggest handing off to YouTube channel for this one Brian’s got a plethora of different, all kinds of syndications as private places for the, what are you looking like more than a couple of dozen of these things?

I think it’s, I think it’s up to 22. Yeah, very, yes. Investments between 25 to a hundred, $200,000 minimum. Take us through the, like, how did you first discover syndications and what was your kind of first steps? Because this is the hard part, right? Like you hear about this mythical creature called private placements in syndications where there’s value, add there’s cashflow.

You don’t do anything as a passive investor. You don’t get dead in your own name. You don’t get the high liability, which is a huge deal for doctors. And it all sounds amazing, but you’re stepping out into the a bit. How did she step forth into the, yeah, so the, probably the first thing I did is I found a community of people online and they were.

Vetting some investments and I didn’t, I knew nothing, absolutely nothing. I didn’t know it, a debt fund from a, from a syndication from I mean I knew absolutely nothing. And the people in the group said, Hey There was a triple in lease fund, which is basically a fund that takes over the leases for Walgreens and Rite aids and, Michael’s stores and stuff like that.

And you get like a monthly check every month. And that was probably my first. My first swing and I just went, I cause everybody in this community said, oh, it’s great. It’s great. It’s great. And then they said, Hey, this this is a really good sponsor. If you want to get into apartments, I’m like, oh, okay, cool.

Except they’re like stabilized class, a San Diego. Type apartments. And I didn’t know anything about a, B, C any of that at the time. So I just thought, oh yeah, these guys recommend it. That’s good. So I jumped into that and I still have that. And that’s probably been my worst performing investment since I started.

There’s just the cashflow in that thing is like one and a half percent, I think. Yeah. Class a. C class classic in California. Doesn’t cashflow. I saw a deal. I’m not going to say where it is, but it’s near Disneyland. And I felt like I should put in a bunch of grand just so I can write off my trips to Disneyland.

That’s really the only reason why we do pop up meetings when I go to Southern Cal or Cal. So I can write off my personal trips. Know why you’re investing, right? Yeah. But I decided, I didn’t know. I was investing just going through this I got into some more clubs and met some more people, and then I discovered value add, and the numbers of value add, made so much more sense.

It’s okay, you take this property that this mom and pop wants to get rid of for $25 million. And if you can get it up to par, renovate it, get good tenants in, you can make it, just like that. You can force the appreciation. 31 30 $5 million and. Boom. You’ve, you have an instant return right there.

So the numbers of that made sense to me. So it was like, okay, I gotta find some more of these deals. So just some trial and error and found a couple of sponsors that I really like. I’ve been back to do a couple of deals with, and there’ve been some shiny objects in there. I think I’m in like muse of music royalties.

I saw that. Yeah. I wouldn’t recommend that. At least not in a taxable account. There are no tax advantages to music royalties, and that’s been a stinker, but. If my life settlements, if I was going to do that, I want to invest in like specific songs as opposed. I think he did a fun, he did it. Yeah.

Yeah. Yeah. There’s no fun. No, say it all. No final. And it’s pretty funny too. Cause they send you like the list of the sign that they bought rights to. And you’re like, nobody who listens to this crap. It was listening to that. And about 30 years, what do they do? But that’s probably what makes it a good investment, right?

Like you’re not going to like a Beatles song or instinct song, actually, boys SBA class. You’re always going to over pay for that stuff. Like a sexy California class C property. Yeah. Someone told me once that I forget the exact quote, but it was something like, you never want to show off your real estate portfolio at a cocktail party.

Yeah. So just saying that you don’t want it, you don’t want to buy the shiny as class, a assets. You want to buy unloved, class B minus C that you can make into a nice class B. Yeah. But as you can see, what’s happening in this podcast right here, I’m digressing and going down this rabbit hole, that’s like.

Half a percent of your portfolio and it doesn’t mean anything. It doesn’t return it, but that’s all we want to talk about. Don’t do what I did. Okay. So going back, so a lot of the listeners, they jumped into this world and it is very laughable after the fact, that you just jump into stuff off random referrals and recommendations, but it is what it is. That’s what you do. What are some things that you. Thought initially that you later learned to be not. You got. Tiffany, kinda like I said is more of a live where you want to live, but invest where it makes sense, just because, oh, it’d be so nice to live in San Diego, but it doesn’t necessarily mean you want to invest there.

Like you want to invest where the numbers make sense. Like Huntsville, Alabama, do I want to live in Huntsville? I don’t know, but the numbers, if you look at the numbers of Huntsville, Alabama to invest there absolutely totally makes sense. So I think, yeah, definitely look at the numbers more than the emotions of the investments.

That was the, that was a big one. Try to expand your, talk to as many people in your network as possible because you will learn about some stinkers sponsors and you’ll learn about some really good sponsors. And. No, this alternative investment space is all personal connections. You’re not going to be able to go check a Google review on a sponsor.

So it’s all word of mouth from people who’ve been there, done that. And I’ll just say cause it frustrates me. We have people like, I don’t want to do the family office, a Honda mastermind. I want to start investing a little bit. I’m like, dude, you’re the most exposed right now. This is the time to do.

Yeah, but anyway, you get off of that, but yeah, what, most people that don’t have a single friend or family person that invest in this type of stuff, they’re all investing in the wall street garbage. What do you do? Where do you go? I always tell people that, there’s the free stuff, but I always tell people to be very careful about that stuff.

You always got some shady people trying to sell IUL, ELLs and random stuff like that. You gotta be careful. Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah I don’t do IUL, but I am a huge fan of the the infinite banking, the cash value life. God, I wish I knew about that about 20 years ago and we are doing that for our community.

You guys can get the free e-course at simple passive cashflow.com/bank. Yeah that’s a game changer right there. The other thing I wanted to tease out of you is, like you mentioned meeting other people, you’re a fun guy, you, a lot of people are very abundance mindset.

Once you find the right people that aren’t the salesmen or the syndicators of the sharks, trying to find those pure passive. Are there some ways that you build those connections? It, was it just an expensive bottle of wine or no, it’s funny you realize that the whole like passive investing space, it’s a pretty, it’s a pretty small club.

And I actually, lane, I, I. Met you through another friend that I knew from another investing club and you spoke at his club and I’m like, oh, this guy lane just got to figure it out. I got to meet this guy. And it’s just, I think it’s just, you can’t. Go in your little shell, it’s find your people.

And then by, by talking to your people and your network, you’ll learn about more people and you talk to them and you’ll, they’ll tell you to talk to some other people and you just keep expanding your horizons there. Yeah, you can’t shell up. You gotta be, you gotta get out there and actually talk to people.

Yeah. I just got off the phone with somebody and I was like, dude, you gotta get out there. If you’re unwilling to meet other people, you’re just going to be stuck. You’re. That lonely guy who has 20 rental properties and he’s cranky all the time. And if the best thing you got is investing in these garbage, private money lending deals, reinvesting in class C paper and no ordinary income.

Exactly. No, like just keep at it, just put yourself out there and it might take a few years, your course is great. Just learn as much as you can. Because no, one’s gonna, you’re going to have to find this stuff out for yourself. No, one’s no, one’s gonna, you’re not going to have a a rep come into your office and say, Hey, look at this, look what I’ve prepared for you here.

It all is, you really got to get under the hood and learn. And I find it interesting. Much more expense, more, it’s more interesting than learning about stocks and PE ratios and book devalues and all that. Yeah.

So last thing I want to tease out of you and then we can go into your overarching questions that I can do to help, you’re a very, you’re not like in the weeds type of person, which is why you’ve actually invested and they’re seeing the good results.

I think that’s the right attitude. You open up a pitch deck. Are you checking your inbox, seeing a bunch of deals? What are like the first couple of things you’re looking at? Just from a real high level? How long do you even look at that deal? So I think number one is the sponsor. What helps is if it’s a sponsor that I’ve invested with before and I trust.

The, you don’t want to read the thing. You got to read a little bit, but for the most part, it’s okay, I know what I’m getting with this deal so I can just skim over it. What have you. Yeah, that’s a tough one. So if it’s say we’re looking at a multifamily deal. First thing I look at is the market, is it a market that I believe in?

Is it, something like a Phoenix or a Dallas or a Huntsville, or is it, San Francisco? It’s do I even want it, do I even want to be in this market? Bird’s eye view look at the market. So I, okay. Is it the market I want to be in? And then I look at what kind of deal is, this is a class, a stabilized asset type deal.

Is it a super heavy value add like C minus they want to bring up to a B, or is it a, somewhere in between? I the kind of, in-between like maybe C plus that they want to bring up to a B minus or a B minus. They want to bring up to a B plus, I think that’s the sweet spot as far as value add.

And I do like value add as opposed to stabilized. I get personally get scared on development deals just because I want to know that the money’s going to come in sooner rather than later. Obviously the returns are bigger. Potentially in the development deals, but I just, my, my sweet spot is the little value add.

So then once I, once I check those boxes, then I look at it and look at the numbers a little more and say, okay they say that they’re projecting 17% IRR and. Do P 2% return on equity and five years and whatnot, how are the numbers going to make that work? So then I look at and you always gotta remember, you can only trust the proforma so much, it’s kinda it’s like doing a medical study.

You can make the data, say whatever you want it to say, again, it goes back to the sponsor. If you know what you’re getting, you can, you can take the numbers a little more seriously than someone you never did, but still. I want to see what they’re planning to do for the value, add what they’re planning to do.

As far as rent increases, how much that’s going to increase each unit, what that’s going to do to the overall value going forward? What the like the debt service coverage ratio is those types of things. Like how many people are. Are, how many tenants can they lose before they can’t pay the mortgage type thing, breakeven point and the break even point and those types of things.

And if it seems like, checks all the boxes and take the next step, talk to the sponsor, see what they’re all about and go from there. Did you do this by syndication? E-course any kind of, there’s such a things in the numbers to look out for. I did. Yep. Yep. I did do it. You have to remind me what, which ones you’re getting at though.

Like the reversion cap rate increases per year, the annual escalators become expensive. Yeah. So rent increases per year. If they’re projecting over 5%, I kinda, have to look a little closer to say really reversion cap rate. Ideally, I’d like to see 1% above where they’re buying it out.

If it’s a super hot market, I may go down it’s maybe 0.7, five. It has to be really compelling if they’re presenting an exit cap rate that’s 0.5 or less. I think that’s bordering on speculation. So yeah, I mean it’s, after you look through, if you just kinda, you get a sense of what you want to see in the big picture and it’s it’s unconscious, you just go, it’s oh yeah, there’s the cap rate.

There’s the excess cap rate and that, comes to practice, I guess you just gotta do a bunch of them. And then you’re like, yeah, that makes sense. Oh, that one smells fishy. Yeah. Yeah. And then you parlay that in meeting other people, talking the story about this type of stuff. Yeah, totally.

Do you like those kinds of, you mentioned you liked those class C plus. Hi cashflow deals. You’d like those kinds of deals that people do in like Memphis. They’re a little bit more higher cashflow. I haven’t done any Memphis yet. I’m looking at one in Indianapolis and again, goes back to my markets.

Like I’m not real sold on Indianapolis for a market, but the cashflow in this one deal looks pretty kid. So looking at the numbers. My, I kinda like to balance my portfolio. Okay. Half of it is more of an appreciation play, like a heavy value add that doesn’t cash flow a lot. And then the other half is the more, we’re looking at cashflow between six and 9% type thing, still safe assets, just a little higher yield.

Yeah. I haven’t done Memphis yet. I just haven’t. I was just curious. I don’t have any good reason why, and I’m open-minded but that’s a good example for folks like, this is where these are the conversations you have. I don’t know when this podcast were released, but we’re having the retreat in January.

Probably have it again the next year, but that’s where you have those evening cocktail discussions, or if you’re not a night person, that’s where you have breakfast. People are encouraged to have informal breakfast as with each other, have these kinds of conversations. And, you just get your mind open to people’s arbitrary.

Here’s what I like to invest in my personal portfolio, whether it’s right or wrong. Just another few point, totally BS. Nobody is writing some stuff, the end of the day you’re picking pick and resources. Exactly.

But what can I do to help Brian? You think you’ve given the folks a lot of good information. Yeah. One of the things look looking at my portfolio is a little more than 50% of it is tied up in a solo 401k. And the problem with that is there’s obviously no depreciation benefits to being in there. The cashflow is, it doesn’t really do much good imprisoned in the solo 401k, and I would like to start getting that out.

And I’m only 50, so it’s nine years before only like saying that, yeah, it’s nine years before I can start doing it without penalty. And I know you’ve walked some people through how they can gradually exit the solo 401k is, or the work 401k is and try to minimize the tax. Getting out of that what’s your, and by the way, like you, I think he did this exactly the right way for your income level.

Whether you did it on purpose or not, but just for a review for some folks, you can guys can go to simple passive cashflow.com/qrp to read about this whole argument. But generally you want to take, not invest in these retirement accounts because you don’t get the passive activity losses to play different games on your tax.

But the only reason why it makes sense is number one, you have to have a high income you’re already in the highest tax bracket, which should Brian is already number two. You have to have a lot in your retirement. What, a lot more than half a million in there. If it’s less just take the sucker out, it’s just going to befuddle and confuse your life, simplify things.

And what Brian did here, because he qualified. He’s in both of those camps, essentially what he did is he played. You put some stuff into these retirement accounts just to delay the taxes cause he’s already in the highest tax bracket once again. So then now there’s a point, here’s a point where he’s already got him proof of concept with these couple dozen deals and he’s looking for more capital to harvest and now’s the time that we can strategically take it out.

So here’s, let’s go to the questions here, Brian. Where approximately is your AGI. So this year, make it up this year. It’s probably going to be a three 50 K, but next year I’m cutting back considerably. So my bet is next year, it’ll be somewhere around 200 to two 50. Perfect. Must’ve been thinking about this.

This is all coming to comment play, right? When you’re in investing this much, you ideas to quit your job at some point, or to titrate down like how you are. So what you’re having is this opportunity where you want to stay below the highest tax bracket. So anything, when you go over three 30, that’s when you’re in the red zone.

So if you go down the 200, you could ideally beak out one 30 every year. Okay, but let’s before we go there you’re married, filing, jointly, actually hit a household. Okay. Okay. Yep. Is your significant other partner? They work in or what’s yeah, she she’s a nurse and we, we have, we’ve lived in the same household for quite a while, like six plus years, but we just said, we’re not getting married ever again.

Yeah. It’s archaic.

yeah. It’s just that just for us, we’re much happier and she keeps her finances under her belt and I keep mine under my belt. Yeah. Some people think marriage is forever. Some people think of it as, Hey, let’s just renegotiate every day. Everyday you, you don’t sell as another day chosen to buy it’s the same for rental properties, of course, which, by the way, I’m selling out my second to the last one.

Very happy. I thought that so in Y in Birmingham, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Together, you guys make you guys, aren’t going to be doing real estate professional status. Are you guys thought about that? That might be another talk to have down the road is once I’ll be part-time next year.

You know how to go. I guess the question there is how to get reps without being the landlord. You’ve got to talk to the right CPA. Cause I have a bunch of people who are exactly like you, where you have a boatload of investments and I’ve seen it where they work. They’re still full-time jobs and their CPA is yeah, man, I’m just gonna check this box off for you now.

Totally defies all the little rules, but it happens. You can bet your butt, that Donald Trump is checking that box and real smooth. But he’s obviously the president of their freaking United States for as a full-time job plus. But how can the men not check the real estate professional? He’s checking the box.

Yeah. Maybe he should, technically he shouldn’t right. Is what we’re trying to say, but, that’s where you’re going to work with your CPA. In my non-tax legal opinion. You have a lot of stuff. It’s becoming a full-time job. I actually think you have too much stuff. You should probably go down a little bit and bump, bump your minimum investments up.

But that’s another side thing, but I think what you’re doing is very typical for people getting started, right? Like you go into a lot, you’re trying to see which jockeys are gonna invest more heavily on in the future. So this is very typical, but. But yeah, real estate professional status may be going KP on some deals.

Get some of that carried interests in there. As a loan guarantor to that helps to build the optics, but don’t listen to me talk to your CPA but what that will do, that will be a big thing because now you can, instead of just taking. The default I think is to take out that one 30 or so a year.

So stay right around that three 30, I think that’s the default, that’s the prudent thing to do here, but if you want to get a little more, how much do you have in your retirement accounts now? Just say I think it’s around 1.2 million. Yeah. So it’s going to take a lot of years to leak it out.

A pain to do, to do this. It’s going to take you a decade to do. That’s just, this is use that as the bookend, right? I think that’s a no brainer. You want to take it out. You don’t want to leave it to when you retire because your income is probably going to be higher in a decade.

So you want it to get it out now under that three 30 mark or whenever that changes next year and the year prior. So one 30 a year. You’ll get it out in 10 years. What I, if it were me and I was going to be playing it a little bit more aggressively, what I would be doing is I’ll do real estate professional stuff.

You got to jump through the hoops to get that, obviously, maybe I’m sure you have a boatload of passive activity. Losses builds up right on your 80 to 84. Do you know how much? Half a million probably around there. Yeah. And you’re guessing, and you’re a prime example. People always ask the question.

What happens when I exit a deal and I get my $50,000. Dude, you should’ve been like Brian, you should invest in a dozen plus deals. So you have, you’re sitting here and passive activity loss, Nirvana, and you’re untouchable. Yeah, there’s a deal that went full cycle this year and it was a pretty, pretty nice gain. And I’ll be okay, but a lot of the other guys in the deal, they’re like, oh God, I gotta get something before the end of the year. I gotta share this. I gotta buy something. I got buy this.

It’s yeah, it’s funny. We have guys like yourself. This is the one at school. When you come on their cheat and you meet other people like this, but they have a rap sheet of a dozen plus deals.

They have a half, a million million dollars plus a passive activity losses. And they’re like, yeah, man, I haven’t paid like taxes in seven years. I feel like I should, like at some point, I don’t know if I’d ever get to that point, but I’ve definitely paid enough in my first 30th, so years of work.

Yeah. Yeah. But you’re cutting to the point where you technique, especially FICO real estate professional status, you really shouldn’t pay taxes. You shouldn’t need to pay tax. You can, if you want to hold the passive activity losses to the end, but the way my CPA does it is he just burns up my passive activity losses.

So I pay zero taxes. Gotcha. And, you only live once, right? Or may never see the next time. Yeah. Have you ever heard? I was talking with someone and they said, oh one way you can get reps hours is to take over a triple end, lease for a Walgreens or something like that. Have you heard of anyone doing that?

Yeah. So the easy, like low hanging fruit is like a short-term rental. Maybe your spouse enjoys doing that, or maybe you enjoy. I would not recommend buying some crappy class C rentals. That’s like going backwards or like you said, getting a little triple net, but then the problem with that one is big money.

And kinda gotta be, know what you’re doing when you’re doing that type of stuff, but it is relatively easy. That’s it? I don’t do it. I don’t know. I’m just talking about it, but here. Yeah. Those are your three options, but that’s where you talk to other people doing this and similar situations.

It’s I’m working my doctor job on the side. What are you doing to get the rep status? And so 130 K taken out of that a year. So I’ll owe a third of that, which is what about 45? K? Yeah. But what I would recommend is make for you, it makes a lot of sense to make that jump to rep status, especially peak Fisher point depart time.

And especially with, in my opinion, with your rap sheet here, you have a lot of stuff. You might be a passive investor, but the scene is like a full-time job that somehow you can justify. It takes a good amount of work just to stay on top of everything and don’t waste it on just practicing right.

For your CPA now, or that totally. You don’t want to talk to have your CPA talk to them. Of course, that’d be. Oh, no definitely doing 40 hours a week working on that. Yeah, definitely. Yeah. But yeah if you were to do that, maybe I would two X that and take out 200, $300,000 out of there every year, extinguish that with most of your passive losses.

And then now you’re out of, you’ve withdrew the whole thing out in a handful of years instead of a day. I would play it that way. Yeah. I’ll wait and see if the reps happens or I guess when the release happens, one of the other things I’ve been doing, how I’ve been paying my.

Life insurance premium is with the solo art 401k. You’re allowed to take a $50,000 self-directed loan. And so what I’m doing is I’m taking $50,000 out of that, just paying myself back in that. And then when it’s time for the next premium, just taking that loan out again and paying it back. I still have to pay it back, but nice being able to pay yourself back.

And yeah, that’s a nice little hack there. Yeah. But yeah. Just the hard thing is this is an art form. Like we don’t know what’s going to happen with bonus depreciation in a couple of years. It’s supposed to phase down a little bit. In 2024, it’s still going to be fine, but we don’t know if that’s going to get extended.

We don’t know if you can use a hundred percent of your losses to offset your income, but we don’t know if that’ll be Kat, like how like conservation easements are all a gas where it’s your captain, like 30 or 50. We don’t know how the world is going to change it, that type of stuff.

So a lot of this is a risk and uncertainty, which is most people aren’t comfortable with that type of stuff. And it’s not an exact science, but that’s why I would say, like right now, there’s a clear path on how to get it out in a few years with if you’re able to rep status. And I would take it before it closes up.

That said you could sit around for three years and something really video will Wade better could come down the road. But you’ve also missed out on deploying those funds to right now, it makes so much more sense to have that, not locked up in jail, give it so much more flexibility and yeah. And when you crack those open those retirement funds, then you get more passive losses from that.

So it is a multi-gender dimensional. But that’s how I would play it. I would take it now, or in the next few years with rep status, start researching rep status more. And I that’s where I’ve, it’s really suggest meeting other people that are doing the rep status because now you have a specific target, right?

You’re trying to find those right people to high income earner. With disproportionate incomes that were ideal. You’re unusual where you’re the high income earner yet. You’re great. Part time. Normally that doesn’t happen, right? Yeah. Not really other people’s relationships. You just suck it up and go to work. And then the other person takes over their rep status, most cases, but where you do it all, man.

I’m gonna do it all. Yeah. Yeah. Make them make the money and bring it home. Cook the baby. Also do a 750 hours of the side, right? Yeah. It’s all in documentation. Yeah. Yeah. Any other questions you got or anything you want to talk through? I don’t know.

I think you said maybe I’m a little over diversified, but just going forward, what I, what. Bird’s eye view of what I should be focusing on going forward. It’s, I love multifamily, but I think I’m about like 65, 70 5% or, yeah, multifamily. And I’m trying to get in a little bit of self storage here and there, and a little bit of mobile home parks, but I don’t know if there’s any other directions you think I should be looking into.

Yeah. Just the fact that, your percentages, you’re probably a lot better than most people. Again, like most people who are new, they go into all a bunch of stuff like the Las Vegas and Fay, and they just file, they just go into all these random asset classes, in my opinion, that the way to do it is going deep with one asset class, it learn it, learn the people and then branch out.

As you find other passive investors who also investing in self storage deals, office deals. I’ll just say for myself, right? Like I’m an operator of apartments. I know that a thing or two about that. So I would say 80 to 90% of my stuff is apartments. Vast majority. I don’t know exactly. But I, when I go outside of my comfort zone, apartments, office, self storage, mobile home parks, I want to invest with the institutional operators, especially when I’m not controlling my own debt.

No everybody listing here is our passive investors. You guys don’t have the luxury of being, behind the curtain, on the operation side of apartments. So they have take it for what it’s worth. But yeah, when I invest in stuff where I’m an LP, I don’t want to invest with somebody who just did a weekend bootcamp or on their first dozen deals.

I want somebody who’s more institutional, even though I’m willing to give up return. I’m okay. Doubling my money every 10 years instead of every five. Does that make sense? No, that makes sense.

But if you’re a passive investor and you don’t know one from one first of all, you should know you should meet the other people doing it too, but then maybe if that’s the case and it’s all shades of gray to you anyway. Maybe just to diversify or I guess, yeah. You were saying before, do you have any advice, w you wish you could give to your rookie self when you’re just starting doing this and that would be.

No exactly why you are investing in a certain investment. Like when I was doing it before, it was just dartboard, it was like, oh, this looks good. Throw the dart, oh, this looks good. Throw the dart, throw the dark. And now it’s okay here’s what it looks like. And here’s what I need.

And oh, I need some more higher yielding, higher using plays. I need to start looking at some more, some more of those deals or, oh, I just, I need more cash flow from this. Maybe I’ll double down on the ATM investment or, really think about before you, you pull the trigger, what that’s going to do to the portfolio as a whole.

Yeah. Yeah. But I think one thing. That was really good as you got your skin in the game, that we can have conversations, other paths and investors that you’re not just some newbie accredited investor that has invested in check and adds no value. And that’s why I say go learn one thing first. So you can use that as your ticket to get in cahoots with other people.

Totally. I totally agree. Yeah. But know why you’re doing it just don’t do it because everybody else is doing it. That’s the other thing, right? You have a lot of, there’s a lot of like doctor groups or investor groups where they all like group think their way into, oh, this, these guys are good.

These guys are good, but I would never invest in them because you have this thing called sponsor creep. They become more institutions. Yeah, we’ve got people lining up around the block. It’s I think everybody who’s listening who has gone through the single family home, like turnkey circuit, like they know that there’s two or three companies that everybody talks about, but you only buy from them.

If you’re a sucker that wants to pay 10 to $20,000 over market price. Sure. They’re reliable. That’s the way to invest in my opinion. And it goes same for this type of stuff. There’s some people. They can put garbage out. People will invest because they’re more institutional operators.

Any last thoughts or any questions come to mind, Brian? No, this is helpful. And that is a lot of fun. If you guys want to do one of these calls, even if you’re less experience reach out team@simplepassivecashflow.com. And we mentioned the retreat.

We’re not doing like a really open house type of events these days. I think we’ve realized that a lot of people have figured it out that simple passive casual is a bunch of passive investors. So we got a bunch of those, like newbies syndicators poking around and we have enough live investors, like 700, if you guys out there.

So everything is more closed circuit only to passive investors these days. So that’s kinda why things are the way they are. But yeah. Thanks for listening folks. And we’ll catch you guys next time.

But anyway, enjoy the show here.

Coaching Call: From 400K To $1.4M Net Worth in 2 YEARS + Ditching The Rentals!

What’s up simple passive cash flow? This week’s podcast, we are going to be talking to another coaching call. This guy’s got 1.4 million net worth and he is finally ditching the rentals. Now, I would say most of you guys who are investing with us these days, maybe not the vast majority, but. Little more than 50% of you guys have never owned rental property.

It’s funny over the years that this clientele group that ‘s actually owned rentals, like the guy we’re gonna have on the coaching call today. You guys can also check this out on the YouTube channel and it’s probably one of the better places if you wanna actually look at his personal financial sheet.

And look at that stuff. And as always, if you guys wanna sign up for one of these complimentary coaching calls reach out to the team at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We can change your name identity. We can make it fun. We can be asking for a friend. We’re all, but like ditching the rentals, I think what most accredited investors come to the conclusion of the hardest thing is who do you trust?

And that’s why we say, come out to you. We’ve probably got maybe a couple more weeks or actually maybe a few more weeks until then Hawaii retreat. The Hui five is closing. We are pretty much filled up with family office Ohana Mastermind folks, as we always try and save like half of the seats for them, which means we do have some seats open for people who are not in our Mastermind inner circle to test drive the group out.

And we liked you guys to come out and check out the group once to see if it’s a good fit for. But after that, no, you gotta join. You gotta join the family office group. But my hope is, you come out, you meet yourself, you ask all the questions you want, and more importantly, you meet some other people.

You have a great time, and maybe you meet some lifelong friends too in the process. A lot of that can be very life changing to meet some other people along the path. Some things that I’m personally working on myself here. I was looking at buying a house. I know it’s crazy. I’ve always been a proponent of renting.

One of my big rules is, you don’t buy a house until your network is two or three times greater than that of the house. So if you’re looking to buy a $1 million house, Don’t do it till your net worth is two male female. Now, you probably think I’m a cold, heartless person, a house is something that is not a good return on investment and you can probably do better elsewhere.

And how else are you gonna get unbroke over a million, million and a half dollars net worth unless you invest in investment properties. And most of us in our group are not born from money. First generation wealth first, first generation to get over a million dollars net worth. I’ll be going into more details in the next week’s podcast.

I’ll be talking about what people do on, looking for these home mortgages and stuff like that for the wealthy. So it’s definitely first world problems, but again, if you haven’t yet, please join our investment club. That’s how you get the invites to our events. You guys can join there and check out all the past deals, including the pet fund, Paying out 12, 13% per year, or that’s a little bit over 1% every single month.

It’s in a debt fund arrangement where it’s a little bit lower risk, lower return, it’s not an equity side. And that’s what the market is giving us at the moment. Interest rates. Being sky high, and I can’t make deals work at the moment. So I don’t know how people are doing things out there.

So that’s, I’m just taking what I can get and that’s why the debt fund is becoming more prevalent as a product for us at this point. So if you guys want more details on that simple pass of cash flow.com/club book a call. I like I, we give out free complimentary calls. I wanna get to know each and every single one of you. Enjoy the show.

What’s up folks today. We have a gentleman Jackson here who’s been in a group. I think we met maybe a couple years ago. Or within the pandemic years. When everybody else was, had some free time on their hands and they could study this stuff, but he’s volunteered kindly to open up his personal financial sheet here.

And his net worth is approximately 1.3 million. We’re gonna get into this bunch of questions and I’m sure all of you guys are too scared to ask. I wouldn’t blame you. This kind of takes some gho to get on the internet or a podcast like this, but we also put all these videos.

We must have a couple dozen of these coaching calls. So Jackson is not the only one and we arrange these by networks. So depending on where you are, it’s just easiest to find, if you’re 1.4, maybe you find this way. You start reading down the page from there, but Jackson, thanks for doing this.

Why don’t you give a quick update on what you do for work and how old you are. And just so people get a little context. Sure. Yeah. My name is Jackson. I am currently 34 years old, married. I have one child, an eight month old baby boy. So that’s fun. Profession wise, I am a registered nurse.

I’ve been doing it for about 10 years now. Graduated in 2013, started off working in the emergency department in LA county. It is a very busy department. Just follow that path, right? Good benefit. Government job, winning that pension, the whole plan is to retire with that pension after 25 years and whatnot, but along the way I did pretty well for myself.

Moved up the ladder, became a charge. Nurse, went into management, got my master’s. Currently I’m a director for my hospital and at this point where I’m at after 10 years, I know that I don’t wanna do this forever. I cannot retire off of this and it’s just not sustainable. So I’m just looking for another avenue as far as passive investing and how to find another sense of financial freedom.

All right. And so Jackson, you’re actually rare. I would say in our group most people are, I would say are a little bit older than you and myself, probably in their mid forties. Other kids are a lot older right now. You’re what I call the BEU triangle of parenthood, where we don’t see too many people.

We’ve got. A bunch of Henrys who are young folks making six figures and, not a care in the world and buying Teslas probably. And there’s stupid Tesla whistles too, with their free money. But not many people have the bandwidth to look to doing something else when you have young kids.

At that point. What does your spouse do for work? What’s the situation bandwidth wise, yeah, kid. We actually met at work in the ER, I worked in adults and she worked in pediatrics, so she’s a registered nurse right now. This past year she’s taking care of our baby at home.

And currently going back to school for her master’s to be a nurse practitioner. Okay. And then, so between the two of you guys who likes their job, the least, that’s a good question. Neither of us want to be. A parent at home solely. So we do wanna work, but probably 50, 50, I think part-time positions for the both of us would be ideal.

Okay. So you guys both make pretty good money and it is maybe too early to really tell. It is probably what I hear from other people, what you guys will find is, you guys will keep doing your thing, but one of you guys will have a crappy boss and then that will probably be the front who takes the rent off first.

But hopefully that happens. Although it likely will, both of you guys make about 15,000 per if you guys were both working, is that kind of where you, yeah, that sounds about right, right now I’m making about 200,000 a year salary wise. If you work full time, she would probably be in the one 50 to 180 range.

Yeah. So together you’re definitely above that. $340,000 of just gross income together, this is correct. That’s if she was to work full time though. So right now, since she’s not really working and just focusing on school I think one of our benefits, especially this year is combined. We’re probably looking at 280 combined cuz I would hold the majority of it. Okay, cool. And I don’t know if you did that on purpose, but yeah, I think that’s good.

The only thing I kind of question is like, unless she really wants to become a nurse practitioner and make more money I don’t think paying the money for grad school and all that stuff is like a good investment, especially when you’re gonna see in probably the next five years, your net worth 1.3, male will probably be like two and a half and although two and a half is not there yet.

Yeah. You’re definitely getting over the hump. It’s at that point, you’re gonna be wondering like, why the hell did I do that thing for two to four years? Spending money to get it right. Not only time. But money too, to pay for that degree. I would say if, I don’t know how far along she is now, but if she doesn’t like it or if she’d rather stay at home with the kids or go back to work and just make a respectable six figure salary.

I would say pull out now. Unless you like it, but that’s true. That’s my thoughts. And then, and that clashes with what most people will say, most people will say, yeah, you have to get more because you’re going to be working for 20, 30 years. And then it obviously makes sense, to go from 150,000 a year to, I think they get paid 2 53 something.

And right. I think the master’s worked well for me because I got my master’s in leadership administration and nursing. So that helped me propel at least, get a stepping stone into the director position. So it was the cost benefit that worked out for me. I think for her as a nurse practitioner you get a transition into telehealth.

You could work from home a little bit more flexibility where as a registered nurse, although there’s different fields along with it most of it involves things like patient care hands on works. So I think with the nurse practitioner, it’s just a little bit more flexibility, especially now with this day and age of healthcare where telehealth is really on the rise.

Yeah. I buy that. I like that plan. And so like for you just so I understand when I talk to other people, so for you, like your, the masters was a way for you to get out of the field right. In a way, like actually teaching real people and getting yeah. Okay. I see that in many others, like a lot of our other investors, engineers.

Pharmacists, that’s the same trajectory they get off of the front line as I call it. And into the air condition. You guys are all air conditioned, but yeah, it’s kinda like the construction, it’s nice. It’s nice. When you need that higher level to degree to get out of the construction management in the field role to get a cushy job and just pushing numbers all day long, different quality of life, more freedom.

Yeah. Exactly. But for me in that paper pushing job, I don’t like it. So yeah. Ideally I would wanna do something else, but on a part-time basis, less hours and really just have my passive investments pave the way and help with that. Yeah. And I think that’s something maybe to think about in the future, because at least what I hear from you guys, health professionals, you guys like to interact with people because, you can see the benefit, where, I thinks true. That’s why a lot of engineers don’t like our jobs because we. See people and by you going into that upper level management in the healthcare, you lose that and you become sad, like all the engineers, so yeah. You lose the comradery for sure. I think as nurses, we do we share a lot of interesting stories and experiences.

So yeah, you’re right. That is a key factor to some of our satisfactions in the profession. Yeah, but you got, you’ll have options here in maybe five years or so. So let’s get into the numbers just to sum it up for folks who are listening on the podcast. And we do put this on the YouTube channel.

And then, like I said, if you join the club simple, pass cash, flow.com/club, you will get access to the simple page with all these videos on here, which you can watch all the videos, but net worth 1.3. If we look at the upper left hand corner here nothing really stands out pretty standard.

You guys. Your home and you guys are California, right? Yeah. Correct. Los Angeles. Yeah. So probably what, like a million, 1.2 million house, you guys owe 450, 8,000 on it. So we can talk about that. I think next but you guys are paid off half of it, which is, come to our events, Jackson and people okay.

Might be a little shamed by that, but that’s cool. We’re all learning. okay. Salary and wages. Like I said you’re the only one working right now. But understandable you get the kids. What I really look at is this net cash flow so I don’t know, really have any data on this.

I just use my own, judgment, but. Based on our community where your salary is, your salary should be higher. Because you only have one spouse working. I think you’re, you could be doing a little bit better, but, because you’re only fighting with one arm, basically saving 60 grand a year where you’re at is reasonable, and I guess that’s, maybe we circle back to that point at the end, right? What if your spouse cut bait on the whole nursing thing and just made a hundred grand a year. Now this pops up from 60 grand to 150 grand a year, and now you’re really moving, but we can talk about that at the end, if you want to notate that down.

Okay. Yeah, I was pretty conservative about it. I didn’t include my wife’s potential income. Also budgeted like 12,000 a year for travel expending, expenses. Vacations and things like that. That’s a part of our savings, but I just wanted to budget that out. So the net cash flow is really coming from me.

That’s what I plan to invest, which is not very much, and this is something freshly I’ve been going through too. Like you and I are still in our thirties coming out of our twenties. We’re super cheap. Any vacation over five grand is big. Yep. But then yeah. Yeah. You come to our event, you talk to the dudes in their forties with four, two kids, family.

They’ll tell you, they don’t go anywhere. That’s less than 10, 20 GS. You wow. That’s for one vacation. Okay. So something happens there. I don’t know, man. I just know when you go past that certain age or your family threshold, it’s just like stuff happens and things just cost three X, four X, then what you thought it was.

I like to be there someday, maybe in the next five years. Probably and then, you’ve got, so let’s break it down. Where is your deployable equity? So of the 1.3 million, I’m seeing half a million in your home equity in your house. So where is the other 800 grand or so those already locked up in investment properties.

I have 12 properties now, 17 doors, total. Most of them are single family and duplexes. So those equities, the 20% down payment and whatnot, those are pretty locked up. Okay. Okay. And then the real equity that I have right now is the Osborn road, the duplex on road, number two. That’s the one that I was telling you.

I was working on opening up a HeLOCK for it. Okay. Okay. So there’s 800 grand. Just here. I see you have some stock stuff too. Where did that go? Oh yes. I have a index. That’s my 401k. Okay. Did loan out 50,000 from it to put in a syndication deal but I have about 200, 150 left minus loan. Okay.

So like maybe 10 or 15, 20% of your net worth is in paper assets, the rest alternatives. Yeah. That’s how you do it, man. Everybody asks how much real estate should I get? It’s there’s no rule, but yeah. How much as it, it takes. Yeah. As much as it takes. And I suspect once your net worth goes over, five, 10 million, you, maybe you go back to this type of stuff, this stuff can get tiring.

And maybe talk to, so you acquired all this stuff in 20, 20, 20, 21. maybe for the folks. Yeah, I started, yeah. Tell us the story. Like some of the folks have never owned rental properties since. Okay. Yeah. I started my invest, my real estate investing two years ago at the start of the pandemic. Why did I even look into real estate in the first place is because I was a w two worker.

I remember Trump passed the tax cut jobs act. We couldn’t write off a lot. We weren’t getting any more tax refunds. And I was wondering why this didn’t make any sense. I read rich dad, poor dad, like a lot of the investors did, and we said, oh, you need to do some businesses, invest in real estate, something along the lines with tax benefits.

So long story short COVID happened. This was when I first met you in your podcast. I remember you were talking about syndications at the time, and you said if your net worth wasn’t less than wasn’t more than a million, then go find yourself investment property. And that’s where I was at right worth.

Maybe. 400 K at the time went through turnkey companies and they just kept, I did a cash out refi, actually cash out refi from my primary home used that debt to just continue to buy turnkey investment property 100 to $150,000 ranges, 20% down and just kept on expanding from there. And yeah, at this point I have 17 doors and force indication deals.

Wait so when we first connected net worth 400,000, how did it go up? Like almost a million in two or three years inflation. We had all these properties went up like 40, 50 K some of ’em a hundred thousand just in equity. So that’s what boosted to my net worth, yeah.

Cause you rolled that 20, 20, 20, 21 wave and then you also saved, I’m sure you saved two to $300,000 just from your saving. And your stocks went up a little bit. Yeah. Now you have too much money and now you gotta get rid of these things, these properties. Yeah. But that’s the thing, it’s all on paper, right?

Like now we’ve gotta go through here and sell all this stuff. Talk to me about what’s going on here this 50%, like you bought it with a buddy or yep. With a buddy. When I first started off, I did the first cash out refi took about 300,000 and it afforded me for investment properties out of state in Missouri, Ohio, Texas.

And then my buddy, who’s also reregister nurse similar mindset he wanted to get in on the deal. So I said, all right let’s go 50, 50 down payments. We’ll split everything 50 50. And that, that way I have 10 right now I have 10 conventional loans under my name. It was a way for me to, it benefited me because we are able to.

Put some of those loans under his name, so we can expand more and scale up at the time, when listening to the podcasts and stuff like that, like people talked about owning, 40 properties, 60 properties, but yeah at some point it gets a little bit too much especially with vacancies and evictions and the cost to turn over a tenant.

It, it does eat way at the cash flow. So on paper, it looks like amazing. I, I’m a millionaire on paper, but nowhere near where I wanna be. Yeah. I’m looking down your list here. It looks pretty higher end properties. Maybe they did inflate the prices a little bit, but you’re probably like B class.

Definitely not C-Class properties. So you probably do have a little, yeah. B class tenant profile here. What did, so you are buying this as a buddy, like you got the loans in all your. What was the deal? We split it. So I’ll get one property, put it under my name and then he’ll get the other property, put it under his name and we’ll just go vice versa.

Okay. Geez, you guys are quite tight to the hip now. yeah. yeah. He’s my business partner. He’s he’s my, a good buddy. He’s my best friend. Yeah. So what does he say? Have I talked to this dude? No, not yet. Okay. Now what I would do is I would sell all this stuff at a little discount to him and have him deal with this nonsense.

Okay. And just keep the note in your name. Cuz I mean you bought, you haven’t ran this stuff for very long. Like how many evictions have you had? Only three. And that all happened in 2020. Two only happened this year after the moratorium was lifted. So only three. Okay. I would say out of three evictions, one of ’em is gonna usually be.

Kind of a gut punch, like five grand, 10 grand, like a big trasher property. That’s been my, run rate. So you’re due for a while. Yeah. Yo, it, it happened the one on number four. The property that, so the 50% is with the partner and the one on top is what I own by myself.

And yeah, that one on tech I’m going to, I just finished the eviction. It cost me about 15 grand to fix just to renovate everything, change out the carpets fix the ACS mold and just, yeah. Whole ship bank, 15,000 down the drain. Yeah. Okay. I’ll just, experience share here. Like I had about the same amount of properties and what I did is I put ’em up on that I’m not gonna say the name, but there’s a website out there with a lot of turnkey homes.

And the great thing is that their buyers are really unsophisticated and. So they just, you can just, you can, it’s a great place for you to sell it. Okay. So you can just put it up there with the tenant, with it. Tenant did. So that way you don’t okay. Lose you don’t lose the cash flow and then that way you’re okay.

You’re in a great position cuz you don’t have to, you’re not desperate to sell it. So what I would do it, if it, your partner wasn’t involved right. Is I would throw all up on there for a slightly higher price, maybe 5% over what you think you should get or what they they’re gonna try and like arm wrestle you down.

So they can get their broker fees. Of course. Yeah. That way, they just sell off naturally, cuz there’s a sucker born every day that wants to buy turnkey rentals every day and have ’em just naturally sell off. But like when one of these go vacant, that’s your opportunity to put in 10, 15, 20 grand and rehab it and then sell it, like this and for example, the Caroline.

market value. 1 35. These are retail, right? Like you’re, you’ve got like full price. You’ve got like crap amenities in here, right? Like tenant grade stuff right now. It ain’t gonna sell for this much. Okay. That’s the hard thing about evaluating and it’s all beat up right now cuz you have tenants in there.

So it’s gonna be least 10 grand of repairs. But the idea is if this went vacant, then you fixed it up. You put whatever it takes and then it’s still a good market to sell. So it’ll sell quickly, but you take it off of that, investor website and you go, you find a local broker to sell it retail.

And then, you it’s real estate. You’ll probably get lucky and you’ll find like a a sucker retail buyer who loves your property because you use the right granite countertops in there. Okay. I’m actually meeting with the agent tomorrow. The one on terrace. In Columbus up top of number three.

Yeah. That’s the first one since it’s mine. Solely I wanna sell that one off. Okay. Okay. But do the, don’t you, don’t the thing is you don’t wanna take the tenant out of there. Okay. Yeah. If your agent can guarantee that this thing is gonna sell in two months or less fine, but we’re already talking like September, by the time you get this thing on the market, it’s Halloween and you don’t wanna be selling during that time of the year.

Okay. Especially where we are in the calendar month. But even if it was like March right now, we’re coming into the peak transaction period, I would still put it on the investor website, let it ride there and then just see what you get. And then that way you can be a little bit, you’re still getting great cash flow from this stuff in your.

But however you wanna do it, your agent’s gonna try and trick you to sell it with him. And it could, that’s the right hard thing is you gotta, it sits and he’s gonna wanna get the tenant out of there. And then you’re gonna cut your cash flow stream. That’s the situation you don’t want to be in?

What I would do is I would go into that meeting and say, either I get like some kind of guarantee that this guy’s gonna sell this property with X amount now. Okay. Or just create the relationship now so that when I do have this thing on the website for three to six months, and there’s no action and it goes vacant, then I can pass it off to him.

And he is going to manage my rehab for me. Do you have a contractor to do all this, like your property manager, the managers facilitate the contracting. Okay. So that’s another thing like you’re when you buy to these turnkey providers, you gotta be careful of sometimes the fine. that they’re gonna be, they’re get like first crack at selling your property so they can pick up the easy three to 6% commission.

Oh, okay. So make, before you start talking to other people, figure out if they got you at that. Okay. Typically those property managers are like the crappiest retail brokers. You don’t want to use them, but you may be stuck with them. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. Okay. Yeah. I have my meeting tomorrow, so that’s good advice.

Yeah. If you have a good relationship with your property manager, you can probably have ’em waive that because they get it, and especially if, you refer them business, sure. They want you to be happy, but I would say that’s how the property management companies actually make their money.

It’s a total grind managing these properties from you. Like you don’t pay enough, I think. Oh yeah. Yeah. Eight, eight to 10% of. You’re talking like a hundred dollars per door, so yeah. For these days. Yeah. They, it’s a tough job, difficult tenants too. So what happened with me? I don’t know what’s gonna happen with you is I, so I did that and seven of my rentals sold in the first year, I think that was like 2017.

So tax wise, I had like quarter million dollars of capital gains, but okay. I had, invested in syndication deals prior to which that’s how I had all the passive losses offset, those capital gains. So people are listening to this. I don’t know why the heck you would ever want to do a 10 31 exchange unless you’re like you’re capital gains is like over two to $3 million.

That’s really the only reason why, I don’t know why anybody I know why they promote it so much. So they, the 10 31 custodians can make a thousand bucks or whatever , but like it’s a really bad strategy if you’re investing in syndications deals and you’re, you. You’re smart about how you manage your passive activity losses.

I guess Jackson, did you see, did you check up your 85, 82 form prior to this? Yeah. I have about 40,000 of passive activity. And then just this year alone, I know I can probably, it’s probably gonna be a hundred grand that I can unlock. That’s just, just sitting there for right now.

Okay. From like your, on your 2021 K one S then yep. And then not even including what did you do in 2022 syndication wise, 2022? I joined three syndication. One of ’em was with you the sanctuary on Broadway, but in 50,000 into there and some storage units and another multi-family apartment, they’re all about 50,000 each.

Okay. You had, prior to this year, you had 140 grand of passive. Is you invested another one 50 in twenty, twenty two. Let’s just call it, two 50 I think is what you should have. You should easily be able to easily absorb, three or four of these sales. Okay. But any questions on that?

How that kind of works? No. And then if I was to sell it, I could reinvest that into another syndication and that will also more, you get more, you’re seeing more depre. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. I figured so. And then it’s, the concept is you’re in an airplane and the noses is going up, but like just gotta make sure you don’t have no passive activity losses cuz after a while the people who are in dozens of deals, they start to get 300, $400,000 of passive losses and it becomes this kind of back room, joking area where everybody hasn’t paid taxes and like half.

A decade, or more Uhhuh . And now you see why, cause you keep right. Keep loading and getting more passive activity losses. And, I’m sure at some point you pay the Piper, but the whole point is delaying the tax bill for long periods of time. Over a decade I think would be pretty easy.

But but E even if so let’s just say one worst case scenario is you put it on the website and you just get, you’re like, crap, I put it for too low and eight of ’em sell, right? Oh, you have $350,000 of capital gains capture, your income isn’t that high.

And that’s, I guess that’s a bad thing, but a good thing is, if your income right now is 200, you could take a hundred grand additional capital gains in 20 22, 20 23. And. You wouldn’t really jump up too much. That’s not the end of the world. . And I say that because a lot of investors, it gets so freaked out about if I don’t have any passive losses, the world is gonna end.

No, your AGI will just go up a little bit more. And in your case, you’re around 200 and it’ll go to two 50 still, no big deal. You gotta, take it on the chin and move on, and just pay the taxes. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And it’s not that much taxes. But yeah, it’s, that, and it, I think if you do it like that, it’ll naturally like you’ll exit out these things.

And that way you’re not gonna have, you’ll be flush with all this money to quickly invest. And who knows? This year’s already looking like it’s gonna be a slow year. For deals, right? I’m sure that who knows what 20, 23 is. I don’t know if you could adequately there’s always deals out there, right?

If you’re well, networked, there’s always deals out there. I don’t think that’s gonna be a problem, but you don’t, I’m sure like, God, like your yourself, you don’t wanna hold too much cash. Like quarter million thousand dollars of money is, burning a hole in your pocket.

You for a guy like yourself may actually spend it on something stupid, yeah. Like a Tesla I’ve been looking at Tesla. Yeah. Or a lot of Tesla whistles, but but yeah, that’s the nice thing about doing it like this, cuz they, random randomly it’ll just sell it NICES I guess.

But yeah, I, so I sold my, I sold seven of mines in 2017 and then two of ’em, two or three of ’em the next year. and then, and one a year after, something like that. That’s how it happened for me. Okay. The problem with those kinds of websites is it’s like a bidding system and you always get these stupid mobile offers that just totally waste your time.

That’s the frustrating thing about it, but, and you’re gonna get a lot of that, cuz you’re not a motivated seller right, too. Correct? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Cause they’re still, these properties are still cash flowing and I’m not in, in any hurry at this point. One of the things that’s like keeping me wanting to keep the properties is that I’m raising rents, like 20% on all of ’em.

So the cash flow, just multiplied naturally. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Someone like you, I can tell this to most people put your earmuffs on. Yeah. We call this simple passive cash flow. And cash flow is great. But cash flow never created legacy wealth. It’s you selling these properties for 35 grand more profit than you thought how much months of extra $300 a month is that, let me do the math, extra $3,000.

That’s $3,000 a year divided by 35,000 or no, 35,000 divided by if one of these properties sold for 30 th $35,000 more than you thought it was. 30 years of extra, $3,000 a month. That is that’s 11, 12 years, Uhhuh. Yeah. Yeah. Uhhuh, like who cares about cash flow again, other people, this thing, forget I said that.

You’re seeing what I’m saying, right? Yes, Uhhuh. This is, I think what separate. Passive investors who work their day jobs from business owners, right? Who sell their businesses for four, five, 10 million wax like that. That’s what separates people who are in first class or eventually fly first class all the time, like yourself, to people who buy out the plane.

That’s the difference. But let’s get you to 10, $20,000 of passive income first, but that to point what it is like, that’s the sign of what is really like a sea wealth is like the big wax of cash. Like the syndication deal, you put a hundred grand in you, maybe you get this 60 grand, a hundred grand back at served increments.

That’s the big whack of cash. And after a while, maybe you’re seeing this extra $2,000 every quarter, that’s not changing your life one bit, even $2,000 a month that doesn’t change your life one bit. no, I’m still working. So yeah, you’re right. It doesn’t, it’s not a game changer.

Yeah. So same thought process. Like again, we use that to trick you to buy the rental properties initially, but don’t let yeah. Your rents are going up incrementally, then therefore you’re operating income should be going up, but that’s on how these assets are traded. And , that’s the good thing about selling these properties on unsophisticated investor base they’re idiots.

So they’ll buy on for rents. So you’re gonna be the beneficiary of the unsophisticated buyer. Yeah. That makes that makes a lot of sense that you said that. Cause I even have colleagues that, they want to get in on investing and they want to go into buying a investment property. That’s their goal.

And in back of my mind, it’s there’s a lot of risk to it. If you really wanna jump in this game, you need to go full force cuz one, two rentals. You put yourself at risk financially. Yeah. Yeah. To get ’em started. That’s the big thing, you’re becoming, taking that next step as an investor, obviously.

But , this is what you’re transitioning more to a credit investor mindset where you’re looking at things, not on a monthly basis or a quarterly basis. But on one year at the shortest, but more like 3, 4, 5 year time horizons. I was looking at a deal the other day on it’s like a crazy land deal, but it’s gonna take 10 years to come out of the oven and actually make money or put, potential to be sold personally.

I’m not there yet. I’m not willing to wait 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 years for anything. So 10 years, no money until you actually sell the property. That’s where you get your returns. Yeah. But I would like. Eight X, 20 X my money. Oh yeah. Okay. But I understand intuitively if you maybe find me in 10 years, I’d be all about that type of stuff.

. But at this point in time, I have the self awareness to, to say even though it’s good for me in the long term, that’s not what I’m looking for now. So you’re in the middle too, right? Yeah. The deals, because I’m taking on debt to invest in syndications. I need to see some kind of preferred return to at least offset any interest that I have to pay.

Another question too is, since I’m looking more into these type of deals, like how do you really know who’s a good operator? Like how do you know they’re gonna come correct and perform and have a full turnaround in that five to seven year? That’s expected, everybody’s a internet marketer these days, right?

Every. A silly podcast, especially after 2018, 2018, everybody’s got a book it’s just a, it’s a fake it till you make it game. And I’ve been around a lot of these types of, like ecosystems, where they teach people how to do this stuff. They slap the gurus face on the website and they pay the guru 20 grand and the guru hasn’t done shit either.

It’s, this is why I stopped going to a lot of these real estate conferences, cuz they’re all fake. Anyway, like the guy speaking on the stage, hasn’t gotten done Jack and I’m fooled. I have to ask some of my inner circle partners on do you know this person? So what I tell folks is at the end of the day, it’s all your network is your net worth, right?

Like why recreate the wheel on your own? Like how I did, I’ve invested with some bad partners and even as LP, right? Like I’ve lost money. You don’t know until you get into bed with people, but, or you expand your network and just follow your, your peers, your close, inner circle into, follow them into the end zone, have them tackle for you.

There’s two ways. Okay. And that’s why, we have over 90 people now in our family office, inner circle group, it’s a pay to play group. Yeah. But that’ll naturally happen from a group like ours. But it’s more than that, I think that naturally happens. It’ll come through in a conversation, but the people there, they’re more about building relationships with the edge, each other, who’s gonna hang out there in vacations or, hang out. People traveled, like that’s really more important because you’re seen already in five years, you just, all you gotta do is make 10%, or 8% you can probably put your money back in the stock market.

Like you don’t really need. These alternative investments, right? You’ve got that penetration. If you’ve got past that point of no return, 2 million to 3 million net worth, but the currency that you’re gonna want is the social relationships. So that’s my pitch for the family office group. If people are interested more, they go to support pass cash, flow.com/journey.

But to me that’s really I don’t think you’ve come to any of the events. Like we allow people to test drive it once and get a, a look at the people, cuz at least myself personally, like prior to 2016, I was, just doing what you were doing, although myself and until I found myself in a room with all these other crazy accredited investors, buying properties site unseen or doing syndication deals, I thought I was completely crazy.

And that’s what you need to, at least for once, to have the conversations, we can talk about this next, the HeLOCK thing. The, most people think taking on five, 6% on your HeLOCK is crazy. You like, like you said you said you need right now where your mindset is, you need to have a pre to cover it.

Yeah. But I wanna tell you the pre means Jack, the pre is not guaranteed preferred rate turns really means nothing in my opinion. But it’s just, you have to have faith that, or know via your network that somebody you’re working with is proven and gonna do what they say they’re gonna do. Or even in bad times, the assets still beats that certain rate.

But to this is something that, we can talk in theory on this call, but until you meet other people and, build relationships with them that are doing the same thing that went over this intellectual hump, it is, it’s just not gonna. It’s not gonna happen. I guess then you won’t find other things to invest in and and that’s the hard thing, right?

You are your five people you hang out with most. If you don’t have at least a couple other credit investors in that fi that five people, you’re not gonna go anywhere, you’re just gonna stay where they are. But that’s my big thing. And I think it goes beyond so like at the Hawaii retreat we have, we always gonna have like half of the people who are inner circle people, and then the other half are the people kind of test driving the organization.

They’re the ones coming in and, they, it they mix immaturely in my opinion. Like they come in and ask, who’s your lawyer, who’s your CPA. Oh, it B yeah. These people stealing money, what’s happening. And I get it. That’s the normal tendency for most people that do.

And it’s probably what you’re gonna do. , but what I’ll say is look what the more experienced investors are doing, right? They’re chilling, they’re meeting other people. They’re getting to know them personally. They’re not talking about money investments yet. , that happens privately at other times.

More naturally, right? But I think for most investors who’ve never met anybody. Who’s crazy enough to take money out of their home equity and put it into something that might make double or triple that, it’s new for most people. . we, I think that’s important to see that happen.

Firstly but for some reassurance, like that is what the mastermind people are doing. Like they’re taking out their HeLOCK at 7% interest rate and investing that in syndications. Yeah. This is the number one most common question. Cause the way you guys think about it. And I thought about, I thought it this way at one time, we were all taught to be good kids and pay off our debts, right? Yeah. So you have a hundred thousand dollars loan and you’re paying 5%. So what is that? $5,000 a year. Yeah. Probably for you, it’s more like double that right. 200 grand, 10 grand of interest payments per year. So that’s, let’s call it a thousand bucks a month.

That probably freaks you out a little bit. Like I got this a thousand dollars. It’s almost like a big car payment, but the way to think about it and it takes a while to get there is if with high confidence that you’re gonna make the Delta on that, you’re gonna be making at least 10%, maybe in 15, 20%, who knows.

Then it’s just a matter of. and you just had to eat that cost. And that’s where we look at, like the sum don’t look at the monthly payments, look at the sum. How long is it gonna take for you to get traction in these investments? If things go bad, maybe a couple of years like 20,000 bucks and that’s not that much money for the doomsday snare that you have to feed so what’s the normal solution.

Just take out 220 grand dude and just keep 20 grand on the side. Yeah. And then going back to the interest rate thing, that’s all it is. And I think you understand that, but logically, right? If you’re making, if you’re making 15% in your investments and those investments are also helping you save taxes too.

Which is also important to quantify, but let’s just look at it strictly from an interest rate or return perspective. If as long as your Helo is less than that with a. Minor safety buffer should be fine. Yeah. And, but it’s hard, right? I mean you’re well, what’s hard is cuz I haven’t seen a deal go full circle yet.

Like I’m invested se four deals, but I haven’t seen like the real returns where I could speak upon it with confidence, not like the single family homes where I said, yeah, I, I see rental increases. I see the market increases and I’ve experienced it so I can talk with confidence with it. Syndications is relatively new, but it’s more attractive.

Especially being a passive, very passive route versus the owning your own property. Yeah. But the owning your own property there just getting off of the Zillow, house up numbers, then it’s just. That’s all fake numbers anyway. And you have to actually sell it and go through some friction costs of rehabbing.

It and the commissions to get your true walk away number. But that’s, I think that’s, what’s hard for folks like in this commercial world, like there’s no Zillow on like our $40 million property. We’re not gonna tell you how much that thing is worth. We don’t know. That’s you get an appraisal or you get a real bid on somebody wanting to buy it.

That’s your price. But I think you, you have to just, out of those four deals, you’re in, I’m sure like out of, one of the four, something will happen in the next couple years right now it’s a standstill, right? Like it’s just not a transacting time. Cuz interest rates are a little bit spike now.

I think if the interest rates didn’t go up, I’m sure like one of the four for you would’ve cashed out or refinanced the next year. And then you’ll see. 30 grand just dump at least dump into your account. And then you’re scratching your head and it’s this is awesome.

Yeah. Yeah. This is awesome. Yeah. But like also that was my milk money or that’s, that was my interest payments for my 200,000 HeLOCK for, three, four years, and then now it’s that whole idea of now you’re playing with house money. Okay. And I, or you can talk to other people, build real relationships with friendships, if you call it and four, four of them can tell you this and you just have to trust them via proxy.

But yeah like I think this is the same thing with, I dunno if you’re doing infinite banking, but we have the same thing that happens in our mastermind group. Like guys will get a big infinite banking policy and they’re it’s same thing. If interest rates are the same, right?

Like four, 5%, although it’s. Tax deductible, but so is your HeLOCK should be tax deductible. But they’re like the same exact thing. Just change out the world’s HeLOCK for my infinite banking policy loan for myself, then they’re think, thinking, are you guys paying off your interest or are you paying monthly or you guys even paying off your loans?

And then I don’t even have to say it in that group. Like people will already automatically chime in, or we got like a private discord group too. No, man, don’t worry about it, dude. It’s just like the whole I HeLOCK thing. And then people, oh, okay. Same thing. Got it. Essentially, you’re just playing the same game as the banks, right?

The banks they lend their money out at, higher rate and then they , it’s the same thing. It’s just rate arbitrage takes a little while it takes liquidity for you to get the traction going. But you’ll get traction at some point. So that was my. Thought one of my questions regarding the HeLOCK is, should I pull out the money, invest it and then pay it down.

With the idea of once it’s paid down earlier than the five years to just redeploy again and again, could use it as a for savings. I would pull the Helo. I would get monetize all the money out of the Helo because the PLOS can get pulled at any point. And that’s why the helos aren’t ideal, there are a great way for people to get started and, you used it to get started, right? But I would say once you get proof of concept, either move into, move your equity into an infinite banking policy where they can’t pull that stuff from you and you own it, and the rates are better and you also get the life insurance component and the asset protection.

There’s just so many reasons more why the banking is better. Put it into there. So you’re just shifting your equity over. Or, but I think the problem there is now you’re like, oh, now I’ve created this large gap in my home equity debt. I have this payment. Yeah. But if you have the money in your infinite banking, you could just pay it off.

Do you really have it? Or did you just, create another hole for yourself? That’s displaced another gap. yeah. That’s cause the infinite baking, I just, I could just withdraw. I could just withdraw if I really needed it. Yeah. If you really needed to, if your grandma, great grandma got reborn and was, you were totally ashamed for having debt.

Yeah. You could just replace it. Okay. Yeah. That makes sense. I didn’t think of it that way, but yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Yeah. I get it, like you have this other payment and you think you have to pay it off. I tell people don’t worry about it. It sounds irresponsible.

If you have the money. Then, do you really need to pay it off? And this is the whole concept of other people’s money, right? If I, and in here, this is like where it clashes with some people’s really old school mentality. Some people either it’s an Asian thing or like an older generation thing.

They say at some point I want to pay down my debt, but from a money theory perspective, why, if you’re making positive cash flow and it’s growing at the end of the day, like you’re loan, the value, your debt amount really means nothing. I don’t know why people really look at it too much. It’s more about debt, surface coverage ratio and your liquidity.

When things go bad, it doesn’t matter how much equity you have. They you’re gonna shut down your loans and you’re gonna be frozen. It all matters how much liquidity you have. Yeah, right? Yeah. Yeah. Cause it’s all your equity’s all on paper. Yeah. I, this kind of was made very evident to me.

Like we have a one very affluent partner and he’s doing, he’s harvesting all this equity monetizing getting in his bank. He don’t care about the debt. No, the loan of value on his assets. He don’t care because he knows just like the last several recessions, when things get hard, you, they freeze your lines, you can’t get money out of it.

And they still want you to pay your debt service. . But if you have this boatload of liquidity somewhere, you can always keep feeding that. And it’s just a matter of time before things normalize. Again, you get out of there, but here the people have a false sense of security, right? They’re trying to pay off their properties.

What they do. You got 50% paid off or 80% or a hundred. In tough times, nobody, the banks don’t care. You’re you really should never get to a hundred percent, but you’re still gonna have a payment. don’t care. All they care you care about is liquidity and how much you can feed that.

So if you had 20 grand extra and things got really bad, that could feed your payments for two years. Yeah. That exactly does that. That should make you feel pretty confident, right? Yeah. I mean it’s a long time. I’m sure I can find another 10 grand if needed to take it another year. No big deal.

Yeah. That’s a different mindset shift. Sure. Different. It makes, yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Most times people focus more on the percent of loan, the value but what it really is the liquidity and then how much cash flow positive. Of or debt service coverage ratio, which is a byproduct of how much cash flow you have or lack thereof.

Okay.

But in a nutshell, I don’t know, I do it, I don’t have a house, but I see a lot of other people doing it. Yeah. Yeah. But, and I did have one more question. So at this point, is it better to invest in like multiple syndications? Just weave it out, a bunch of 50,000 to a hundred thousand dollars deals or really focus on like the bigger projects or whatnot?

I think, I’ll just tell you what most people do. I’m not necess necessarily signing off on the strategy per safety. Sure. What most people will do is they’ll spread it around quite a bit, go with the minimums or, Of a hundred grand, if you’re over a couple million , get to a point where you’re pretty diversified, same theory as your rental properties.

Like you said, I think both of us would agree that one, the five properties is not enough diversification. If one goes bad, it’s gonna be sad, a little bit. Yeah. Be a downer for a few months, but right now you’re at, over a dozen or so if one goes down, you’re oh, that was a bummer.

Anyway. So same thing. Yeah. Think about it like that. Everybody’s a little bit different, maybe a dozen syndications, just try and race up there. Okay. There. And I think maybe you’re doing this too, but another like big beginner mistake is people will diversify into too many operators and too many asset classes.

That’s the, okay. That’s the normal tendency, it’s you’re unleashed in the Las Vegas buffet and you just get everything right. Just Chinese foods, pot stickers, pizza, pasta, seafood, you just go a little bit. You kind of people tend to spread themselves a little thin.

Yeah. Getting the trailer parks and multi-family storage units. Yeah. Yeah. Like this joker came up with my LinkedIn feed. That must be great. Yeah. Uhhuh. But that’s, everybody does it, I guess that’s, what’s cool about that is naturally you get experience and you parlay that into interacting with people.

And really my group is the only group that’s like that the rest of it’s just a bunch of like broke guys, trying to be general partners who are trying to fake it to the naked. Like they don’t have money. Interacting with those types of people is a waste of. , but like by actually coming in and saying, oh, I have a I’m in six indication deals, that’s some street cred.

Right there. And maybe one of ’em is not good doing good. And that’s more street cred too. Or that brings value into relationships. Or at least Jackson knows who not to invest with. But yeah, I think that, that’s, that, that kind of makes sense or, no, it does.

Absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah. OB obviously the more advanced people in our family office group, it comes, it came up a few times where, you know, some of the more experienced people, what they review is reveal is they went down that initial beginner state of a lot of deals, a lot of operator, a lot of asset classes.

And then once they see the deals turnover, or they, they just build certain affinities to certain. To people or, asset classes or whatever, and then they start to consolidate it down, maybe a factor of two. So if they’re, in a, in I guess the other thing that’s happening too at the same time is like, most people will test with a certain smaller portion of their net worth.

And then when it works, then you unleash the beast. Maybe you’re investing 300 grand initially, but if it, if you know it’s working, I know you’re gonna start to unload all this stuff. That’s a million, that’s and yeah that’s the plan. That’s what I have in my mind right now is what I have to do next is really just trade off the single family homes for syndication deals.

Take off something more passive and just let it ride. I’m don’t wanna give you advice, man, but of course, Understood. Maybe the direction you’re heading is, you get into a dozen deals at, the minimums and then you get, go through this first round of who do you like, who actually says what they’re gonna do?

Hopefully nobody steers your money. And then from there you decide, all right, I like this half better. And I’m gonna, do double the amount, a hundred, $150,000 minimums or two, quarter million or whatever. Okay. And you start to do that. And then but the other, that kind of makes you shrink your amount of your choices, but I would still, the other thing that I would think about is, and it’s good to like space out these investments too, right?

If I always thought if you have 24 deals, that’s always a nice number. I think I’m in like 80 or a hundred, it’s a little bit too much, but that’s this kind of what I do. And I’ve got staff to help too, for the. book. Not really bookkeeping, but just that one time a year, when I get a shit ton of K ones back, you have a hundred deals as a LP LP G P oh, okay.

Mean, there’s a check boxes on the K ones, but they’re never right. Like everything on the K ones never. I don’t know why have people that freak out? They freak out because they only have one or four K one S but those K one S are never. And I think I’ve talked to CPAs about it and the CPAs are just like the only important thing is like box four, or I don’t like the deductions one in your gain.

That’s the only important stuff. Okay. But I’m not giving you tax advice here. Of course. Of course, course, the, that’s why, if you have a you’re in most of these deals last five years, right? Yeah. On average. So if you’re going into a deal, a quarter, four times five, If that’s 20 deals.

So that’s why I rounded up to a couple dozen now. That’s I, the ideal, model, nobody ever hits that myself included, but that, I think that’s a good model maybe to be shooting for. So that, if we’ll do this in the retreat I got all ideas, imagine your perfect day. I’ll send everybody out to the beach and then, what does your day look like? Are you working or maybe you’re not right. Maybe you’re just doing the nurse thing a couple days out of the week, the other three days. , you’re just checking your inbox or connecting with other people socially, but you’re you try and find one deal a quarter, right?

Yeah. And then a deal exits early and crap. I have to redeploy it. I gotta, yeah, I gotta invest it now. Uhhuh. Yeah. But it’s not that hard. And that’s why if you have a good network, Okay. To be a passive professional investor, really shouldn’t take much more than like a handful of hours a month if you’re doing it right.

And you have a good network. And that’s what the vision looks like. Couple dozen deals. If you don’t have any hobbies, maybe three dozen deals, , I personally have a lot and cuz I like it. I’ve always been, some people and I don’t know what you play like fantasy football, fantasy basketball.

Are you the kind of the guy who makes a good silly in transactions? No, I let it right. I do one transaction a week and just let it, yeah, just maybe just fix the lineup. So yeah. We all have that one friend who just like, leads the league in transactions. They, yeah, they think that’s an award or something like that, but , some people like they like that, they like to, this is becomes fun for them.

Wow. So there is no normal. Okay. Sounds good. Also, if I was to keep some of these rentals let’s say down the line, I increased my net worth. I was able to go part-time for my nursing job. What’s the possibilities of be qualifying as a real estate professional. I don’t, I think that’s a complete opposite way.

You want to go? Okay. Just saying I’m going out of like almost a hundred people in our family office group, I would say only maybe half a dozen, like less than 10% of people have a handful full of rentals and the whole thought process. Can you tell me a good freaking reason why you would wanna own rentals if your network was certainly past where you are now?

Because you don’t, you’re not doing value. Add any of. No, you’re just a sitting duck floating around in the water. You’re not doing anything. The market goes good. You make a lot of money. If it doesn’t, easy come easy, go. have the liability of your property managers, stealing money from you, which to me happens a high prop, maybe a few percent of the time, most time people don’t even know about it, that they’re getting robbed.

You have the legal liability and then the debt zero name, which I don’t know. It doesn’t matter, but some people worry about that stuff and it makes getting home loans a real pain. I mean it, the only reason to do it is if you’re trying to go for rep status.

So let’s talk about that, right? Let’s fast forward a few years, where do you think your adjusted gross income is going to be? And let me preface it saying well, What if you guys had, this passive cash flow coming in from all these deals, you redeployed this 500 grand and now it’s making $5,000 a month.

So now your passive income is eight, five plus five, see what I’m saying? Like my income, our income will be less. Exactly. Exactly. And this is what I also saying, like, why is your spouse going and getting young masters? We talked about the reasons. But this is that phenomenon where like the more passive income you have, the less ordinary income you’re gonna need to make. So yeah. Right now rep status would be great. But at some point you start to shut off the engines and you start to make less ordinary income. So that rep status really only makes sense.

When you go past this red line three 40 and above, in most cases it’s not worth the brain damage. So yeah, I guess like, where do you think five years from now? Where do you think your adjusted gross? Your ordinary income is gonna be not including probably, yeah, probably a hundred myself. My spouse.

So 200, 200 each. What 200 total. Yeah. You’re not paying any taxes, man. Like you have no reason to do rep status, okay. Okay. Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. Yeah. Thank you for getting that out of my mind, cuz yeah. You listen to these podcasts and they’re all like, this is the, bonus depreciation.

All the benefits, so yeah. That’s why you gotta get off the, if you listen, been listening to podcast for more than like a year and a half, stop listening to podcast, read some books or interact with real people. Cause podcasts are just marketing tools. In my podcast, it’s the same shit.

Over and over again. Like we just, yeah. It’s the same stuff. Yeah. We just go over the surface. And that’s why you do these coaching calls cuz like I get bored and it is fun, deep diving into this, the 50th minute in right. Most times it’s just the surface stuff and people always ask oh we should have guests and but the guests are just gonna tell us the same old stuff and then, but they’re not gonna tell you the reason why not to do it too, which is my job.

Yeah, that’s true. Cuz you normally, the guests will just bounce around the different people’s podcasts and yeah. Reiterate the same thing on the education point, at least, reassures that I’m doing the right thing. But yeah, you’re right. It’s usually it’s pretty redundant.

Yeah. And this is where this is what makes this personal finance, right? Every situation, a little different. But again, this is like more like you gotta find other. To do this and that’s more sustainable way. And to get on the front edge of these strategies. But yeah, you’re heading enough to the, you, you’re that’s the way you wanna hand, right?

Less ordinary income, more passive income. So you can use the passive losses to drive the passive income down to nothing over this time you’re adjusting your ordinary income will go down and your AGI will go down. You’re burning leaner as we call it. I would say so I think maybe something for your family to think about is which way do you want to hit it?

Cuz there’s a few arch types here and I’ve seen this in our family office group. So this is when you guys are, she makes the big bucks, right? Like you option one is you make a lot, you burn a lot in taxes. this would be, if we go back to your personal financial sheet here, you guys get a much higher, bigger house.

You trip, you quadruple your vacation budget. And this is the idea of Hey we like our jobs. We make a lot. And yeah, we have, two kids and we don’t, we see often enough because maybe one of us works at home, but for us it just makes sense for us to just make a lot and spend a lot and yeah.

Pay a lot of taxes in that time. But they know, I think like the thing that I like is I’ve given them the confidence that they don’t need to be doing that for more than a decade. The other opposite of that is you guys kinda like we’re talking here and maybe that’s where you’re naturally guiding towards is like you guys working less, going down to, to, you’re making the efficient amount of income to pay the least amount of tax.

Yeah. Yeah, you don’t get to live large and vacations, but time is more important to you, whereas not your kids aren’t important on the other one, a lot of times the mindset or the justification as well. Our kids are in elementary school high school. It’s not like we can just take ’em out and to go to Disneyland or go and trip to Hawaii.

There’s only a few times a year. And we when we do, we take ’em out and we burn a lot of money. Because we make a lot, but that’s they feel like they maximize their time with the kids. So I would say for you guys, that would be the two bookends, and I guess there’s some in between, but you have to find, yeah, I think I would do both.

I think once you graduate, We’ll probably just try to make as much as possible, enjoy that living. But I’m giving it like a 10 year horizon where the passive income is really gonna drive the way and that’s when we’re gonna work less and spend more time with each other in our families. That’s the ideal vision.

Yeah. Until one of you guys dies, I hate to be morbid, but it happens, right? Yeah. But that’s, I think that’s where you are, it’s cool to talk to some of the older folks and then get their hindsight cuz there’s this concept of 18 summers, you only have 18 summers with your kid.

You’re probably you. And so some of these guys are at the end and they have three or four left and they’re shot. I wish I wouldn’t have done what you did. And so it ultimately comes down to choices. But like most people living the normal paradigm.

they just can’t, their choice sucks. It’s either for 30 years or 35 years both suck. Yeah. Yeah. No thanks. Yeah, but I’d say that’s where it’s gonna come down to at some point. And that’s why the network is important. So you have those types of conversations.

But either way, you got some time, right? And I think you’re ahead of the curve on most people. Just look where your net worth went from like 400, a few years ago to over 1.3, like I said, you’ll probably be around two, two and a half and four or five years at that point, you could probably pull the pin.

And then how old is your kid now? Eight months. Oh, perfect. I felt like a young kid to me. I don’t know. I’m not talking from experience, but to me, I don’t think they remember. These days, so perfect. You, yeah, you burn both ends of the candle now for another four or five years.

And when they’re four or five years old, then you can engage and do nothing. The memories that’s the thing you have, what people you are living the dream that people want most people, they wake up in their 41 42 and they have a 1.5 million in their 401k. And then they have to go through this three to five year journey to get to real passive income.

By that time, their eight year old child is now 14. It’s too late. It’s too freaking late. Yeah, it’s too late. I don’t know about building a relationship, but it’s too late to teach this stuff to the kids. I think at that time, past that point.

But hopefully when people listen, they don’t get sad and don’t wanna play Christmas, Carol and people. but, yeah, another piece is how am I gonna engage my son to teach him this stuff? And it’s tough. Yeah. I don’t know, man. I think if you engage in our community we’ll figure that out.

I I think it’s just time, right? If you’re not my family, like our parents were just working forever. Correct. Yeah. There was no interaction. There was no sharing of experiences. No it’s grind and to brag about, what you’ve done and how much you’ve achieved. Yeah. With so little, but apparently you’re going, when your kid’s five, you’re not gonna deal with Jack and you’re just gonna bother them all day long.

Certainly there’s gonna be some kind of knowledge transfer in that. Yeah. There you go. Yeah. But if not, that’s what the community is for. That’s where you send them up to auntie’s house or uncle’s house. So not let. It is from you, but some somebody else or yeah, the rich dad. Yeah. Or the rich uncle, right?

The rich uncle. There you go. . Yeah, but yeah, the close things out here. Any other last thoughts or questions? No. Oh no, thank you for your time. This is really enlightening and I appreciate everything you do and the education that you’re putting out. Yeah.

Keep up the good work. Like I said I was first introduced to you, two years ago. And, after reading your book recently, like it really resonated with us, we’re going through the same experiences. Yeah. I’m glad to see that I am going through that right path and I appreciate the guidance.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s just numbers here. I think that’s where most of the people who are good with their money and save it typically have to rein them back and save well, you can spend your money more, you can spend your time. more on like life instead of working so hard. So I think that’s the byproduct of this.

But yeah, thanks for doing this Jackson and for other folks listening if you guys are interested in doing this sign up for the club and then shoot a team at simple passive cash flow.com and email, and maybe we can set you up on one of these. We can change your name. We can make a name for you. We can, we don’t have to use your video if you’re scared. Thanks for listening to everybody.

Transitioning From Turnkey Rentals and Networking Tips | Coaching Call With Aaron

What’s up, simple passive cash flow! Now on today’s podcast is yet another coaching call with myself and our volunteer, Aaron. Now Aaron’s been investing with us in our group for a while and he started when I was still teaching people how to buy term key rentals and. All that type of pain in the butt stuff.

If you notice we shut down the incubator group, because although I like helping people who are non-accredited investors, it just became a little bit of a not a good use of my time. Because. In the turnkey world or even, buying single family homes through a broker on your own.

The characters always change. And I think most of the accredited investors, at least ones in our mastermind group will all say, Rental properties are just a waste of time and their high liability. You have the personal debt in your own name, and unless you are doing some kind of birth strategy, wiring money to some random person on the, on non institutional level and, one bad relationship from losing a whole bunch of money.

It’s just not worth it. And I’ve said it all the time. Once your net worth goes to be about half a million, million dollars owning rental properties. It just makes no sense. And this is my story. Back in 2015, I had 11 of these turnkey rentals and I had maybe an eviction or two every year, some kind of big catastrophe that happened every quarter.

And you start to realize that, when someone trashes your property and now you’re stuck with a five $15,000 repair bill, you’re what was the whole point of this nonsense, with the headache and liability. And, even when you are working with a property manager, which by the way, they’re not aligned with you, they get paid more money when you have a vacancy, which is completely opposite on the commercial side, where we have we are aligned with our third party property managers on the assets of more in terms of profit and loss, as opposed to, they’re taking in the income from certain percentage of the rent.

Now, if you guys wanna interact with more credit investors who are doing crazy things, like taking money out of their home equity, via Heloc or infinite banking. And despite what Dave Ramsey says to scam and maybe for going on buying a primary residence, especially if you’re a non-accredited investor.

As I always say, I don’t think you should be buying a house unless your net worth is two or three X, that, or that house. Even if you are using debt, come out to one of our events and get to know other people. And definitely gonna be different advice from what your parents taught you and what your broke coworkers are doing, who are probably gonna be working there for the rest of their lives.

Come out on October 1st, we’re gonna be in Napa. Check out those details at simplepassatcashflow.com/Napa and October 6th and seventh. Especially if you wanna get boots on the ground and actually visit these properties that you invest in come out to Huntsville, Alabama. I know that’s a little hard, which is why the price on that one is a lot lower and subsidized for that.

Because we know it. Time investment is more important. But you may have to take an extra plane to get there to Huntsville, Alabama. You can either fly into Nashville, Birmingham, or straight into Huntsville, depending on where you’re coming from, but that is gonna be October 6th and seventh.

We’re gonna be doing a little party for the unveiling of the Chase Creek apartments, our latest development, and you can get more information by going to simplepassivecashflow.com/events where you’re also learning about our annual retreat in January, 2023. There too. Again, make sure you guys are part of our club because if not, we won’t let you come.

We always put it out there in our free Facebook group. But if you’re a high net worth accredited investor, I think that’s the type of stuff that you guys like, and it’s apparently it’s worked for us in the past that we’re really the only investor group out there that, highly vets, the people coming in for not only net worth their professional status, but as people too. So again, sign up for the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then check out our events that are coming up October 6th and seventh, Huntsville and October 1st in Napa valley.

And with that if you enjoy the coaching call and if you guys like this or you wanna volunteer for a future one, please email the team at team@simplepassandcashflow.com. We can change your name around. We don’t have to use your video. But that’s a great way for some folks to get some extra one hour guidance with myself. And we’ll give you the recording too. I guess. But thanks for listening folks and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive cash flows listeners. Today. We got Aaron here. He’s going to be doing a hot seat with us. So I’ve got your personal financial sheet up. If you guys are listening on a podcast, probably want to jump on YouTube and check this out if you want some visuals here, but welcome Aaron on the line.

And for joining us, maybe give us a little bit of a background. Just people get a sense of where you’re coming from. Yes, sir. I’m happy to be here. I’m excited to sit down and talk to you a little bit. Background college graduates started lurking in a kind of corporate America, so I decided I wanted to have more time to control my schedule.

So I ended up starting a small business, which is house cleaning, which I enjoy thoroughly. And so ups and downs there, but it did manage to have some extra cash flow looking for a home. And so I started exploring the world of investing, which led me first to stocks traded those for a while and returns, but ultimately it was looking for cashflow.

Continue the path of finding my time being more in my control. So it wasn’t there and I started looking at turnkey rentals and started my journey that way. Where are we geographically, do you live and about how old are you? Kids are. Born in Ohio and Michigan spent some time there.

Kurt grew up in Minnesota, went to Stillwater high school, which I thoroughly enjoyed, moved out for college to Colorado, which is where I currently live and met my wife. We have one child who’s sick, a little boy who is a lot of fun. So that’s geographically we’re at 40 years old and things that have that worked.

So it’s about where I’m at as present. Cool. It is in the cleaning business. And a lot of people don’t know. That’s the old lawn Mowing business where you get people to work for you, but on steroids and nobody wants to do it. That’s why it’s pretty lucrative. It’s nice because I wanted a business that had repeat customers so I could build over time.

So it’s not always looking for the next customer once you finish the job. So it started the background and construction, and I ended up a lot. There were, you can have a really great year one year and then almost nothing. Next quarter, it’s just a constant process of trying to find the next clients.

So the nice thing about this industry and what I like a lot about it is that you have to work a lot less hard. You develop relationships over time. And through that, you’re able to have a very lucrative and consistent job. The downside of course, is finding people who want to do the work. So that’s a struggle, but the main value I’m able to add to the marketplace is to find the people who are willing to show up and keep showing up and doing.

Cool. So let’s dig into this a little bit. So you jumped into turnkey rentals a couple of years ago, or about how long ago? Two years ago, give or take, and let’s talk a little bit about how you came to that decision and was it about, was it the right choice and it was your experience there.

Sure I listened to a lot of podcasts and read a lot of books. Of course, a lot of it starts with a little purple book. We all know so well, which is rich dad, poor dad trying to find assets that throw off cash flow. So I was trying to find something real. He did a lot of research time for about a year calling around talking to different people from knowing nothing at all to trying to find someone to partner with and found a group out of Memphis.

What I thought was a great tune in is a great team. What really took me off as I talked to several competitors of theirs and they all had nothing but nice things to say about their business practices and how they take care of their clients. And they were hunters. So I decided to go there. They might like many turnkey rental places that had a wait list.

So I wasn’t able to buy it. As much as I wanted to right away. So it took me about two years to get a four properties about as fast as they would let me enjoy the idea of leverage and the first, for the first year and a half. And what were they well and then just started to notice that the returns a hundred just really were undercut by the turnover in clients.

The small things that happen in probably know the value of properties I was at. I was relatively really solidly B properties may even be minus what would you say? The price in the rents or on the course? Those are a little under a hundred thousand. So we hit the 1% rule pretty often. So if it was 60 or a $70,000 house, I got $800. For the door. So it was hit by the 1% rule. So I think the cheapest house I bought was 65. The most expensive I got back was 95.

And now you’re not looking for turnkeys today, but how late is 2019. Now the pricing and rent values are still about the same. I know, I actually think it’s much worse. I was in the process of making some money on the sale of my properties, which surprised me in some ways because people were willing to pay a whole lot more for the same rent. I think by math, the last two I sold looked like they net a hundred, $150 a month per a unit. And from my point of view given what I’ve been through, that’s just not something.

To cover the incidental cost. They may hit all the numbers as far as maintenance and missing renters. But, it just takes one even a broken window and all of a sudden you’ve missed half of your income for the year. So it’s been much harder almost to the point of, it’s hard for me to imagine how people are buying.

Turnkeys at the price points that are now being offered to the same people I bought a couple of years ago at ones I thought were safe. That was theoretically adding on paper between two 50 and two 70. Most of the doors I bought and I just never saw that and felt, I feel like it’s a really tough choice nowadays.

If I were doing it again, I feel like it was even more than it was not what it was advertised. It felt mostly a little like I got false advertising at the end that the numbers worked out that just really it’s such low amounts that it didn’t take much to wipe out all your income for possibly a couple of years and just wanted to spend, yeah.

Maybe getting in the nitty gritty hair D where you are on your underwriting, where you include like five, 10% for vacancy. If I have 10% for repairs and maintenance, I was, yeah. I could pull up the spreadsheets if you wanted. That’s probably too much for the unit, but yeah, I looked at ages 10% on probably the combined between vacancy maintenance.

Just wasn’t sufficient, honestly. I think what people don’t realize is like the vacancy will. Come up at five to 10%, right? Like how you said, but what people don’t realize is when you get a vacancy, you’re going to have to pay up to half the first month’s rent. So that’s like another.

Five to 10% right there. Yeah, for me it feels like if I were doing the math again, there is the 50% rule you hear a lot about with full pull, your own real estate, where you expect to get about half of the rent amount in terms of profit. I feel if you apply that as a model back, did he not say, okay, if I add my vacancy, my repairs, my mortgage, can I still make money?

If that’s true. Yeah, it’s a little bit the same, but I felt yeah, exactly. They don’t take into account things like you’re going to pay up to a month. Actually, many of them suppliers, now you pay a month of rent every time you do the transition over. And to me, it also is just the repair costs in turn was more than I thought it would be too.

There are according to the averages between, 800 to 1200. And I think the cheapest turn I had was 1600 and I had several around 2,500 and they weren’t. They weren’t trashed places. It wasn’t holes in the walls and people were just mad and spray painting things. It was just they left stuff in the yard.

They left the house and it just took extra time. They had to come back in and mow the grass once a week on my dime, that kind of stuff. And they did a great job in many ways. The shocking thing for me is that many things went well. It wasn’t one big blow up of man. You should have seen this place.

It took all the profit away. These are just very normal every day, Hey, the, we had, I, we saw evidence of cockroaches, so we’re going to spray everything down. So that’s another in between. So this isn’t while I live there. So I had to do pest control for a whole year.

That’s another, two, 300. And then you add that to another thing. And another thing later in this field I just, I had $14,000 go out between the four properties in a three-month period. And it was just like, I’m just, don’t feel like I’m going to make the kind of return I can get.

I did the math and figured out I could basically buy us savings bonds and get the same return. And, I will second that the thousand 2000 for change orders. But then this last one I had, it’s going to be like, I don’t know if it’s only 10, 20 or 30 grand or fixed this latest one up. So commiserate, like, all it takes is as you did, you have a three grand turn. Like my God, like that’s all your profit for a decade. Feels like one to $200 a door. If you’re going for, I’m going to make even a percentage, it looks okay. Cause they put in $15,000 or $20,000 in. And if I get $200 a door it’s $2,400 returned as a lump sum return.

Sounds great until you realize that. Gosh, and then you talk about insurance and you talk about legal covering, even just for businesses. I just set up a business in Tennessee. It has a, I think it was a one to 3% on total net assets tax. So do you want to run the risk of having a personal umbrella insurance or do you want to have a corporation run it through that?

And then again, And really come back to really buy into your profit margin. My thoughts are like turnkeys as I think everybody should start there, if you have no experience, especially. And then, but what would you say Aaron to like, that younger kid, just out of college with just maybe 30 or 40 grand to his name is w what should they start off with?

I know both of us are hated on turnkeys right now. What would you say in hindsight? I think in hindsight, I would say that double the expenses that people are telling you, or an average when they’re selling you a. And if you can still make money then go for it. Like I would say, start talking to people and get real honest about how much the cost is really there.

And then do it, run the numbers that direction and make sure that, in comparison to other spaces, even again, bonds, like looking at municipal bonds at three to 4%. Now, if you’re taking 8% return, you cut it in half due to expenses. You’re only there. It’s hard to say, go after it at these prices.

Even if someone doesn’t have a lot of options, I really look at them and say, that sucks, but I’d say, find a different vehicle unless you can find one. The return plus 4%, you’ve got to get higher than that with real expenses and real, talk to lane and say, okay, break it down for me.

What am I really looking at in terms of real expenses? Cause I, one to two grand turns is just normal. And if you’re only expecting to make 12, $1,800 on that and that property a year, I don’t know how it works. I don’t know how you make money. Yeah, one more time. You might get appreciation, which is nice and good.

And certainly it helped me, but that was a lot of emotion, a lot of money coming in, especially if you don’t have a lot of cash coming in from your other business. I did. So it wasn’t tragic. I, I, maybe we go through this, I’ve got a decent amount of extra cash I can throw at it.

I went to $14,000. Expenses came through at three months, it wasn’t coming out of my living expenses. It wasn’t coming up. My family’s experience of lights. It was just unfortunate. And if you only have 30 grand and you’re looking to invest it, I just really make sure that you have a lot of margin or find another vehicle.

All right. And you know what, one thing I just wanted to point out for the folks. You went with one of these like perennial, turnkey providers. I think you knew going in that they were overpriced, but I know you for just stability. Yeah, I think the burn method, if you can find someone to walk you through that, it’s got a lot of attraction to it.

If you can make that three to $400 or even $500 a month, if you have the money and you have someone you trust, I could see maybe that working. I just think the turnkey has presented me even with someone who’s good at this. Just make sure that they’re offering more than $150 a month as a prize, as you went with like the Maserati trying to provide services there.

They have this waiting list because they have turnkey providers lining up around the block. I don’t know if I would recommend doing that. Oh, so you’re a lot more experienced now. So you don’t get that white glove treatment. And this is another reason why I don’t like the Facebook group that we have. I really stay away from recommending anybody because things change.

Try to keep providers. They’re just low-end flippers. Most of them that once they get better, they go do more retail flips and they get out of the gate. So it’s this constant battle of trying to find a new bathroom. It’s good enough to be good at what they do, but not so good that they end up cutting my margin so much that I actually don’t make as much.

Exactly. So that’s the plug for the mastermind. So we kind of trade providers and do that, you gotta pay to play guys. Sorry, I can’t just give up free referrals. Cause you guys have been wasting my provider’s time. Just calling them and wasting time. So sorry about that. Okay. So let’s talk about your property on Wren avenue down here at the turnkey at yeah.

That’s I don’t know what that came from, honestly. Sorry. Oh, okay. Okay. I got it. And I went to delete it. It’s pretty profitable. That it might’ve been, I was trying to represent The P the money I put into the, I’m sorry, the sorry, the apartment building. We just did. We just completed it. Oh, okay. That sounds like that address really.

Yeah. That’s the multifamily we just completed and that’s the Gavi now. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I was like, that was that look, that’s an apartment building. We did that. I was like, man, that looks really a,

so yeah that’s 60,000 is what I have there, okay. What kind of dig into these personal financial sheets here a little bit. So you’ve got about 40 grand in liquidity. Did you liquidate the turnkeys? I did. Okay. Okay. And then you’ve got your home in cash. So what I usually am looking for is where is your lazy equity?

So you’ve got a little bit here, right? You could probably do what you want, let me ask you a question. Do you want to live in this house ? The long term I do. My first step next will be to get a home equity line of credit to attack some of that. Okay. If you didn’t want to live here. I would say of course sell it right.

But just move and get the equity all out. Cause like he locks are good for, because you can, it’s a reversible thing. It’s not like you sold it or you paid at one person origination rejuvenation for a new loan. But the bad thing is you don’t get entirely at all the equity because right now you’ve got about a hundred grand equity with the HELOC. You might be able to get 50 grand. Sure because they like to have that lazy equity. So they’re secured. So you’ve got about maybe 50 grand to play with here with a HELOC that you figure.

So you’ve got about 90% of firepower ready to go. Your net worth at the end of the day is about one 60. I think it’s just 60 out of the other things. So that’s a little bit more than that. Okay. Okay. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s what that was. Okay. Yeah, that was the multi-family. I just didn’t know what to put it, so I ended up there.

Yep. Okay. So what were, what are your two options at this point? And then let’s talk about this.
Are you asking? You’re telling, asking, oh I’d like to continue to look at renting my money out and building into the multifamily and or others indications. I’m a bigger fan of having more passive and the passive side of equity. I’m not looking to start another business. Did I feel like a lot of the options are?

So that’s what I’m hoping to do is to find a space that I can continue to grow. Investing into other people’s projects. I figure I can put 120,000 in, I got another 60. I can do this year, depending on what I want to find, and then, easily 60 a year after that growing as my returns grow. So that’s a six year plan to get myself to a half a million dollars invested in returning capital, hopefully around a 10% mark and I’ll come to you.

So this is what I look at it. If there’s one indicator of financial independence is they take this number minus this number, which is this. If you’re making, if you’re able to save more than 50, 60 grand a year, and you’re liking the top, at least top 20% of the people I talked to, which is like the 0.01% of the world.

Whatever that is. So that’s a big thing. It’s just not an analytical waiting game, right? This is the frustrating part. When you’re trying to grind from 200 to 500 to a million, and it’s gonna, it’s gonna, even if you didn’t even invest it, you’re gonna, in five years, you’re going to get up to half a million, right?

Yeah, three 50, but yeah, so what people don’t realize is when I started with zero it took, I bought that first property and then bought another property and then 10 31, and then this, it took me like seven years to get double digit units in that, just, it just moved like turtle speed. What about the idea of trying to go and find a broker and property manager and kind of piece together some single family homes yourself?

How does that idea sound to you? I’m not against it. Actually I feel fairly burned from the last experience of the turnkey. I don’t think it was necessarily just the turnkey side of it. I feel like I’d like to. Find a space where I feel like I’m more aligned with the lead investments idea. I like the idea of multifamily or at least the idea that I’m not the direct customer.

I feel like when I’m with the property management, they’ve meant really neat ways of making sure that they get paid. And I ended up being the first to get paid from the Abara complex. Ultimately they’re there to key in, on making sure the apartment complex is as proper as possible. So their incentive.

Is aligned with mine. I feel like I’m a little bit at odds with the property management and synchronization. But the syndications in theory, they sell them. Awesome. You have an asset manager and there are those, who’s a partner that manages the property manager day to day or week to week. But they don’t all go well. That’s the correct, w it’s just like the turnkeys, he thought it was good. Then you touch the stove and you’re like it hasn’t, we haven’t touched this homeless conversation with you works. How do I, who do I trust? And is this just one more?

It seems like on paper, but not to get through it three years from now. I’m like, yeah, that didn’t work out nearly as well. I think we’re in terms of where your net worth is right now. I think if you are like 500, 600,000, yeah. No brainer syndications, all the. But the fact that you’re in this quarter million, 2 million land, you, you may have to put a little bit more sweat equity to get it done quicker. Why is the return so much higher in a single family? I think what you’re not seeing is because you want the priMadonna turnkey provider. And the returns are very slim with them. And then you didn’t negotiate well with your property manager.

It shouldn’t, they shouldn’t take a full month’s rent on the first one. Yeah. Those are just some, but yeah, a lot of them out there were advertising that. Like I think if things go well and I think you’re going to get better and as an investor, you could probably beat what’s indications to you.

Don’t want to, you definitely don’t want to do that term. But it’ll get you to half a million quicker, but you save pretty damn good. You’re not like some guy who’s only able to put 10, 20 grand into the bank. Every. I do feel like it was in a couple of years, I have, between the equity, my, and my home, and I can get to 120,000 this year.

And, maybe 60 or 70 next year allows me to at least put chips on the table. Whereas indication goes, yeah. If I can find some willing to deal with someone like me, honestly, that’s a big issue. Not clearly not a qualified investor, so it’s a whole lot more difficult to do. So that’s what I would say is, it sounds like we’re w we see it both ways.

I think I wouldn’t totally not look for your own deals if you need. And if something looks very good, then be patient and pounce on it, just like the syndications to. Sure. And also it’s a sort of a misnomer it’s not you get access to more deals 90 to 97% is the statistic I heard of deals are for non-accredited investors.

It’s just, you’re not seeing because you’re not part of those networks. In my opinion, sometimes the credit owning deals aren’t as strong because they have to pretty much throw a hail Mary up in the stands and hope that they can get investors in mark. ‘ cause once they market those deals out, then they can only take accredited investors.

That makes sense. So I guess for me it’s how do I, I would look more towards, joining the right networks, even if I have to some way I do so to make it work. But on the other hand, I’ve only got, 50 to 60 grand a year to deal with. So that makes. Difficult as well. So I get, I feel like I’m in between, right?

This is what makes the scratch finally make it, it makes it so much sweeter because it was so difficult to get there. So talk to me about like time your resource of time. Is it better made finding more deals or connecting with more people or is it putting it back into the business and make more top line dollar?

It’s more connecting with people I’ve. I had the employees I want, and I’m fairly unwilling to keep on growing that side of it. Just because it’s, the turnover is killing my business. So I made a decision a couple of years ago that I’m not really going to grow much beyond my current level. So that’s, and, coming out with 50 or 60 grand worth of cashflow that I can use for investing, I don’t the amount of effort or take to add.

Without dramatically reducing it. Does that make sense? I’d have to reduce the amount of free cashflow to have to grow the business. And I feel like I could do better trying to find either network or other investment opportunities to run alongside my business. Then I would put in time and effort and money back into my business.

I buy that for sure. It’s most guys that are like, for example, doctors it’s just to get paid hourly rate. Yeah, it sounds like you’re up against a little bear or very yet the push through. I’ve got a pretty, I make a decent amount per hour, but I, to increase that Maura would take a different level of business that. Okay, I hear that. Any other questions? Like the life insurance, if banking is probably not going to be for you because you’re going to meet every single dollar to throw at more investments where assets that precinct. That’s what I feel about it too. So that’s my impression of it. I didn’t do the research into it.

It seems like I’m trying to find a way and I say my job is that if I can find a way to even make two or three grand a month of passive income, it’s not an all or nothing thing. I can back off a day, a week and find more time than possibly be a better investor, as opposed to spending all my time working and then just trying to invest in the margins.

So I have the ability to work, whatever number of hours I want. But that will reduce my number, my hours when I’m making. So if I can offset that, I can do that. More easily. And I think a lot of doctors or lawyers or engineers can tends to be more of an all or nothing kind of situation. That’s why also is attractive to me to try to find a way to make that return.

Even on the quarter million to the half million side would really change. Yeah. And if it doesn’t make it perfect. So I tend towards the, what I’d like to see is, who do I talk to? How do I get either mentorship or find a group that fits this category? And I’m not sure that there’s one which is I’m done with single family.

I have some free cash flow. I have as much free cashflow, as many doctors do perfectly. And trying to find a way to make the. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you have enough Coles going into the furnace is the, as the thought. And so there’s really not. Maybe the other option you haven’t thought about is as you expand your network, maybe you partner with as somebody in the summer position and you guys go after 20 units with each other.

Yeah. I can see that. That’s never really happens until you build the relationships and you meet the right person. And so if you weren’t, I know you’ve done this. If you were to build relationships from zero again, how would you go about doing it? So one mistake in relationships tomorrow, how would you start again?

Yeah. One mistake that I see a lot of people making is they go up to the person speaking on top of the stage. That’s the absolutely wrong place to go and not to sound like a jerk or anything coming to me as probably the wrong place to go. What I found the most effective is finding people on your left.

And then you that aren’t to any, they’re just working through their own stuff and you see if he sticks around and those are the people you trust, right? Because you see where they came from and there’s actual a real value exchange, both ways. They help you, you help them. And you guys want to get up to half a million dollars together, and then there’s a million dollars together.

From a high level that’s like that you think, or the places you think that person would be, I’m not asking for you, I’m just talking, where would you go if you had that position again? I know, I don’t know if I would recommend the local rehab because there most people there are broke.

That’s why they’re going to a local. It seems like one or two people. And then. Yeah, you do there. You’re not in the same place. I am put that way either they’re broke or they’re well successful that they’re not really. Yeah. And you just have a bunch of sharks there too. That are just from the stuff, the house flippers, just trying to stuff people into their deal and give them 10% on.

Take on all the risks you already know. That’s just lane. You’re an equity investor, not a debt investor at this point. So that’s. That might just tire you out, going to those types of things. But maybe I would go like maybe not every month, go out every other month, just be consistent.

You start to the point there’s now you try and realize who are the sharks and not to waste your time with them. And then who are the newer people coming out? And those are the people you’re trying to find, but you gotta get them up for the sharks. Get. I also know you’ve got the, a friend finder thing I haven’t really explored.

Do you think there’s people like me in that network? I could find. Yeah, but I don’t, I might be shutting that thing down because I just don’t have with, and here’s another thing I don’t like to connect people on, let’s say want to be connected. I do the double opt-in.

Standard operating procedure, or if you want to talk to this person, I go to talk to them first. If they want to connect with you. That’s just not cool if I just connect the email, but this all takes time and I got 40, 50 people in the mastermind now. And quite honestly, I need to focus more on them than the feat, the free Facebook groups and all these other free things.

Sure. There so unfortunately, I would get value out of the mastermind or the people not like me, or are they more still looking at single family and not there? Yeah. I don’t like the setting thing, but I think, yeah, you should probably join that thing. 20 or 30% are still in your shoes picking up their first few rentals, but majority are vetting bigger deals as a past.

Okay, but I think your net worth will be a little bit below the median. The median net worth is like 800,000. Okay. So maybe, I don’t know. Maybe that’s a good group to be part of. I don’t know. I’d like to be in a place where, you know, clearly, the, again, maybe too large, but I clearly want to be a place where people are smarter, more experienced than I am.

Yes. I’d rather be not room struggling to, have the, had the pressure to be like, okay, get better, faster than in a room where I feel, not that pressure. They’re not, I wouldn’t say they’re more experience. They’re all newer, but they’re very humble. And that’s what I like.

So it’s a good group of people like high paid professionals. That’s like shooting fish in a barrel, and that’s obviously not free, but so let’s get back to the free stuff because the person listening to the podcast is a cheapo. So I don’t mind spending the money. I want to find the space.

And I realized that quality people, and I’m just for the plug for the cheapo out there, I would say, Hey, spend a couple thousand dollars or several thousand dollars to fight. Someone who actually knows the answer. Otherwise, I think you end up with what I did, which was a lot of free advice. I ended up putting me in the premier Truckee area because that’s where I got funneled, which is, I’m not blaming anyone in that way, but I’m more than happy at this stage of life to try to find a way to spend money, to find the actual answers, not just the marketed answers.

Does that make sense? Yeah, the bread crumbs as I call it. Are those people who paid full time to go work at work. People just like me, who got just enough money. And that’s what the marketing is. The marketing to me who wants to just, I’ve got money. I want to spend up. I don’t wanna spend a lot of time and I want an easy solution.

That was me. Now I have learned more and I need do better than that, but that was who they were. So the goal is to find other people that are along your journey, that. If you’re doing turnkeys, maybe like how I had a few people in Birmingham with that I could bounce ideas off of her, or if my property manager wasn’t performing, I’m asking, oh, are you still using that same guy?

So that we all kind of band together that, but just, that’s just one example. Another example is just holistic wealth building ideas, or maybe even want to partner up and do a deal together. For example that’s what you’re trying to create now. How do we do that? I don’t know.

We’re not giving people much advice. We’re not doing a good job. I guess that’s what I’m pushing you. Why I signed up for this and I can be nicer in a minute if you want me to say something else, what is beyond just getting out of bigger pockets. What’s beyond just reading a bunch of blogs, listening to podcasts.

There’s something between that and the $40,000 mastermind, like what is, what exists between those two? I’m willing to spend the money if I need to, but I need to find a better source of advice than what’s free on the internet, because that led me to a mediocre. And I’ve been listening to podcasts for over a decade now.

And I’ll tell you that the podcasts are the same old stuff. I don’t even listen to podcasts anymore. And so what I would say the next step that I went down. Is get around. You gotta pay to go to like higher end conferences. Okay. You have to pay over a thousand dollars to attend these things.

And part of that is just getting around people who are more serious than the $50 weekend seminar crowd. But then I think what you’ll find is some of those groups are, they’re just not in the right. They’re more go getters. They’re more, $5 net worth guys that want to do big deals. You don’t want to find guys like that.

What I found was like other doctors, lawyers, engineers that were 10 years older than I was. So I was like, oh, I better copy with these guys too. I didn’t find out until I started joining these groups for 20, 30 grand membership fee. But once you get into the group, It’s amazing how easier gets, but you’re just trying to find a few good people, build a relationship with them, stick around for a year or two, and then eventually, hopefully they find somebody other groups or you do it’s really is the long game.

I’ve got one 20,000 I’m considering, but again, it gets back to I’m making good money per month and I can spend it. And I’m looking to stop trying to be the hero in the, do it myself, DUI. Yeah. I don’t recommend ever paying over that amount. I’m thinking about joining this one mastermind, just to give you guys access to more providers and like lending opportunities.

That’s an invite only one. And it’s only 25 grand. For me, that’s like for what it’s is it’s nothing. But I don’t think you need to spend that much. My, my program’s like under five grand, that’s a sell it, but I think the cool thing is if you want to do it the traditional way, you got to go to conferences.

You might have to go to a few of them. So that’s a few thousand bucks and you have to go fly there. And then it’s really like shooting fish in like a huge pond. Like you gotta meet the right people. You got to kiss a lot of frogs. You got to go back. If you’re an introvert, you’re going to go back to your room, super tired.

And hopefully you picked enough business cards. You can come back and hopefully rekindle a long lasting relationship. But I, yeah, step one. I think Erin is go to your local REIA. Cool once a quarter or something like that, at least, who are the sharks and who are like the new people that you want to connect with.

And now you had that your lens, right? How do you navigate that? That’s a scenario. Okay. But any other things that kind of comes to your mind? Things you might want to try. Yeah. I, I do, although the world, again, looking at things like note investing and such, you still look are interesting.

I’m not sure if I should or shouldn’t. I feel exactly the same way now. I feel a little kind of shy. Like I want to find somebody to walk me through how this might work. Yeah. For a lot of the passive investors that listen to this podcast for higher net worth guys, if you’re not, I don’t know why he listened to us.

Really the only things you want to do as an operator are like non-performing notes maybe self storage apartments, once you get to the assisted living or mobile home parks, those are more hands-on right. It’s a spectrum. Most hands-on operators like non-performing notes. For example, you can do that in the comfort of your home, living in Hawaii or Los Angeles.

Or the other ones, you gotta be boots on the ground that said, if you want to do non-performing notes, you have to go to the bootcamp. You gotta pay to play the 20 grand or whatever it costs in my humble opinion. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, I feel like I would need a guide in that kind of world. It doesn’t seem like a bad place, the questions are pretty endless, but if you want it to do something like non-performing notes, The way you circumvent that 20 grand pay to play method and just stop beating around the bushes.

You go network with the right people. And maybe that one of those people you network with that you build a long-term relationship with. Maybe they’ll want to teach it to you. There’s some sure injuries, right? Yeah. So that’s the only other thing on the horizon I think, was looking at those kinds of ideas. But I like the idea, like you said, no, that’s not an equity play. I’d like an idea. If I can find a way that your equity plays while also doing cash flow, that seems like at this stage of my development, trying to get to half a million rather than a million, I have to.

Yeah. I talked to this other guy the other day, all he’s been doing is. That deals at 10 to 12%. And I’m like, where the heck did you get in your head? That this is the way that you’re going to build your wealth while you keep talking to these fixed flippers that try to swindle him and their deal.

Do the math 10, 12%. You’re never going to get anywhere. You got the equity, especially if you only get it nine months out of 12, like it just doesn’t. Most of your time, your money is off the table. A good amount of it. I think the problem is. People don’t realize people look at what rich people do.

If you are like a million and a half, $2 million net worth for above and this stage of the market cycle. Yeah. You might want to be a debt investor to hedge your investing. But that’s not what somebody, half a million dollars, should be doing. You don’t have any money. You got to go make some money and go into equity investments.

You need them all, and you need all the tax benefits that go along with it. So again, that’s where you have to get around people, right? You can’t just listen to free podcast advice where it comes in your head one direction. There’s no feedback loop. And this is what’s nice about this conversation, right?

You get that, ask these questions that you get. And that’s why I really stopped typing stuff into the Facebook group, because I don’t type very well. You have to speak in terms of absolute, but it’s not absolutely every person, every situation is.

Okay that, that has helped. Cause I was tempted by the honestly the 10 and 12% I’m thinking maybe that’s a safer, more consistent return. So that, yeah, but you gotta, I want to get from a quarter million to half a million to a million . It’s a long road, if you’re gonna go that way.

And when you’re over a million then you can consider it, sure. That makes sense. But each of our own, if all you go to his local RIAs, that’s all you get presented with so much a flipper is looking, Hey, I’ll give you 12%. Yeah. If that, the people that I use, they’re all very experienced and you can actually rent the property out and make some money.

If things go really bad. So they’re giving a lot less than 4%, you pay for what you get. It’s very you can talk to Sam, but you’re taking a lot more risks than you did three years ago for the same amount of, yeah. Yeah. So sometimes you’ll see it, the local REIA is Hey, I want to borrow money at 15%.

Is this guy ever done anything, the first time I’m not really sure. I’m probably overpaying. Yeah. Yeah. But it’s a good deal, man. Yeah. It’s hard to hear. Cause I, like many other places, are immune. The average house is like $350,000 right now. So it’s hard for Colorados to find that space even more reason why not to do it right?

Like California or Seattle. There are 600 houses there. They’re wanting people to come in at half a million dollars. That’s everything I tell you not to do as a syndication investor, right? Don’t put more than 5% of your net worth into any one.

Yeah, that goes back to my goal of, okay I can save you for the next six years. If I put, if I consistently say at this Mount, which I’ve done, I proved that I can do it. It’s not just on paper. I’ve done it for over a year now. And spread it among, first, 10 and 20 different syndications. I don’t know if there’s a better way of doing it currently that I see.

Yeah. I think there’s a little bit of work to explore it off. Get your own deal. Because you are more experienced now. So I would say keep that road open. And then as you expand your net worth network, things will open up. I think in the beginning, when you were just two years ago, networking with anybody wasn’t going to do very much, but malware where you’re at this stage, then the network was really mad.

And I think that’s a big mistake that a lot of new investors make, they go out there and then they network like crazy, but it’s yeah, you’re networking with a bunch of other people that haven’t done anything that’s useless. But now that you’re at this stage, then the network is really where, that’s really where you have to put your energy.

I think that’s good. That makes sense. But cool. Anything else you want to chat about. I think that’s about it. I just appreciate your time and gave me some feedback. It’s hard to find again, like you said something between, you’re willing to do it for free and I’m really grateful for it.

We tried to make it definitely a lot cheaper and that was the vision. So I didn’t think anybody should pay 15, 20 grand to get started. That’s ridiculous. But yeah, simplepassivecashflow.com/journey is the URL to apply for that. But I think it would be a pretty good fit. Thanks for doing this, Aaron. And stay tuned for the next episode, guys. We’ll talk to you guys later.

Coaching Call: High Income + 500k Net Worth

What’s up folks. Now, you guys are in for another treat here. It’s another one of those coaching calls, in which you guys get to spy on somebody and secretly critique them on your way to work. Or maybe you pull this up on your iPad as you’re driving and looking at their personal financial sheet. You can do that on YouTube.

We’ve also put this on YouTube, so you can see the spreadsheet and the numbers, how much they’re making this particular person. We’re talking about a net worth of half a million. They make a pretty good salary, $20,000 of income. And all the other specifics you can see on the YouTube channel.

If you guys like. And you guys don’t want to join our exclusive family office ohana mastermind group, which I don’t know why you wouldn’t. If you’re investing more than a quarter million, half a million dollars. I think it’s a no brainer. I think it’s freaking insurance for going out there and walking off the beaten path of getting out of traditional investments into alternative investments with.

Okay some of you guys invest with random strangers out there crazy that just have a good website. But if you guys like these types of coaching calls you guys can volunteer, send us an email at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We’ll get you guys set up with them. We can change your name.

We can even create a. But a face on you, apparently zoom can put faces on people and hide your identity pretty well. We also put all these coaching calls in the members portal, which you guys can get access to by signing up at simplepassivecasual.com/club. If you sign up there, you get access to the member’s portal and we have a page where we arrange home.

It must be like over a few dozen of these coaching calls, all nicely arranged by net worth. You can go by your net worth and find. Start listening to this stuff and see your financial life unfold, because as I’ve learned, people think they’re special snowflakes, but in terms of money, it’s the two big ones, what’s your net worth and where’s your monthly income coming in and what’s your net, everybody’s on the same path and journey to financial freedom and it’s nothing special getting there. To me, I’ve figured out the quickest and the safest way to get there. It’s a way of smartly using it that some people are a little spooked out about using. Check out my article at Forbes, I wrote about debt, I think simplepassivecashflow.com/forbes.

I have all my articles in there too. Enjoy the show folks. Check out all these other coaching calls at simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then you’ll get access to that. Reach out if you guys want to do one of these on your own.

Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are going to do a free coaching call for our buddy Nate here, who is also a pipeline club member. And probably in the next 30 minutes, we’re going to go through his personal financial sheet and get them on a good action plan. And maybe this might be a good model for you to follow.

Maybe it won’t, but hopefully it helps one person along the way. So thanks for jumping on Nate. No problem. Give us a little overview . So I’m a dev ops engineer, which is essentially a system engineer and I work on website Make, with my bonus and make 150,000, my wife has a good job as well. So two of us make pretty decent money for the bay area, and then we have, we had two houses in California. One was our primary residence. So we sold that last year and the other one was our old primary residence, which we are about to sell. I don’t know what else you need to know. Some people are watching this on the YouTube channel, which I would recommend, but for the podcast folks, we just tell them how generally, how old you are.

That’s it. So where you’re at in life. And, let’s see, I’ve been married. I have a three-year-old son. We live in Berkeley, California. Basically I’ve been doing what I do for computers for about 10 years. I worked in biotech after that, before that for about seven years. Pretty simple.

And actually people don’t know what parts of this are fake. They were trying to protect the identity of the real person, if your real name is Nate, but if we just made that up, this is a very typical sample of a bay area investor. So I think this will help out a lot of people.

Moving forward. So right now I have displayed on the screen, the personal financial sheet summary, a good overview, a lot of the other tabs feed into this one, a good overview of what’s happening. Where are you at right now? Because different strategies work for different folks. No part of the simple passive cash flow is, it’s very simple.

If you’re hiring high net worth high paid professionals start with some turnkeys and go on to syndications, but there’s all a lot of little different nuances along the way, a lot of different wealth hacks. And hopefully, you can, we can get a good conversation going, but let’s just figure out where you’re at right now.

So the upper left corner here is the. So you’ve got some, you’ve got some, a little bit of cash savings, hundred, a little over a hundred grand. And you got some real estate holding $600,000 properties that the primary residence or we rent. So that’s our current rental that we have. Okay. Good for you.

I definitely recommend people rent and primary markets. Yeah, we took that advice from you. Yeah. You guys want to read that article that I paid someone 500 bucks to write from its simplepassivecashflow.com/home. Cause I really need to get that message out. We like it. We actually have a, it’s a nicer house that we live in now and yeah.

I don’t know if I told you to do that, usually. And here’s the issue with buying a big primary residence. You’re taking that in the a hundred and maybe in $200,000, a down payment, you could have bought five to 10 rental properties, each cash flow and a couple hundred bucks at least. A lot of spouses don’t care about that.

They’re like they wanna own their home, but then when you show them our market would have been 3000. Let me up the ante and let me, let’s go around and place that’s four or $5,000. Because financially, that makes more sense when you look at the numbers. So that, that usually gets them. My wife’s completely on board.

She’s pretty savvy with this. Or at least more subtle than I have to, you will be successful in life. I, so here, liabilities, and it stacks up with that. The 600,000 rental with it’s always paired mostly. This a $312,000 mortgage, I’m assuming that’s connected. So you’re about 50% loan to value on that.

Then you have a HELOC on that thing. Are you tapping at equity or? I know, so that’s some low hanging fruit and we can talk about that. Sources of cash. Here’s like your cash flow what’s happening on a monthly basis. So you got about 20 grand coming in every month. Which a lot of people would save is very high, but for the area that’s pretty much average.

It’s crazy. Yeah. It’s crazy. And I’m just curious. How much you’re paying for rent? Rent is 4,000. Okay. Okay. Not the nine. How are you getting the 9,000 in there? That is also schooling for my son okay. Okay. So between those two, it’s about 65 or about 6,000. Okay. So this, the private school is what like 30 grand a year, 40 grand a year.

Let’s see. It’s about 2 18 52. We changed it. So it’s a little less than 2000 a month. So that’s 25,000. Yeah. Yeah. I know. That’s a lot of people in Hawaii. You have to do that because public schools are not the greatest. Here in Hawaii, but, yeah, but yeah, you add it right on there.

I was like, whoa, man, you really live in, imagine there, but it looks like that, but that makes total sense. And that’s a decision you guys make and it’s not a bad one. Yeah. So you’re running what I asked a lot of people a lot of time. I don’t want to care how much you make. It’s more, this, the cell. Q 53, that Delta between how much money you’re making and how much money you’re spending. And this is a very healthy number here. You say that you’re able to save about 50 grand a year from average people. You’re like the top  1%. But I would say that from most of my investors.

That’s probably what most people have to say, but I’d say like the 50% of people who got their stuff going the right way. They’re upwards to that. It’s very good, and I would say when you’re above the $50,000 level, depending how much net worth you already have. And if you’ve already been doing this a little bit, you’re likely to be financially free in three to five years. So that’s a great win right there. That’s what we’re shooting for.

But you got, you had some vacations here. Is that kind of taken out of that? And big expenses, I think that’s it. That’s what gets me personally. I don’t have a budget. We don’t go on vacation, so we, yeah. Yeah. We actually like our house. That’s one of this, why we spend money on houses because we like to be home, yeah. Yeah. Okay. Okay. What about other big ticket stuff that might sneak in and knock that five 50 grand down to 35? That’s pretty conservative. I think that’s like we’re not really doing much. I just came home. Cook, eat, enjoy, have friends over.

So it’s nothing really cars paid for. I walk everywhere kind of big ticket items. Are you thinking that maybe I’m missing something so well, sometimes, a lot of times for this is, I’m just speaking for myself. My own personal thing is I have a big net cash flow, like how you do, but sometimes, big expenses can come in.

Especially if I go pay for something like a mastermind or something like that. And at the end of the year, I’m like I should have had a lot more than this. Like the animals are cash flowing and everything, but I didn’t even end up with how much I thought I would. There’s holes in my pocket, but I just, I don’t budget.

I don’t like that stuff. Okay. I think we kind of budget, but it’s just I think the biggest savings we have right now is we went from a nanny to putting our son in school. Probably 15,000 right there. Cool. So let’s dig in here a little bit. You’ve got a hundred thousand dollars in cash, so that would probably be the low-hanging fruit there, but I know you probably want to keep some of that in liquid cash, maybe about 20 to 40 grand.

Yeah. Yeah. We’re thinking of 40, but yeah. Yeah, but there’s definitely 50 and here that should be going out to something right away. Wholly, see, here’s your, here’s a rental property. And here is also some low-hanging for, you’ve got about 50% LTV. Have you looked into doing a HELOC on this thing and tapping the equity and the, so we could certainly do a HELOC on this, but we were thinking of selling it. That’s actually a conversation.

You’re interested in that because I don’t know. I feel like selling it at this point is probably the best idea, but yeah, this is like a war zone property. The $600,000 property in Oakland. It’s in the foothills of Oakland. So it actually has a nice property. You could see the San Francisco golden gate bridge. That’s pretty nice. It’s just a, it’s in a transitional area. It’s not a dangerous area. And how much rental income is it bringing in every asset? That’s the point because we rent it out to somebody we know, so we just have them cover the mortgage originally. And that was a big mistake on my part.

And I don’t want to use it right now because I like the guy, but. We’ve talked to him about it a bit. And at first he was like I’ll just, I’ll pay more in rent because the rent prices are ridiculous and he’s getting a good deal. But then we thought about selling it and he’s interested in buying it.

So we’re having that conversation right now. So yeah, they always say that. Okay. Let’s see, I’ll go. But here’s what I. Right now it’s like April or May you probably want to be selling this on the market in the summertime. That’s when you’re going to get a peak price. California, it’s like Hawaii.

There’s not really a season, but you definitely don’t want to, summertime when everyone’s transit kids are transitioning. I would, especially when you want to be political about this and get your friend out in a cordial way. The conversations just started yesterday. We started this conversation a little already about a month ago.

So yeah, I would just, I know, just from a manners perspective, third party, I would say Hey man, go look for it. Just start looking for a place I’m going to check in two weeks, what you’ve been seeing and we need to make a transition plan. I need you out in 45 days or whatever.

Okay. Yeah. Cause it. You can tap this. And I know the Oakland, the California market is getting a little soft right last year. The mistake I think most people would make is you mentioned it. This is you’re probably buying on the line where you’re in a transitional area and people say it’s going to go up.

We can do the numbers later. And I don’t think we’re going to do it today. But if you were to take that $300,000. And go put it on something else. You’re going to five X that whatever. And even if they build something cool, right next door. Yeah. I’m not planning on appreciating this anymore.

I think it has gone up a lot since we got it. So we’re comfortable and happy with where it’s at. Yeah. So you guys always had this as a rental. I guess you don’t have to say. Like deducting the depreciation, all that stuff. So this is actually our original primary residence. And then we lived there, so I made a mistake when I sold it.

I didn’t realize this. I made a mistake when I sold them. I should’ve sold them in a different order and waited about a year. Cause I think we could have done Mr. Capital gains tax, but when did you move out? We moved out about 2016. He bought it in 2012. You lived there for four years? Yeah. I think the rule is, as long as you live in it for the last three to five years.

You can qualify, but talk to a CPA. I think the problem is that you can’t take capital gains tax two years in a row. And I took you on last year when we sold the other house. I don’t know if you can take another capital gains tax and you have to wait. I think you have to wait every other year, but it could be wrong.

Not following. Maybe I’ll know what I’m talking about, but we paid, we instead of paying capital gains on the last house we did or that we, I don’t know what the term is, but we didn’t have to pay capital gains last year when we start our primary residence, the old house, we just moved out. And then if we were selling this house now, Even if we, because we lived there, I don’t know if we could do that twice in a row, pick up the weight every other year.

Oh, I don’t think it matters. Okay. That’s good. That’s great to know, but I’m actually unsure about this cause I own the property and I rent it out for a couple of years. Okay. And I think I made a mistake there. I should have moved in for a year and they wouldn’t have to pay taxes on the gain or I don’t know if you would have appropriated it.

If that were the case. Okay. Yeah. I was trying to read about this too. Was one of the questions I was going to ask you about, but yeah, just talk to, just talk to a CPA who does this all the time. Okay. You don’t talk to a 1031 guy, they’re just necessarily on a tender one. That’s what they did to me. I’m not interested in that either, so yeah. Yeah. It might be. I’m not suggesting that I don’t call this tax evasion, but if you’re renting out to a family friend, in a way you’re living there. I don’t know. This might be a little borderline. Maybe we shouldn’t talk about this.

You know what I mean? Technically you’re living there, especially if you’re doing this as a charity and it’s a friend, maybe just you guys move in for a year. If they hit this three out of five, Your role? What did you buy this thing for? See the original purchase price. I probably should have. I probably should have started there. See, I took 10. Yeah. See, there’s a lot of capital gains there. You have $400,000 of capital gains. Have you guys been depreciating it every year on taxes? I don’t know for sure. To be honest with you, her mom does Texas, oh it sounds like if you had a new CPA, that’s the difference?

I think that if you’re depreciating it you’re definitely doing it the, on the up and up way. And I don’t think you can play these games where you have a family friend there and you’re technically still living there. But I would like to be on the up and up for sure. Yeah. Yeah.

And this is a, but this is a big gain, right? 400 grand, 50%. I don’t think 1031 is your answer. I don’t like those at all. Okay. But it’s not big enough to do like a delayed sale trust thing on it that you just might have to take it on the chin and just pay the taxes, but spend the hour talking to the right person about this strategy and Hey, can I move in one to hit this one year to get this three out of five year rule?

Could you’re really close to being. When did you say you moved out? 2016. Yeah. Yeah. There might be something there. So look into that. Maybe shoot me an email later. I can connect you with my guy and he can ask him straight up. So I’m saying you have 50 grand from your liquidity and then potentially another after commission. You’re going to have maybe another 200 there comfortably. So two 50 at very least you have to deploy.

And then this is the same one, right? Yeah. See, it’s just an auto fallback. So that’s your war chest. But. I think where you’re at Eden, do you have any experience with any kind of out-of-state rentals or anything like that? No. That’s one of the reasons why I was originally looking for one-on-one coaching and the mastermind group. Yes. So I think you’re looking at your net worth and yeah, I think actually, David looks at your net worth, but now that it makes sense.

You’re in this limbo land. I don’t know if, eventually your guys’ salary is high enough and your, private places are going to be yours, and you’re obviously very busy, but I would, I think your next pass would be to pick up a turnkey rental and just get some experience under your belt. Okay. That’s what I was thinking. Yeah. I was gonna talk to you about that. Yeah. Yeah. So let’s talk about that. We’ve got some bullets and now we need to figure out how we’re going to go fire these things and go acquire some properties. So what is, what have some things you’ve done so far, and then what’s your tentative action.

What about us so far has joined the mastermind group. I’ve been reading different things with your website? Yeah, there’s a, I’m at a point where I need some guidance. I don’t, I’m not exactly sure where to start, so that’s why I’m here. That’s why I’m talking to you right now. Okay. Okay. No, that makes total sense.

Because most times people they’ll come into the mastermind after. They’ll listen to the podcast for sure. But then they’ll, there’ll be con there’ll be doing some books and podcasts for about a few months to six months. And they’ve already got a formulated plan in their head.

They’re gonna learn about turnkey rentals. They are, they, and they already have that realization. I am sure you have already done this where you live in the bay area. You’re not going to find anything in the state. That’s going to cash flow. That’s not a D class. For sure. Yeah.

So the next logical step is all right, where do we buy? Are there any markets in your head that you’re eyeing? So I know the markets that people say to they’re interesting, or you should look at, but I don’t know how those decisions are made. That’s one of the ones, one of the main questions I was trying to figure out right off the bat was like, how are people finding markets?

And. What markets do. And why are they finding the why? Why is that a particular market? Like Kansas city, Indianapolis? I know I’ve read some of the stuff that people say, but I wouldn’t know. If you give me a map, like where do I begin looking at it? And then finding a good parking spot? Yeah the simplistic way I put it is you’re trying to find properties and secondary markets with robust economies.

So secondary markets or, places like Kansas city, Memphis, Indianapolis, Atlanta. You can categorize it by population size. Do you know? Not like the mega cities, but like at least a hundred thousand people good size. And then of course pair that with the robust economy. So Detroit’s the secondary market, but it’s not a very robust economy.

So that part I understand. How would you find how to prove yourself that this economy is robust? Like, for instance, Kansas city. Indianapolis. What are you looking at to prove to yourself? Oh, this is a real positive. I know why you would probably say to choose not. Oh you just look at one thing I look at is like fortune 500 companies in that area.

What kind of industries is it like? Las Vegas is not very economically diverse. City, it’s a lot different from tourism. There was a cool try. I had in the last investor quarter letter, video and site civil, passive cashflow.com/investor. Quarterly. I can display that real quick. Is that the one from last night or? Yeah. One from last night, but I don’t have, I don’t have a list for you, but.

But my thing is There’s already a list out there, it’s on a spoken list that people are like, oh, we just like to stay in these types of areas. Yeah. And the nice thing about that is that there’s already, if you follow the footsteps with other people have done. You don’t really have to recreate the wheel. There’s already property managers, brokers. And that was one of them. That’s one of the questions I had too, is if you’re investing out of state, how are you finding contractors? And this is through your network. Here’s that, that image. The green ones are supposedly more diversified job markets. The red ones are not, I don’t really agree with salt lake being a diversified market.

And I also don’t agree with Atlanta. Atlanta has got it all. It’s got like class C. Worker blue collar workers working in industries, manufacturing, like the Mercedes plants and stuff like that. And it’s got a lot of white collar workers to a very diversified market, that’s why you think Bloomberg made this thing.

I just took a lot of data points and we see the same things popping up again and again. But then you’re also looking for tertiary markets too, because even the secondary markets, everybody’s flocking to now. So Chris, on this one, for instance, they say Buffalo is a good bar, to provide market, but then isn’t that the one where the population went from 500,000 down to 250,000 for the last 15, 20 years or something like that, you might be right, but already am not even looking at it because it’s a primary market.

Brilliant. Okay. And in Baltimore is DC, right? Buffalo. Yeah, primary market. Okay. That’s not to say you can’t, it’s not going to be appreciated, but that’s just not the game I play or what I recommend. Yeah. I’ll just stick it out, looking at this map that stuck out to me when I saw it the first time. Yeah, so that’s my recommendation. And then, just taking this map, right? Kentucky, Memphis, Oklahoma city, New Orleans, Atlanta, Jacksonville. What you’re trying to do is you’re trying to narrow it down to a couple or at least one that you’re going to go in there and build relationships with brokers, property managers, you can’t do multiple, you can’t do three or more.

I don’t have time for that yet. So you’re being a typical engineer and this is what I do. You’re like, all right, I’m going to start with this big funnel. I’m going to start with 30 markets. And I’m going to pick the best, like that’s gonna surely take you a long time and you’re likely to arrive at the same answer where you’re like you know what, screw it.

Everybody talks about these five. I’m going to pick from those five and just whittle it down to one or two. Okay. I think that’s the better approach. Okay. But engineers, we like to get all this data and, in the, who we share drivers, all kinds of data from way back when you can, kinds of power rankings and whatnot. But I don’t know why I even put that in there. Just confuses you guys even more. Okay. But that the time and energy should be spent on connecting with brokers and property managers. Okay. How do you find, let’s say in Kansas city or something like that, how would you go ahead and find a broker and property insurance and to throw your network against yeah. People, referrals and this is why I always say the most important thing is to network with other passive investors. People like you and me. Because those are the people who are gonna, have the past pay for you. But here, the problem is you can’t just hand these guys, like there’s a, we have that free Facebook group.

As you pay for what you get for something, some of these guys, they just asked for what brokers you are working with? Man, I’m not going to help you out. You’re just like a taker, but it’s hard in the beginning because you don’t know very much. So you need to get educated. You need to put in some work. See there’s an even value exchange. So you can go to a little bit more of a student investor who potentially has a big vendor list. And become friends and how do you do that? There’s no tricks to it. You just become, build a relationship, a genuine relationship, go freaking figure.

Makes sense. Yeah, there’s a lot of tricks and hacks to get this from people or get it on your own, but I don’t think it’s sustainable because what you want to do is you want to try and build a mini micro tribe of a few. All investing. For me, it was like Birmingham. There were like a few people that were all messing around in Birmingham. We all knew who the property managers were. And then if something went wrong, someone wasn’t performing, we’d all move like a mini flock to a different one, or we didn’t know who to tell. So that’s the more sustainable model. And hopefully when these guys get tired of turnkey rentals and go to bigger stuff, you’ve had.

That’s a solid relationship to move forward with them. Okay. But any other tangible, more granular stuff I left out there. I know that’s a high level, right? That’s more esoteric. Yeah. I don’t know. I just like the process of just getting started, it’s to start looking at some of these properties that they have called them up, yeah, I guess that’s the process. That’s what I’m asking is, find someone there in the network and NASA like maybe, Hey, who do I contact in Kansas city per se or Indianapolis, and then discount. Started to talk. There’s people who are more than happy, I’m sure to sell it.

But what I understand is that these things go pretty quick. That’s what I’m seeing on the mastermind, like their properties come up and then they go for it. So you have to know what you’re looking for and, in a mastermind I’ll help you out for sure. I’ve got my vendor list. I keep it close to the chest. And people like, I like talking with people and doing those free intro calls just to get to know people. But I don’t know, like lately I’ve been a little worried of just alright, I, use these guys in Birmingham, use these guys and, wherever.

Because these are my relationships. I don’t want to be a jerk over who just is going to call up eight different Turkey providers and waste them. Guys time. Yeah. So that’s what I’m thinking, you’re the mastermind, I’ll help you out. I’m always working to build new relationships. I’m actually working on a new one in Pennsylvania, rural Pennsylvania. So where do you have your first one? Yeah. I think you had a property in Pennsylvania. Yeah. So that’s where that relation came from. We worked on some deals out there and then they’re pretty helpful. So I trust them and that’s what’s more.

Yeah. And if I can build like a long-term relationship where they know that a lot of you guys will come back, then that’s a good, solid relationship that, it’s more of a long-term thing, but I don’t, I want you guys to struggle a little bit, because this is how you learn how to do it, but. I also want you guys to hit success, right? So there’s a balance between how much I help you guys. If you want me to do everything, yeah, I can do, I guess I can do everything, but maybe that might change in the near future as my bandwidth fills up. But, the more you struggle, the more you learn and the more you learn, the more you progress 5, 10, 15, 20 years from now.

But I think what I try to do is so I’ll set you up with some good reputable people. So you don’t have to go through the whole list of turnkey providers. At least, you’re working with people who are decent, right? They’re honest people. Men, what I suggest is like you just get their inventory lists and then you just see where the water line is.

All right. Cause when I was buying, I was, $90,000 properties they’re renting for nine 50. I knew I had it all on a scatter chart and I knew 1.1 rent evaluation. That’s my number. I don’t know where that is today. And I know where it is. Cause he sees where, I have you guys do the spreadsheet. And this is where the water line is, what a good deal is. You’re not going to find an amazing deal. It’s tricky rentals, but you don’t want to get a sucker deal. So when a good deal comes up, you’ve got to act pretty quickly, which may be in a matter of a few hours or a few days, depending on what kind of relationships you build with them again.

And then you pull the trigger. But I think No more times than not a newer investor thinks that they need to close on the property. But for me, it’s more there’s a good chance. Maybe 30% chance. You probably there’s something that comes up and due diligence that you can’t work, negotiate your way through. So I’m probably a lot quicker to put a contract under. I’m more certain I’m more. All right, lock it up. Let’s put in going to contract and let’s get that inspector in there and let’s see what’s under the hood so I can act quickly. And that’s how you should be able to get. Okay, fair enough.

It’s dating, right? Like it’s been awhile. The strategy goes, you don’t get married after the, before asking them on a date, on a lot of dates, same thought here. I gotcha. Just cause you go on a date and ask doesn’t mean you’re going to get married for sure. Any other questions on just picking prop properties up in that kind of way? Yeah. So I think the other question I had was if you’re, the recommendation is always to get from you is to get a turnkey to start, but then like a high level, what do you, what’s the progression there? So you get a Twinkie, you get, get comfortable working out of state.

And then I don’t want to keep buying turnkeys as they’re applied at the. Yeah, like we’re talking about right there. Not that they’re not the best, right? Yeah. Yeah. And, but the beauty of this is once you get one turnkey and you get it going. Yeah. Sometimes they don’t work out. I would say like one out of three times you might buy a dud. It just gives you some problems, but overall you’re hitting that nice returns on average. Okay. Definitely way better than the stock market. That’s what. You’re talking. But then here’s the path. And a lot of the investors that I started working alongside when I started there’s this path of you do the whole burst strategy by rent rehab refinance, which I’m not a fan of at all for high net worth individuals to be buying like 50,000 pieces of junk because the exit strategy isn’t there.

Like you can have a portfolio of 40 properties of 600 or $60,000 each, but that’s cash flowing, but there’s a cap ex, that’s going to hit you on this stuff somewhere between year five and 15, and now you’re going to pay back all these returns. It’s just not a sustainable way of investing, but it’s a way of doing it. And I guess nothing is wrong with you. If you can prove me wrong with the numbers, but you’re going to go down this path of burning and creating value that way, because maybe you like doing that. And this is where you’re starting to do it and you start to figure out if you like it. And if you’re good at it, me personally, I don’t like it.

And because I don’t like it, I don’t spend the time doing it and I never got really good at it. Okay. So that’s why I went to be more passive in a bigger deal. And that’s the progression. But we don’t know until you do this prerequisite, this is the pre-calc to ease and calculus. So I’m not, so I’m not going to let you go by Hey lane, they want to sell me. And I have a quarter million dollars. That means I can buy 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. I can buy 12 rentals for probably 1200. Pretty solid ones tomorrow. I would probably be like, no, don’t do that.

At most maybe by four and let’s pause and think, and let’s come back and talk six months to a year from now where you w where do you want to go? What’s your thoughts and feelings and how things are progressing. Okay. So that’s, you know what that said? I don’t think you’re going to be able to invest that quarter million dollars in the next six months.

Maybe, probably even a year. Okay. So what’s a good recommendation for parking, nothing instead of just having sit and savings like AHP is a good one, simple, passive cashflow.com/hp. They don’t sponsor me anymore, unfortunately, but, yeah, I still think it’s a good place to store some cash.

For you, I wouldn’t stick more than a hundred grand in there. Okay. I think let’s just say, let’s just assume now I’m getting more high-level strategy where the money comes from. I would take the money out from your liquidity and invest as soon as possible. What is that?

The 80 grand. And in the back of your head, you can pull a HELOC Okay. You need from that rental property, right? Yeah. So I would totally be fine with you running your liquidity for me. Your cash reserves are pretty low, maybe even 10 grand. You see what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. It was still saving a decent month or month and the house sale, maybe you delay that a little bit to next year. I know that one’s a tough one. It’s not like I see a lot of guys with big 401ks and you don’t have that. Where is that? But she’s still at the employer, right? That’s she’s out of that one. Oh, okay. Where did that one go? If you go to the summary. A little bit right there it’s like 24. So she has left her employer, whatever you don’t roll it over into a new TSP or 403 B or 401k. Yeah, she’s just sitting there. I would take that out. If you had more than 150, $200,000, I’ll be very strategic on how you take that out. Like tickets slowly, you have to look at your whole taxes.

There’s brackets, right? They’re like full brackets. You’re probably in the second to highest one. Now. I don’t know how they exactly fall. Yeah. I don’t know. I think, yeah, probably close. Yeah. So if you take this thing out this year, you’re probably going to the highest one or maybe even the second highest one. We want to keep you just from going to the next one. So see what I’m saying. You got to be strategic on how much you take out of that thing this year. So say I don’t know what AGI is. Are they changed all the time? And I don’t know what it is for married couples. It’s AGI adjusted gross income.

So let’s just say the highest one starts at two 50 and right now you’re at 200. Okay. As your AGI, I would maybe take this 91,000. I would take 50 grand. So you just stayed below that. And then the next, the plan for next year is to take the other 40. So you’re always slip it under the radar that the red, so we’re over two 50.

So why don’t, I don’t know. You got to look at the tax. A CPA should be able to help you out with. Okay, but they’re not, CPAs are not strategy guys. That’s where you got me, but I don’t know the exact brackets, but you get the gist of what you’re talking about.

You’re smart. You can figure it out. So that would be a way to play that, to take it out slowly. ‘ cause you’re looking, you’re not going to, we’re already halfway through the year. You’re not going to be able to deploy something. You’re not going to be able to deploy it. You’re not going to, I don’t see you buying more than three houses in the next six months. So this is probably a 2020 plan. Okay. But then also remember you also have to have been thinking about this in the back of your head. Like I do think you should sell that house right away. Yeah. So that 300,000 or $200,000 of gains comes right on your income. So if you’re going to do that, it’s going to blow up your AGI. Yeah.

So I wouldn’t touch, I wouldn’t take out that 4 0 3 B money. You know what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. Unfortunately, with that house sale, you can’t be strategic. And how you take it out, you got to take all that. Yeah, that was a, I think I could’ve done that differently, but that’s how you pay to learn, yeah. Yeah. Am I clear here? You get the fundamentals right when I’m trying to, yeah. I guess the question on the 4 0 3 B is, do you get penalized when you pull it out? I don’t know how that works. Yeah. Number one, you finally get to assess the taxable income, right?

Because this is all post tax. You don’t pay taxes on the loan. But yeah, there is a 10% penalty, but I wouldn’t call it a penalty. We’ve had this conversation with my wife and I have had it before. So yeah, it is a very emotional conversation because people think it’s like a sin to take money out and they call it a penalty.

Now I’m not allowed to do that, but the numbers don’t lie. If you can make money, if you can make 20 to 30% in a Turkey rental, Who cares about the 10%. You’ll make that back in 12 months and the rest is all gravy. Yeah. Good point. So follow up, do the numbers yourself, the numbers tell you what to do.

But if you’re going to be selling the house, maybe I would hold off on it because you don’t need that money anyway. So right away, for sure. Yeah. Yeah. I would, you have a lot of liquidity and you don’t that you’re not going to be able to allocate. I don’t know. So for folks like yourself, I would look into doing infinite banking.

Yeah. Looking forward to that part of the we’ll get there. I think your net worth isn’t. It’s there, but the fact that you have a hundred grand or more ready to go, but you’re not going to be able to allocate it right away. I don’t see you allocating more. 50 grand this year.

I don’t, you’re not going to buy more than two houses. Okay. I think we can both agree to that. 2020. I don’t really see you allocating more than 150. Okay. See what I’m saying? So if we plan 2019 and 2020, that you’re going to go on with a quarter million dollars, you’re going to have some excess. What I’m recommending is taking a look at that excess and putting a fraction of that into life insurance where this stuff, where you have to put it in one out of six years. You have to commit, right? So I’m not a life insurance originator. You’re like, but I know the strategy. Yeah. Listen to that podcast you had. I think there was a podcast on that. Listen to you. Not too. I think he, maybe he didn’t do it, but yeah, this is a bit, if I just want to communicate like the strategy, they’re like, you’re not going to be using this liquidity right away.

You’re not even going to tap it in 2020. So you got to do something with it. AHP is an option, but the nice thing about the light, the infinite banking is super awesome in the once you have it set up three to six years in the future, but it really sucks cause there’s, it’s really fee heavy in the beginning. If you put in a hundred grand, you might have to pay 30 grand in fees. I see, but for like lower net worth guys who have to look under their couch for coins to pick up that first rental at $25,000 down payment, that obviously doesn’t make any sense for them, but you’re inefficient here.

And so you might buy players that take the inefficiencies and the extra five grand, actually 20 grand or whatever, into licensed. Pronounced to build it up. I see, don’t go bonkers with it. But, it is, I always say, start with a smaller one and you understand how it works. And yeah, because in theory is always different than in practical use and seeing the statements coming in oh, I get this now. And I can tell now I can take a loan for myself. Oh, this is why they call it infinite banking. I get it. Finally get it like a year later. Yeah. Okay. All right. But yeah, I think that’s from a high level, that’s kind of the one, two year strategy right there. Okay. So now I’m just gonna work on getting two, two houses this year.

That’s the immediate goal, but that’s your kind of your, one to your. Okay, fair enough. But yeah. Any other questions you had off the top of your head or? The questions I have pointed on. Interesting. On the podcast, those are one-on-one coaching stuff. Yeah. It’s more, I think, after this more granular, but you have, there’s a path there’s definitely a path for, I think after the two years, I see you getting maybe like three, four houses and then also maybe the middle of 2020.

Maybe play around with a deal, to a syndication and just seeing how that is. And then now you can like, be like, whoa, I like this a lot better. I’m pretty sure you’re gonna think this indication is better. It’s just better than direct operating. I don’t know the returns a little less, but it’s just not worth the time for an exchange.

Okay. So you’ll just go into more and more deals. I would say probably like three, four years from now. Because you’re especially saving 50 grand a year. I’m sure that’s going to go up. You’re like, you’re going to get into this rhythm of going into a deal every, maybe two or three deals a year and obviously that’s going to take a while, to build up like a war chest of a dozen two dozen deals, a $50,000 position in each deal. That’s, it’s a sustainable model and not all the deals are going to go well, not all of them. But I think on the average, you’re, what’s your goal here?

And I guess we didn’t talk about, you mean, why what’s my goal as far as passive income, or as far as why I’m here trying to learn this stuff, passive income, I guess it would be something around 10 K so that my living expenses are covered basically. So I could live the life I have right now and not have to worry about it going to work.

I can go to work. I probably will, but I don’t want to. Yeah, so if I press the Fed, like the infinity time still on, and I could just fast forward right now with the liquidity you have in hand and the equity you haven’t had, you could probably be, if I just take your assets and times 10%, you could probably be 500.

You could probably be halfway there today. So there’s a little bit of work to do. I took $500,000 of deployable equity. It’s what I figure times 0.1. So you’re halfway there. So it’s just a matter of deploying into another half, an half, a million dollars. And that’s just going to take you, if you keep saving $50,000 a year, that’s going to take another 10 year, but it’s not going to take you that.

Yeah. It’s going to take you like less than half. So I will probably see it in five years. Okay. That’d be great. I’d be completely happy with that. In the next couple of years you, it’s not going to be like, you just quit cold Turkey. It would probably be like a transition of maybe you start working last or spouse stop or the last or whatever. She likes her job. Good for her. We’re all happy for her. Okay we can get you out of your job. Any kind of last parting thoughts or questions? No, I just really just want to say thank you, man. I’ve been listening to podcasts for probably about two years and I’ve been busy cause I have a three-year-old now he’s in school, so I have more time. So I appreciate being able to join the mastermind and doing this call.

Yeah, just ex yeah. Yeah. I would give you props there. Like most people in the, Matt, a mastermind, but the investor club in general, they’re either younger than 30 or older than 40. It’s those, like when you guys have those young kids, I don’t have kids. So I don’t know. I’m just speculating to see how you get these data points. But when you guys have kids there’s you guys just disappear off the face of the earth. You guys don’t do anything other than focus on that, which makes sense. But it is. I think that if you were to take that perspective, you’re doing it the hardest time nobody does what you’re doing now.

That’s where I’ll take that. But the whole thing is if you do the right things, it’s very simple. It’s like swimming. I don’t swim very well. So I look like I’m drowning. I can get from point a to pretty quickly, but I’m going to get tired. But if you look at the most effective swimmers, it doesn’t even look like they’re working. They’re so efficient. So it’s the idea to get you to like that, like a graceful dolphin, but investing it’s nice. Yeah. All right, man. Yeah, if you guys like this shoot me an email. Let me know if we haven’t had a chat book, a call and join HUI pipeline club and check out the mastermind club at simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. I will talk to you guys next t

 

Coaching Call – 4M Engineer getting started

https://youtu.be/8x2x5iJrjD4

What’s up investors? We’ve got a really cool coaching call with a little bit higher net worth investor today, 4 million. And I think it’d be good that a lot of you guys who are on the road to financial independence check out all the coaching calls and what I would recommend. And we have archived all this in our members site, which you guys can get free access to.

 

By joining the club at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. What I do is I arrange all of these coaching calls and I think there’s several dozen of them now in the archives, but we arrange them in terms of networks. If you’re a dude who’s still starting out half a million dollars in network, you start there and you work your way down.

 

If you’re already at 2 million, you start there and you work your way down and eventually you’ll find this call. 4 million net worth engineer, John. And then, it’s all part of the journey, right? One thing I will mention, I’ve talked to a lot of higher net worth investors, even those pass end games, which I define as four to $5 million net worth.

 

The reason why I call that end game is because any Bozel can invest four or $5 million and make a five, 10% of attorneys should be able to live off the bat and pass it off to your bone head kids. If you don’t teach them the right way to actually make money work for you. For money, trading time for money.

 

That’s what we don’t want. Yeah, if you guys join the club, you guys can get access to that. This simple pass a cashflow.com/club. And I’ll be out in Santo here a little bit. We’ll feed guys meet up in person, but check out all our events@simplepassivecashflow.com slash events. If you guys aren’t part of our family office group, basically these events are a chance for us to meet.

 

My self to meet you and you to beat me and get a good sense of who you are to see if you’re a good fit for the family office Ohana group, which is our inner circle. If you guys want more details on that exclusive blue go to simple passive cashflow.com/journey. But if you’re somebody out there who thinks that simple passive Castile community is the only group out there with high net worth accredited investors investing in this sort of way.

 

You’re right. There is that we are the only group. There are a lot of copy catters, but they aren’t that great in my opinion, because trust me, I’ve been there and this is why I created this group for this high caliber type of people. No. You cannot just mooch off of these pop-up events we have, right.

 

This is like your one opportunity to come and check out our community. If you really want that community, number one, go find it on your own or number two, join our family office group. Sorry, but we have always had these new investors coming in. If you take a look at the people who came through our last voyage trip, half of the people are family office Ohana clients.

 

And the other half is this revolving door, right? People will come in, they want to check out the group. They want to see if it’s all real. They want to see if I’m a real person. I get it. I would be thinking the same thing. But what happens is what most people will do is they’ll come in. They’ll like it, they’ll start investing, but they’ll need to put their head down, back in their work and make more money.

 

Eventually I would say four to five years later for most people. And if you’re $1.5 million net. You save 50 to a hundred thousand dollars to put two investments. You’re going to be financially free, probably in three to five years easily. If you implement,  going into good deals, the tax strategies, infinite banking, super simple.

 

That’s why it’s simple, passive cash flow. And at that point, after letting that time go by, let it bake in the oven for three to five years, social connections with this kind of family office ohana group is going to be what you’re looking for. And you will probably join the family office group at that time.

 

But, I think this is where, what new investors do is they try it out, they jump into some deals and then they just have to go back and work and just let this stuff simmer over time, because this is not a get rich, quick stuff that we’re doing. It’s a way to get rich slowly.

 

That takes several years to get the momentum going. I started investing in 2009. And what a lot of people don’t realize, from 2000 to 2000 or 2009 to 2015, going from zero to 11 rentals. That was just such a slow grind for me at the time. Now, things are moving a lot quicker, network. Just money too. But what people don’t realize is when you’re in that era between, non-accredited investor status to two, to $4 million net worth, it’s a slow grind. But there are ways to accelerate, which is, building a peer network, which is why we have the family office group. But anyway, enjoy the show. Hopefully we can meet in person and here we go.

 

Hey folks, we’ve got another coaching call here with John Jacob Jingleheimer Smith. His name is mine too. And John’s got about a few million dollars net worth might be four, might be five. Once you get past 2 million, you’re just trying to get to that next shelf for just four and a half, 5 million.

 

And then I feel like the next sentence is wrong 10, just cause people are like double digits, but, we’re going to go through his personal financial sheet and see what problems he’s got and cause it’s probably something that you guys have. If you guys like these, please join the investor group at simplepassivecashflow.com/club.

 

And if you guys also like these go to join our family office group, where we do this with every single member and every, all the numbers each. But it’s more of an intimate group. We only have 80 people in there now. It is a closed group. Vegas rules what’s said in the family office group stays in the family office group.

 

But John wants you to give us some context. Tell us about yourself a little bit. Sure. I live in California and am married with three kids. I’ve been one of those guys that wanted to be a millionaire at the time I was 30, wanting to hit it in stocks, not in real estate and then lost it all.

 

So I had to rebound and it took about 25 to 30 years to completely rebound. Within that time frame probably bought and sold about 13, 12 to 13 homes. I’ve kept three of them. Two of them, three of them have rentals. I don’t have any rentals anymore. I’ve gotten rid of them all. We basically liquidated so we could buy a house in California because it’s really expensive.

 

But I think it was a good move because our house has doubled in the last three years. So from that perspective, I feel like it was a pretty good investment. Yeah, same thing. I say every time I put like a $5 chip on the hardware that it disappears every time, but when I finally get it, I tell myself that was a good move.

 

You just never know. So again, it’s a gamble, just like anything else, but it paid off in this case for now. Who knows what can happen in 5, 10, 15 years? You just never know what’s gonna end up happening. I’m a W2 worker but I’m a serial entrepreneur, always looking to find out the best methods, but ultimately right now where I’m at the reason I’ve connected with Lane was the passive cash flow.

 

We have some money in our banks and I’d like to just get it to work for me a little bit better. I found a couple of investment opportunities. Some are risky but they’re paying off and they’ve been paying off in the last year and a half, two years. So that’s been good, but.

 

And it’s been a pretty good pretty good return on that per month type thing. But I’ve been really cautious and only put $10,000 into that risk. That being said, I hate paying taxes. I hate paying taxes. I, and I hate paying the government and I hate paying them off you here in town for things that they do.

 

I’ll pay for things when they’re fair and so forth. But I feel like there’s a lot of things here that are just ridiculous. And anyway, let’s talk about how we can do this legally. So paint the picture for folks, net worth 3.9 million. If you guys want to check this out on the YouTube channel, you guys can check it on the YouTube channel and follow along as we go through the.

 

Cash on hand. Let’s go through the bottom left quadrant, salary and wages about 18,000 commissions and bonuses. What do you, is this mostly you or is it your spouse? How is this? I was just me. I haven’t included my spouse stuff. She’s a teacher as well. She doesn’t really contribute to this portion of it, although she does contribute heavily because she takes care of the kids and so forth.

 

But long story short was now this money is just mine. I’ve been fortunate enough. I’m a director of engineering and, for a pretty, a great company. And they pay me well, the commissions, that’s a bonus. It’s just a bonus. I get a 15, 20% bonus every year. It’s been pretty consistent, but it’s not guaranteed.

 

All right. So you make about 20, 25,000 a month. Let’s take a peek at the expensive side. Nope. You guys spend, what about 15 grand a month? You have a family of three, right? Expensive living in California because you hang around with the Joneses to the left and the Joneses suckers, like to spend some money.

 

Huh? We don’t, we’re pretty, pretty conservative. So we, this is for sports for our kids and, club ball and that kind of stuff. So no private school. Okay. And then the day, it doesn’t matter how much you make, but it’s what should net. But still you guys are able to net about 13,000 a month, which is a hundred.

 

50 a year. So awesome. Like I think a lot of people in our group think that, the younger ones, they’re able to save 30 to $50,000 a year, the more senior folks like yourself with already assets producing income, you guys are out there, above a hundred, 150,000 a year.

 

So you can go into a couple of deals every single year. Yeah. That was my plan was to look at trying to do two homes a year is what I wanted to do. But then, I ran into you and we talked. I’ve been watching you for three years, obviously, you know that, but it’s been one of those things it’s like just pulling the trigger.

 

And one of the things that I’m trying to understand is a self-directed IRA. Do I need to create trust? How’s that? How’s the best way to invest with you? Yeah. Let’s go back there. Let me just so I want to break down the. This is 3.9 million just how it’s made up. So you’ve got a bunching, you’ve got about 10% of that in cash.

 

You’ve got about another 10 to 15% of that in various stock accounts and the 5 29. And then you got another big chunk of that in, but 800 grand in various retirement IRAs eight, just adding this up off the top of my head. That’s about half of your net worth. Whereas the other half are looking for it, the houses you got about a couple of million of equity in there.

 

Okay. So yeah, that sounds about right. Cool. Where have you started investing in deals or rentals or any non alternate? I’ve had this all year, Lane. My goal was to get into some wholesaling. We put a couple of bits on a couple of wholesales. They fell through. We never did get those.

 

I’m trying to do it with a partner. We started doing that. I knew that it was just, I just don’t want to deal with the ugly. He’s less than I am, but he’s a real estate guy. Yeah. It sounds like a classic case of, he just got lucky working with some rich guy like yourself and Greece. This is what I don’t like about doing those types of deals. You’re working with some broke guy. It’s just a matter of he’s got, he lives here in California.

 

He’s a saint, he’s with just his wife. They’ve done pretty good. He’s got two condos that he’s rented out and we just recently got this other one, We invest together. My plan was to handle the finance portion of it. And then he got the real estate license, which he just went and got his real estate license.

 

So that was the other thing that we’re trying to accomplish. But it’s John, you make this much at your day job. What are you doing dicking around with Polson? Exactly what I thought that hit the nail on the head. I do this for six months and I’m like, what am I doing? This is a waste of my time.

 

Yeah. And this is the epiphany. I think a lot of people are right? Like at the end of the day, as much as we say, we’re not trying to, we’re all chatting time for buddy. You make a good amount of money trading time at whatever this engineering direction. You do things that you’re not gonna, you’re gonna make more money doing that than taking on the risk of what are your wholesaling things.

 

Okay. But I think we’re in alignment right there. Okay. But no rental properties thus far. Okay. But no that’s but that’s good. That’s good. You said you had a bunch of these prior, right? So let me get my wealth. I think that was one of the things. Yeah. I think that’s a lot of times, that’s what I like to see.

 

I like to see people who own property too, because it checks the box. Because when you, before you start to invest in this stuff as a passive, it’s nice to know what the heck is in the black box, yeah. You mean like where you mean you don’t, can’t please people up during the holidays.

 

What the heck? It’s the slow season. No, man. People don’t really move around during the holidays, I mean at the end of the day, you wanna, you want to bring, you want to be able to be smart about your taxes and you want to invest in the right stuff. And that’s why I really like your approach, my lane, as far as passive investment, I’m probably one of those guys that wants to be that guy.

 

I just want to sit there and get 12 to 15% per year. Yeah. But you’re also an engineer and not only are you an engineer, you’re a director. So your worst analysis paralysis, what is it that’s holding you up? Cause you’ve been even stocking this thing for three years now. It’s still in business.

 

What, again, what is it? Or it might be a multitude and then let’s walk through. Yeah. So a couple of things, obviously I told you earlier, I want to be a millionaire. By the time I was 30, I was very close. I lost everything due to, stupid not having an exit plan, so to speak, not knowing anything, being stupid about, things and it took forever to come back.

 

And so then the other part of it is just trust, right? It’s really difficult to trust people, especially now that you’re at that point. And so that’s what you call it stocking, but that’s why I’ve been stocking. Here’s what I, here’s what I would do, right? Trust no one doesn’t trust me, John don’t trust me, but look what the name of the game is, or what I tried to do when I first started to do this is like you build relationships with other passive investors, other accredited people that don’t have a dog in the fight.

 

And you got to, of course you got to make sure that they’re legit a little bit. When they don’t have any kind of skin in the game, they’re not getting any referral fee for sending you over. You start to build deeper relationships with people, right? Some people, what they’ll do is they’ll come on the retreat and they’ll start just banging out questions.

 

What do you work with? What should we stay with? Has this been returning? And I think that’s the wrong way of doing it, that people see through that. And they know that you’re just out for themselves, relax, spend a day or two in Hawaii, get to know people, get to know them, build a relationship with, and then let that test stuff organically come out because people hold that stuff to the chest a lot of times, because it took them a lot of time, money and risk on their own part to get that precious information.

 

They’re not going to just give it up to some random person. But to me, that was one of the, what I did when I started to interact with people, started to build a long-term relationship. Another hack that I did is I also built relationships with the lawyers doing the paperwork, too. Some of them were working with somebody that was a little shady.

 

They probably informally took me off to do that, but that was how I went about doing it. How are you interacting or finding people of that caliber in the past? It’s really tough. It’s really tough. I’m in the process right now, trying to find a tax strategist. I’m trying to find what’s the best method I’ve known about this bank on yourself, the type of thing that you guys talked about, but I really want to talk to your guy and build that bank on your own plan where you can get money quickly to start investing into this.

 

I really want to do that. I want to also talk about re-divesting the five to nine. And getting the kids involved with, potentially, modeling or whatever, so I can give them an IRA and that kind of stuff. So I want to start planning at that level. John, don’t worry about that yet.

 

You’re going too far ahead of yourself. Those two things you mentioned are absolutely the most unimportant things for you right now, right? The order that we do this stuff is first go into deals that you don’t get your money stolen with the right people. That is the priority. Number one, because priority two is from those deals.

 

So you might make some money, hopefully you do, but you’re going to get the passive losses to play different games in your taxes. That’s where you could potentially say hundreds of thousands of dollars several years. If you’re doing a little infinite banking policy, you get your $70,000, 5 29 be directed. That’s nothing, man. Don’t waste your time on that type of stuff.

 

And I think that I can already tell this is why you’re so successful at your job, right? You’re a technical guy. You focus on things and you just grab a whole other thing. That’s right. I do. And I solve problems. I solve really difficult problems and I’m like a bulldog, once I get in there and I tear it apart, like you said, I’ve got that engineering mindset.

 

So I sit there and tear everything apart, down to its base. And then I tried to build it up, but I don’t have this background, and this is something that of the approach.  I’ve been on my own since I was 12 years old, I was a kid who lived in low-income housing. So it’s not like I had a silver spoon in my mouth.

 

And I’ve done everything by myself, but that’s the hard part right? In this financial maze. There’s a lot of noise out there such as the  self-directed IRA thing that we’ll talk about here in a little bit, but just before we go there, infinite banking, it is a classic. Sometimes in the family office group, we’ll talk about this thing for hours.

 

We’ve had literally four to five hours of calls over the quarter on this one topic. And we joke because it’s like, guys, just stop optimizing this stuff. It’s a creaking commodity at the end of the day. It works. And if you optimize it, it doesn’t move the needle for you that much.

 

So that said, for people listening, go to simple, passive cashflow.com/banking. Put your little email in there and then get the free infinite banking. E-course it’s two or three hours, I think, going through that. But Jeff didn’t go. Don’t do it yet. I know you, you’re focusing on the wrong problem right later on, when you’re in a few deals for several months, then you have the time then go back.

 

But just trust me on this. It’s not going to move the needle that much for you. I believe, you’ve done a really good job laying, I’ve been following your career kind of thing, so to speak. If you’ve earned my trust. Okay. So if I were to trust and we’re going to put in a hundred or a few hundred thousand dollars into some test investments, where are you going to get it from?

 

W what I’d like to do is I have, I just basically divested, I have an IRA that has a hundred thousand dollars in cash. I just wanted to use that directly. And move that into, that’s why we talked about self-directed IRA, because I want to move that over and use that as a hundred thousand dollars.

 

I would use this liquidity first, you have 400 grand on liquidity. You do it with that first, but that said, let’s just make believe you don’t have any liquidity. Just making the problem hard, right? Yeah. Because as somebody who sits in my checking account and I’m earning 0.1, nothing.

 

Yeah. So this is what you invest first. Okay. So let’s fast forward six months and you’ve blown through this stuff. Whereas they’re going to come from next. I think it should actually come from the non IRA stuff first.

 

And you’ve got another 400 grand really? You don’t need to make these properties art or that’s all in stock though. That money is in stock right now. I’ve been chilling in stocks lately, but again, if I sell that I’m going to be hit with a huge tax. So that’s what I’m a little concerned about.

 

Either way you are right. Whether you physically data from the IRAs to get out well, not if I do it with a trust through SD IRA at that level, then there’s, or let’s talk about this. So people, I’ve done many coaching calls like taking money out of your retirement accounts, which is what I recommend for most people, because you want to pay our taxes on this stuff today, as soon as possible and not wait until the future, when your tax bracket will go up.

 

And the general tax bracket for everybody will be going up in the future. Therefore, And you want to get your money out so that you’re complaining that you paid too much taxes or the only way you’re going to be able to do that is to, I’m not paying now though. That’s the problem, right?

 

Lane. I’m not paying any taxes because it’s just sitting there in these accounts, but you will, when you take it out. And so let’s like, it’s a two-part test. So first I look at your income. You’re already, what is your AGI about just gross income right here? My, is that what, when we take home is, maybe minus maybe 20, 30 grand usually is what it is.

 

What’s your take? No, not to take on your total income. What’s your salary and bonus? Two 15 plus 30, call it two forty five, two fifty. And then you add your spouse. She has another 50, so over 300. Okay. Okay. So unless you’re above three 30, which is the highest tax bracket. So we’ll look at the tax brackets, right? You’re slightly under that big jump from 24 to 32.

 

What I would do is I’d be freaking out a little bit every single year to take you right up to that. Or maybe overflow a little bit. No big deal. Hold on one second. There’s kids going in there. Give me one second pass. If you follow why, I mean that your AGI numbers will change here or there, but I just want to make you understand what you’re trying to do. Yeah. Okay. I’m trying to understand what you mean by AGI. So that’s an adjusted, let’s say if 1 27. It’s not 1 27. No it, yeah, they go look at your taxes and just search AGI.

 

It’s probably really dang close to 300. I don’t believe that’s the case, but we’ll look, I’ll look okay. Yeah. But for this example, let’s just assume it is. So you’re going to leak out a small amount, but like you have so much, it’ll take you, if you were to leak out 30, 40 grand per year, it’s going to take you 10 years to leak all this stuff out or not. It’s going to take you 20 years to leak all this stuff. And you explain to me what you mean by that I’m not falling in there.

 

Take it out of your retirement account. Pay the taxes, pay the penalty. Oh really? Okay. Yeah. Most people will look at, be like, oh, he said, you gotta take the penalty. Who cares? You’re a faint 10%. If you’re going to make that back in a year or two, and then it’s all gravy after that. Interesting.

 

You pay taxes on it. You’re going to have to do it one way or another either now or later. Yeah. But if you take it out, I thought, you know what the distribution is, obviously the 401k always talks about it as if you take out your minimum distributions and you’re lowering the tax rate. So I’m going to ask what they say, but I don’t know how, because you’re broken mult.

 

They’re talking about how most people broke in a few. That’s what I thought. I haven’t talked to anybody. That’s rich. That’s retired about this. Never talked to anybody about this, to be honest with you, this is the paradigm shift. But this is not that complicated. A guy certainly likes a guy like you can’t understand, right?

 

And this is where, if this is your job, you’re not looking for tax strategists. You’re looking at them in the mirror, visit your job at Fred. I know, but it’s so difficult. There’s so many things that are tax IRS codes. No, it isn’t real there. Don’t look at the tax brackets and try and estimate where your AGI is going to be at.

 

That’s how much taxes you’re going to pay and should teach glee. Do you want to bump it up or do you want to bump it down in a year? It’s not hard. What’s hard is what you do at your day job, John, that’s the hard part. This is. I just wish I could see it that way. It’s really difficult for me to understand that.

 

But for some reason, I’m just not sure that paradigm shift has not happened here. It’s just, you need practice, right? You make, let’s just say your adjusted gross income was 200 a year. So right then the prudent thing might be to take out a hundred, 150,000 every year, following the income to really get up to that, those higher tax brackets.

 

What do you mean by taking out your retirement money? Okay. Because once you go over such an ATI model, this changes every year, right? It says slightly go up every year, but I’m teaching you the principles. Yeah. Once you get up to that higher about now, you’re blowing red, right? It’s you’re paying more taxes for the dollar that you take out.

 

The key is to leak it out slowly. So you don’t go into the red, you don’t redline your engine. Some people, it’s your money. You can take it all in one year. If you want, you can say F it let’s take out all your hundred. Your AGI will balloon up to a million dollars and you’ll pay a whole bunch of it at the 50% tax rate. That just does not make sense. Yeah. That doesn’t. And I wouldn’t do it unless you were super confident.

 

You had another tax mitigation strategy and you want it to really be aggressive. But what I’m saying here is let’s be prudent. Let’s take it up to that, that, that part, where things get really rough in terms of your tax breaks. Under 330 is what you’re saying. Got it. So you take out enough to cover up.

 

So where, when I bring out enough, so let’s say 200, I bring out 130 or 125 columns. I’d pull out 125. I take that tax kid at 24% on as opposed to the other duties, taking it out at 32 plus right now, this is different for everybody. And I’m still shooting it from the tip. You’re not giving you any tax advice here, but this isn’t rocket science.

 

And we don’t know what’s going to happen in the future in terms of tax brackets, but our hunch it’s going to go up and things are in there. That’s going up, it’s going up. Trillions of dollars, it’s definitely going up, but this is just, you, we make a prudent plan. We follow it.

 

But even at this place you’re so close to that highest tax bracket already. It’s going to take you fucking forever to jail, break this stuff. So maybe you might want to be more aggressive and you might want to pop into that higher tax bracket a little bit every year,

 

but now you have the ability to ponder this right on the right thing. You know how these things work. I was almost like you would think that there’s, I’m a spreadsheet kind of guy, right? Understanding this, like I, I’m a process guy. It’s gotta be a process that we go through.

 

That’s why I liked Sankey.  I use a lucid chart every day at work to show what we’re trying to accomplish. And I think that the sand chart is very similar to what that is or a sand key, I just haven’t grasped that, but I guess I wanted to see that process of what do you do?

 

And then you can run different scenarios. It’s like the Monte Carlos, not the scenario. You do that for you, it’s very similar to that. So one of the things you’ve, and I think I’ve told you this is, Six Sigma in data is something that is very near and dear to my heart.

 

And so I would say I’m a master black belt in six Sigma methodologies, and it’s got us make sense. It’s got to have the data behind it. And so the strategies that you’re talking about actually make sense. It’s got to put it, I gotta put that down on paper to see it or play it. Let’s just walk through it.

 

Let’s play it on our head, make a few different options. And then luckily this isn’t going to, you need to make a decision now, or in the next couple of years, this is all in front of you. And you can have your subconscious mind work on this a little bit. But yeah, you’re trying to eat, trying to get this 800,000 ounce so you can invest in cash so you can get the passive losses from it.

 

Because when you invest through this type of stuff, you aren’t getting the passive loss. I see you got some crypto up here and not much. Nevermind. It’s pretty negligible just screwing around with it. So forget it. But that’s what you use the IRA money for non real estate tax event stuff like crypto, or I don’t use the IRA for non tax events and stuff.

 

No. Crypto is going to be taxed and, or like private money. That type of stuff. Non text then type of stuff. Yeah. Yeah. Obviously we’re trying to get away from that type of stuff. We’re trying to go to the passive investor, passive income plan for the active board. But, the other thing is the only other reason why there’s two reasons why I would probably prescribe a.

 

Qualified retirement plan or a self-directed IRA is if they’re already in the highest tax bracket, which I would consider you in there. You’re not like in there, like you’re making 400, $800,000 a year, but you’re in there. The second reason is if somebody already has a significant amount in their IRA, what I call a significant amount is a quarter million to half a million dollars in their IRA.

 

But you do have it here. It’s not like you’re not as bad as some of these other guys doco. Some of these other guys, their networks are like 1.5 million way less than yours. And they have a million dollars in their IRA plus, and they make a boatload of money to that’s cause that’s what though that’s what everybody tells you to do.

 

The world tells you to do, and we become puppets of the world, right? This is what you’re taught in school. Some better, some better puppets than others, right? Yeah. For you, like what I would suggest, I wouldn’t decide anything here now. Maybe try and leak out fifth, just take your stuff up to 330 or that next higher tax bracket every year.

 

But what’s that doing? That is a non-decision is still punting it for, because you have so much in there. But you have so much time to think and ponder if you’re going to con you know, increase that or stop that because, or just don’t even take money out of here just to stay frozen for now, because you have so much other investible funds, you have 400 grand here and your 400 grand a year, get that stuff deployed.

 

First, you have proof of concept with us, we are investing. What you’re investing in first to restore before you start messing around with this IRA stuff. I know you mentioned you want to get it going first, but I would say full doll,

 

because one thing is one thing I’m thinking of you have so much money here, you deployed this need to put a million dollars. This could possibly, you could retire on this if you wanted to. I still go part-time. My ultimate goal is, one of the things that we talked about was when you want to retire, my plan was to retire when I was 57, that’s four years from three years from now, almost.

 

That’s probably not in the realm of retiring with kids. No, it is. It certainly is, is it just right now? All these soldiers are not doing Jack for you right now. That is actually the stocks and bonds,  so let me just tell you that I put 120 into the stocks. I took it away from my financial advisor.

 

I took it away from my financial advisor because he was charging me $85 to do a trade and it pissed me off. So I bought some Teslas with them. I told them, buy it 300. Even though he didn’t get it until three 40 or three 50, he still charged me $80. And I was like, there’s free charges everywhere.

 

So I took it away from home and it was a hundred and 121,000. In the last three or four months, it’s gone to 3 21. So I’m doing it myself right now. And I moved it, to, to something that doesn’t cost me anything to be trading. And I’ve bought certain things like, I’m in the industry of things and I know what’s going on with a lot of different companies.

 

And I’ve invested wisely. So those, I guess my point was, it’s still getting. But even investing in, in syndications is a gamble. Let’s not worry about this yet. It’s working, it’s doing something the big priority is let’s get the, let’s get that’s up on top. Yeah.

 

I’m ready for 150, 120, $150,000 to give right there. And just and not only this is the home equity, right? The two mil equity. That’s what I’m thinking of too. That’s your lazy equity that you said you got a couple of million. Oh, yeah. In the house. Yeah, I haven’t done any. Yeah. So get a heat lock on that.

 

Start deploying that. He locked on that really? Cause I’m at 2.75 right now. It doesn’t matter. It’s not what that’s not wealthy think about. That’s what broke people think about. Interesting. So get a heat lock on the house and then do what with it makes more than like nothing. What you’re thinking in the house. It’s just going up with the pace of inflation.

 

Th this is the big, these are the rocks, right? This is all the sand right here. Worry about the rocks first. Gotcha. Interesting. Yeah, that’ll keep you busy for the next two years, so we don’t really have to mess around any of this yet. Okay.

 

So can you expand a little bit on the hilar a little bit? Yeah. So you know, you’ve got your home. What’s the market price on your house? 2.1 to 2.3. What do you owe on it? Okay, so you have about a million or so equity you’re at like around 50%. So you could probably borrow about 800 grand. I’m guessing.

 

At least 700. See that you could add that to your 400 right here, or you got at least 1.1, 1.2. If you can deploy the next day, if you want to. And that $1 million, if at 10% that’s a hundred grand right there, tax fee

 

How does the heloc work? I guess maybe I don’t understand that because then I’ll be paying if I borrow that 800, my, my payment goes up considerably, doesn’t it? Yeah. So this is a mindset thing, right? Sure. That he locked. There’s a payment associated with it, but who cares if you’re making, if you’re paying 2%, but you’re making 10 full percent at the neck, and this is the same thing that people have.

 

The same thinking with infinite banking policies, right? If I’m paying four or 5% on my infinite banking account, there are payments occurring, but you’re not supposed to worry about it because you should be making 10, 15% in the other investment. It’s just the Delta between two, it’s just a mindset thing.

 

Yeah. My mindset was to be a Strat tax strategist. I’d rather pay a tax strategist $10,000. If he saved me 10,001, if you do not, you can pay yourself 10 grand. Now. I’m just like you, this, these, this stuff, what to do at this is a hard decision, but you don’t need to make them yet. But what I’m thinking is you have so much money that you could probably just place this in your home equity, make an extra $10,000 of passive cash flow tax free every month. And you’ll be good. I think.

 

I’m not actually following what you’re saying, their lien on the home equity thing. You can take 800 grand out of your home equity and put it into deals or investments. And you can put another 300, 400 too. So that would be 1.2 million. Yeah. 1.2 at 10%. That’s 10 grand a month. Yeah. So you pay the 10 grand you get, so you actually get the 10 grand and then that actually allows you to pay the additional costs on the house that you increased. Yeah. But which is negligible. Let’s call it eight grand living. Harrison, me, John doing the engineering thing again. If you have, let me ask you.

 

Your personal finances are pretty well. We’ll go back to the summary tab. This is what’s happening. You’re still netting 13,000 a month. If I added another eight onto here now you’re netting $20,000 a month. After deploying out those funds, does that change your life? Are you still going to work?

 

What’s happening? My old plan was if I ever met in 20 to $25,000 a month, that was going to retire. That was my plan. Shoot. What are you doing? What are you going to work next week for? But that was like, so that’s my whole point, right? Like you have so much money and you’re so inefficient right now. If we just did that with you and we’ve replaced this money and then the 800 grand equity, your FYI will be close to zero gravity, zero cheat. Your network would continue to grow and you can quit your job. I don’t even need to deploy any of this stuff.

 

Is all overkill and therefore, this is what’s fun, right? Because now I’m like, all right, John, if you don’t need this stuff, I’m just going to leave it here. So you never need it. And this is what you can give your kids. You can give up an IRA, Roth IRAs, but then I’ve also had clients where their parents pass away and their parents give them an IRA or Roth IRA.

 

It’s a complete pain in the butt. Cause you got to take mandatory distributions from it. But that’s another story, like you don’t have to touch this money cause you don’t need to eat it. Leave it in the IRA. And that’s a very rare circumstance. Interesting. Okay. No, I like, I liked the idea of doing the 800.

 

So how do I go get this Wheelock? What’s the approach to do without any bank? It’s pretty much a commodity man. Yeah. I don’t know if there’s some folks in the foam or like a kind of optimize and find that one, wrap them, spear bank. I don’t know what it is. Cause I don’t get key locks personally, but you can go to whatever bank you get, whatever grade really doesn’t matter.

 

All the rates are the same and the heloc. What is the hilar actually doing? I guess I’ve not really done it yet. So the bank, okay. Your house is worth X right on the market. You don’t hold that much on it. And your bank is like, all right, yo, John we’ll lend you that based on. Yeah. And they’ll take it all day.

 

That’s an easy loan for them. That’s why the rates are so low and that’s why it’s a kind of a quantity. Okay. And then once you take that though, so now you are paying additional money on that 800 K. Yeah, but it’s pretty negligible in some easy locks. They’ll just make it like interest only, or they’ll take it from your equity from the house, which is negligible too.

 

But at that point, cause then you’re taking that money, plus let’s call it 200. So I’d like to put $200 and then they call it 200 out of this. My wife is one of those rainy day people, right? She’s oh, what happens if that’s what infinite banking comes in, but don’t worry about that yet. You got to convince my wife on this one on somebody, you know that she’s that person that is very conservative, extremely conservative. This is where I would design you a more holistic plan, which kind of takes those concerns and which isn’t as optimized, but it’s more conservative to appease those concerns. Just to get it to show one year. And then the next year, like I told her, I was going to take $10,000 into Z for, we call it.

 

And it was a crypto thing. And she’s oh, should we? I’m like, yeah. And then I’m getting 10% back per month on that. Look at the big picture. You got 800 grand in your house, not doing anything. You have 400 grand, you not doing anything cares about what you made on that $10,000.

 

The strategy we were thinking of is we were going to try to find a house that we could just fix up. We’re going to sell this one for 2 million, pay it off and then have a million dollars, and then basically live in California for free and not have to pay any payment. That was the strategy we were thinking of.

 

That was like a lot of pain. But the process though it is, and the whole process, you got, a $1.2 million house cures junk nowadays. So she doesn’t want to do that. She likes the house here. We have a pool, and that’s where you have to like straight within your own household, right?

 

Meaning you got to negotiate with some people, it sounds like maybe you just offer a pay. We’ll just keep the house and I’ll keep at least half a million dollars of equity in there. But Hey, let me try and get proof of consequence and this other stuff, maybe that’s and from their perspective, yeah.

 

It’s not going to keep the house and we stay up all the bones, the value. Yeah. Try it out. That’s not how it goes. This is great. So let me ask this question. Do you provide guidance there? How does this approach work? And this is all just let me do something real quick for you right now.

 

Just to shoot it from the hip, what I would do, they announced that I hear that your spouse has like that. What I would do. I’m going to build an infinite banking policy for her. So what I would do is I would throw in a quarter million dollars every year for six years, whether that’s on her or you probably her, cause she’s a woman and she’s cheaper than I would, yeah, I would throw it up.

 

If at banking policy we put in quarter-million dollars every single year, you max fund that thing for at least a couple of years, you only ever need to max fund it for one year. So it doesn’t decay on itself. It’s 150,250 again. Yeah. For after the five, six years there’ll be a million dollars in there, but the whole where’s that money come from.

 

That’s what she’s going to ask. So the first year is going to come from that liquidity. And maybe even the second year it was going to come with liquidity. But the whole idea is you invest through. It’s a pasture. Yes. You’re paying the fees, but the fees make sense.

 

There’s a break even point usually around your tour, five, somewhere in there. But that’s kind of your base, right? You can point to that as always being there it’s a lot more safe than these bank accounts. And then I can get rid of this term life insurance, right? These terms.

 

Yeah. Because you’re buying boat insurance way better. Yeah. You can get rid of that term, the 400 bucks a month. And then just keep the one that works. Yeah. And then does that go to both of us? How does that work with this infinite? Oh, it’s only going to go to her Uber as the policy. You can get a $5 million policy in BJU and put in one 50 each too.

 

But if you want the insurance part. It just makes sense to me. If you wouldn’t want me to yeah. Talk to the agent about that, go to the, yeah. We’ll connect you. The, but it’s just just moving forward on this, right? Like then maybe next year, 20, 22, you start investing into several deals at a hundred.

 

You get that proof of concept going, so this is going to take a long time to really deploy all this money. But by doing that big initial stuff of infinite banking, Alicia makes four or 5% tax free on that money. As opposed to not doing anything like how it is right now. Yeah. It’s true.

 

It’s literally, I’ve had this conversation with him before. It’s literally driving me nuts and it’s just. And then you invest that in the next, you keep doing that for another year and then another year. And then you’re for the most fully deployed at that point, you’re in 10 deals, you’ve got $750,000 cash value, which your friends were there.

 

Probably your cash value will go down because you start to invest that money, which is what you want to do anyway. And then that lane, so one of the questions that always comes up is, what happens if you lose your job? If I lose my job down the road, there’s always, you can get the, you can get the cash value and you should take a few days to get it back into your bank account.

 

Yeah. It’s pretty much instant liquidity. Okay, cool. And that concept is like banking from yourself. Like it’s technically not a bank, but it is, it’s almost secure, but that’s the idea, right? Your personal fault, you start investing your in, That, this is how I do things, right?

 

Like it would be irresponsible for you to listen to a guy on the internet and just take his advice, even though you understand what the heck is happening in terms of taxes, which you’re trying to do long term. And we’re trying to get to, to get this passive income portfolio. And that’s where the mastermind comes in.

 

Like now you go talk to, I’m just talking to six or seven different couples, similar backgrounds, similar income, similar networks. Yeah. There’s 80 of them, go talk to four or five of them and learn the lessons learned, have them answer, everybody has different hangups, and they can talk you through it. The more important thing is that you go through this process, and you start to build relationships with these people, because these are the people that you’re going to put your head together with, as you’re saying. Transfer that wealth to those few roadblocks that you just talked about, right?

 

When they grow up. That’s what I try and do is trick you guys into interacting with each other, to build those long-term relationships. But then, you come back six months later and you’ve talked to all these people and you’ve changed my strategy a little bit, but you’ve taken ownership over it and that’s what I want.

 

And then we go connect you with the right service, professional CPA tax attorney, lawyers to make this happen. That’s the process. Okay. I keep on getting calls left and right from the folks in Las Vegas Toby’s group. Yeah. But do the work yourself, empower yourself to have the right conversations.

 

But part of that is building relationships with other passive passenger colleagues and building your own family office. Family offices are made for people that are a hundred million dollars brighter. What y’all do, but what do you do when your net worth is one to $10 million? You need a peer group, you need to coach it together.

 

And that’s what the family office, Ohana mastermind is all about. Yeah, but that’s the procedure. Let me make sure I’m understanding. We’ve talked a little bit about things. So from a strategy standpoint, obviously you said you talked to folks in the mastermind, you’re coming to Hawaii, right? When you sign up, when is it?

 

January 14th, the 17th. I’ll be in Florida at that point from work maybe next year. But I’ll definitely come to Hawaii cause we love Hawaiian. We went there. We try to come there at least once with your points. I believe that the key is other people, right? Accredited investors, pure passive investors. That’s what you need to meet. Can you put me in contact with people here in California so we can like the trademark? No, you got to join the mastermind group, man. It’s pay to play with no outsiders only.

 

That’s how it works. Because if everybody thought that everybody knows about simple passive cash, now a lot of people loved the group. Yeah. You’ve been marketing yourself pretty well. How are you doing well, you guys like today, I don’t have to do anything other than, I spend a lot of money on Facebook ads and stuff like that. But as far as me doing any analytics, do anything, you guys tell your friends, half of all the people that come in today are referrals.

 

Guys run with the group, right? So let me make sure we’ve talked a little bit about things. So you’re saying, go look at doing a hilar and then also do the infinite banking as well. Is that what you’re saying? Yeah, but that’s what I would do if I was like looking over your shoulder, but I know that’s going to gum you up and you’re not gonna get anything done through me wrong.

 

I’ve been trying to get this money, other money, this basically, checking account and savings when I’m earning 0.1, nothing. And it’s pissing me off. I hate that. It’s just sitting there earning nothing, but I want to be taxed. I want to use that to cover my taxes and then also have a real,  it should be pissing off, man.

 

Like 400 grand at 10%. That’s 40 grand, 40 grand a year. What does that, what is 40 divided by 12, $3,000. Yeah, and this, I always use this analogy. It’s every, what is 30 days a week? That’s 300. What is 3000 divided by 3,000 bucks a day, a hundred bucks a day. Every day, you drive a little bit extra to go to Costco, to save $20 on gas, cheaper. You’re pissing away a hundred dollars every day that you don’t deploy this, but it’s worse than this.

 

You not only have this, but triple that in your home equity serves. So triple this. So it’s three more like $300 a day, six grand a month. Yeah. I don’t know. What is something you waste your time on? This is the whole thing about throwing money at the problem you got the money just haven’t transitioned to.

 

No, it has nothing to do with ambition. It’s just time, man. You don’t understand with three kids and a full-time job and it, it just wears on you. I spend, and we’ve been trying to do this real estate thing, and that was the, you bring up a really good point probably should just exit out of that.

 

Yeah. Cause we are trying to look at buying pretty homes. Just try it out, right? Not saying we’re not saying make wholesale changes right away, but this is the reason, this is the motivation that you’re not picking up having that six, $900 every day that you’re pissing away, but it’s going to be slow. You’ve been doing it. Been focusing on the wrong thing, keeping it you’re really good at keeping yourself busy.

 

Sure. It’s just understanding the right focus on this. I understand that. And if it makes sense to do it. It’s just like you said, being an engineer no, one of the worst, man, I actually, I’m very not engineered life. Natural reality. Yeah. No engineers read everything.

 

I don’t read anything as long as my lawyer that I trust as my back, I don’t read a thing. So that’s my point. I want a CPA and a lawyer that I trust and do good. That’s exactly what I want. Not out there. We’re not going to help out the average investor.

 

So how did you end up finding your team? I’m a rich uncle. I run school, pass the cash. So they found me. And my advice, my CPAs and my attorney, not, I wouldn’t say this feud, CPAs icon. I’m just in the same boat as you, right? Like I tell them what I want, signs, know what I’m doing.

 

I don’t know everything. I don’t know all the forms, that’s their job. But I’m an architect. They’re the engineers to go do this stuff. Here’s what you want to say. I want to make 10 points. I want to make 12% per month on the, no, that’s not their job. Your job is to be like, Hey, here’s what I’m trying to do.

 

Like you noticed, HCI is 300, but I want to be specific, we push this up to three 30 by taking all this stuff. This is the, what the, why I’m trying to do that. Can you look at how much passive activity losses I had? Maybe we can use some of this. We didn’t really get to the real estate professional status with you yet, but, yeah, when you joined the family office group, that’s what people are always trying to implement, especially with a spouse, being a teacher that doesn’t make that much money.

 

It’s ideal for you guys. It’s a complete no brainer, but you guys wouldn’t like that. That’s not your CPA’s job. Your job is to talk to the CPA, say, Hey, we’ve already put ourselves in this position to do real estate professional status inside quantified my siblings hours. Here’s a log book. If you need it.

 

What I would like to do is I would like to use a hundred thousand dollars passive activity losses. So I can cut to this much because of this. What do you think of it? Let’s have an educated conversation. Just like how we’ve done it here. If you’re seeing most CPAs. If they’re smart, they don’t want to work with you because of your pain. So there’s an art to this.

 

I think that was a good call. We got you down the road a little bit. I don’t want to overwhelm you too much. No, you’re not overwhelming me at all. And then there’s stuff that I’ve been talking through all the time. And I appreciate this. It’s just one of the things that really helps is trying to find what the next steps are.

 

Understanding that. So it’s this process that you talked about, right? So it took me forever to try to get all of this information here for you because it’s scattered all over the place. And so it was actually a good exercise because I had done it before differently, not on this level, so to speak, but I wanted to track it all for my wife to, in case anything ever happened, she would be able to find where all the skeletons are.

 

So to speak. Yeah, 70, 20 10 rule. Real my friend that you’ve just digged into the 10%, which is the academic stuff. The 20% is the people building relationships with other passive investors, for hackers to build relationships for passive investors, just in case he dies.

 

She knows where the 4, 5, 6 people to go to, to confer and get guidance from people don’t have any skin in the game that aren’t their CPA. That isn’t their lawyer. That, in my opinion, is the former law. If I die, my wife kinda knows who to go to, who to trust. And of course take the data points and come up with her own decision.

 

But then the other 70% is doing it, getting down the road, doing it. You’ve done the 10%, but you got to work on the 20th. So yeah. That’s the difficult part right there is it’s just carving out the time to go do that kind of stuff.

 

If it was just my wife and I’d have all the time in the world and I would totally be knocking this out apart. If you’re spending more than like a few hours in this passive investor thing a month, you’re doing incredibly wrong my friend. Really? Okay. I’d spend a few hours a week.

 

You’re doing it wrong. You’re not efficient with your time. And you’re probably not interacting with the right people. People ask like the family office group, I don’t have that much time to say all you need is four to five hours at most a month good. We designed it so that it’s for busy people exactly like you, multiple six-figures families. Yeah. So we cut the crap, we get rid of all this stuff you don’t need. Okay. All right. If you guys like this send an email to the team@simplepassivecashflow.com and we’ll see you guys next time.

Raj Interviews Lane | Real Estate Investing for Working Professionals

https://youtu.be/0vyIr3YQAVg

What’s up  simple passive cashflow listeners. Today you’re going to be hearing an interview that I actually thought was pretty good. I go on a lot of these interviews and there’s a lot of lame podcasts and a lot of, even lamer  podcasts hosts  that just don’t ask very good questions and put me to sleep.

 

Because they keep saying the same thing over and over again, but this particular one was pretty good. And I think it would be a good one to share with friends. Again, if you guys are in the investor club, go to simple passive cashflow.com/clubs, sign up there for free. If you guys want to get one of the free eCourses what we do to incentivize you guys to share with friends is if you email team@simplepassivecashflow.com and CC your friend with the intro and possibly give them this podcast I think it’s a great introduction to what we’re all about here at simple passive cashflow.

 

And it is going to talk about a lot of the mistakes that we see regular people making with their money. So check out, make sure you’re not doing any of these types of things or making steps in the right directions. That’s all we ask. Yeah. Thanks to you guys who have referred your guys’ friends and today, like I’d say half of the people that we have coming into the group are referrals from their friends. And it’s funny, like a lot of you guys listen to the podcasts a lot, you guys are the ones reading everything, listening, everything, your referrals.

 

Trust you guys there for some strange reason, you’re probably the one person in your friend group that all your other friends know as the person who likes to read up on all this stuff. And it’s the financial guru guy out of your group. But often it’s not what you know, but it’s who you know, I’ve talked to a lot of very astute, high level investors that are completely honest with me when they book their free strategy call.

 

And they’re like, you know what? I don’t really know about this investment or all the technicalities. I just trust my friend who does, and that’s the way I roll, which kind of seems a little irresponsible at first, when you start to think about it, you’re just falling full back into the end zone, but you don’t, these guys get into the end.

 

And I think that’s what’s hard, like at least speaking from my own personal experience, like growing up in a family where parents weren’t accredited, I didn’t have any accredited friends or anything like that. Or my circle just didn’t have any of these types of people. I had to definitely pay to play to get into the circle of accredited, purely passive investors, which is the group that we’ve created today.

 

And, if you’re in the investor  club, you guys do get a spot chance to interact with our accredited investor database from time to time when I travel. We are planning another tour in Huntsville later this summer. Hopefully you guys can come out to that, visit some properties, break some bread, hang out a little.

 

And maybe you might do something in California. But at the end of the year, we’ll probably be doing that retreat that we always do. Haven’t got the page set up yet, but you guys can check out last year, site years before it’s simplepassivecashflow.com/hui4 Hui the number four. But yeah, here’s the interview and enjoy the show.

 

 

 

 

 

I know that You have talked about the counterintuitive ways that the wealthy have created their wealth and make money. I’d love to hear your thoughts. Yeah.  followed this whole linear path of going to school, becoming an engineer, and getting a job. Part of that path is the best thing in that thing, 401k.  I’ve been investing since 2009 and very quickly I realize what a sham that is. And I might be upsetting as a person, but maybe you should get upset or you shouldn’t get upset. She’d ask  what’s the reason why? Because I’m standing here, I’m not working my engineering job anymore.

 

Because I got smart. And I realized that if I just invested in real estate, I’d make money four ways: mortgage paid down, appreciation, tax benefits and a cash flow. And when I put my math to it I was making like 20, 30% of my money every year on that stuff. If you don’t believe me, you can go to my video where I do a whiteboard exercise and break down the math for you, a simple passive cash.com/returns.

 

But  I was like why the heck would, I want to make eight to 10% only? Not in that 401k stuff. It makes no sense to me, and I discovered this whole sham where they won’t exactly want us to do that stuff. They want us to invest in this stuff because if everybody just followed what I did and bought a handful of rentals, they would be financially independent, who would build our bridges, who would get her coffee, who would do surgeries for us.

 

Maybe some people would, but. Vast majority with peace out, it would be out of that stuff. And that’s just one of the things, the counterintuitive things that the wealthy do, including, I’m not a big fan of buying a house to live in. And the whole argument for retirement accounts too.

 

I’m sure you get this a lot, but you sound a lot like Robert Kiyosaki. He also talks about it, following the path, go to college, get a safe, secure job with benefits as in do not do it. And he also talks about the stock market and 401k. Could you hone in a little bit more into why you do not like 401ks?

 

When I invest, I pull my money out of my 401k’s Roth, stuff like that, because I wanted to invest cash for four main reasons. First reason is,  I think you and I, Raj, we’re going to be making more money in the future. Therefore we’re going to be in a higher tax bracket in future.

 

So I would rather pay my taxes today and Hey man, get it out while I’m in the lower tax bracket state. Secondly, I want,  just look at where this country is going with all these government entitlement programs, and how else we’re going to pay for it. Majority of it is going to be inflation. That’s another topic.

 

And by the way, that’s real estate as the answer for that.  You gotta raise taxes, so taxes are going to be going up. Therefore again, here, pay your taxes today, get it out of that stuff where the government essentially has a full lean on you, whatever God in your retirement accounts.  Thirdly, I’m not gonna retire when I’m 65, 70, or whenever they say I can get that money.

 

I’m retired now, so I’d like to get it. I don’t need to use it, but I want access to it. I don’t want it to be locked up.  Don’t put me in a category with other people out there that are unable to save money. I don’t need to be on that cruise ship. And then lastly, here’s the big kicker, right?

 

People will argue you got your money in this retirement account. Supposedly it’s gross tax free, which it does.  But if you’re investing cash outside your retirement account in real estate, the dang thing should be tax-free anyway. And the big kicker is if you’re investing in deals that do cost segregation, give bonus appreciation, you should be getting a heck of a lot more losses to offset the gains and even at that investment.

 

This is where we get into even more wealth building strategies of the wealthy. Like I personally don’t pay taxes and that sounds a jerk move. But I invest a heck of a lot of money into this society. And that’s what the government wants. The tax code is written to incentivize folks like me and you guys to invest your money, do things, tactics such as cost segregation to get a lot of passive activity losses, and pay little to no taxes.

 

And you don’t get that levers and let you invest cash and you get those passive activity losses.  100% I totally agree with you. And I also would like to say that if you can say one, your taxes, you should save on the taxes legally. That is absolutely true. And if you want to give back to society, then go to charity.

 

But don’t try to say that people should pay more taxes, at least that’s my opinion. Yeah. The way I look at it is like the government is like, there’s these incentives for you to do what they want you to do.  They want me to invest in workforce housing and buy assets that create this economic multiplier.

 

So I do that. I’m not a dummy. I may not read the whole IRS thing, but I have professionals that do it for me and guide me and I work with them to guide me to what actions I need to take place. I don’t worry about politics. I just worry about what I should do as best as I can.

 

And I guess what I’m trying to say here is  if you invest, you don’t do any of this stuff that the government wants to do. Yeah, man, you gotta pay taxes. All of us, the pitch in the repair of the potholes in the street, pay  city state workers, right?

 

That’s what you gotta do, right? If you’re just another joke, the low average guy out there investing in non tax advantage stuff that the government doesn’t is lukewarm on. Then yeah, bro, you got to pay taxes. You’re a straight shooter Lane. I like your authentic self. That’s very good.  I keep it fun. Because sometimes this stuff can get really dry and boring, especially the tax stuff.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I don’t know if you’ve heard this, but at some place somebody was saying somebody, I really respect that the bulk of the tax code is dedicated to how to save on the taxes, the deductions and the credits.

 

And it’s only the first 50 or 60 pages that talk about how to pay taxes. So the tax code is big and complicated, but most of it is dedicated to saving taxes. Yeah. It is what it is. Some people also say that it’s like  the politicians slipping in there what they want, cause they’re all wealthy.

 

They know what’s up. I don’t care. I don’t care about all this like stories or urban legends? I don’t care. I understand what the system is, understand the game and I play the game and I think that’s what everybody needs to do out there because taxes are your number one expense of life.

 

You cannot leave it up to your CPA. Your CPA is not equipped to know your situation, what you’re investing in, what kind of deals, risk , work profiles, when you’re getting your passive losses, when you’re exiting set deals and hopefully you’re in a multitude of different deals, that is nothing that a CPA should be doing for you.

 

That it’s your responsibility folks out there. You need to empower yourself to have an educated conversation with your tax profession. Lane, I love winning, but you say that, you don’t complain and these other rules and you play the rules. So when you’re playing a game of cards, you play the hand that you’re dealt, that’s it?

 

That’s how you win, right? All right. Good. That we have to establish some of the rules that the rich follow to create wealth and make money. Could you also talk about, there are working professionals, they may know the rules, but they don’t have the time or the expertise, even though they know what’s the better way to invest.

 

So could you talk to us a little bit about passive investing for working professionals? I was working as an engineer way back when in 2007, I bought my first run in 2009.  At the time my net worth was under half a million bucks. So to me, the name of the game is just buying rental properties.

 

I don’t think that you have enough net worth to be able to go into syndications of private placements, even though there are many indications out there. If you go to the EDGAR sec website for non-accredited investors, you just need to be at the private network of syndicators sponsor.  But I think it’s important for investors, especially lower on a net worth scale to invest in rental properties and understand the business, understand how this is done so that when you finally do look at a pitch deck, you’re not totally oblivious to the marketing sham scent that, just every deal looks good, when it’s on a shiny PDF.  For a lot of accredited investors guys that make six figures and above you’re, right? Like the time it takes to buy a rental prop, even a turnkey rental, where they fix up the property for you by putting a tenant in there for you.  For what, like easily, a few hundred bucks a cashflow a month.

 

In 2015, I had 11 rental properties. I went down that turnkey rabbit hole for quite some time. And with 11 rentals, it was cool. I had $300 a cash flow per property. So $3,000 a month. No, I’m not complaining. I was in my twenties at the time.  That was pretty decent, pretty good.

 

Not to be ungrateful or anything like that, but I don’t know what American family can survive. All three grand. You’re going to need three times that. So with 11 properties, I had an eviction or two every year, some kind of big thing attached to me that happened in a different quarter, like a plumbing repair or a tree falling on the house, pedal trees or something like that.

 

If you need 30 houses, then now you’re talking about an eviction every other month and some kind of big tree every other week, it just becomes unscalable even with professional property management to do your dirty work for you. So that’s where I found syndication’s private placement shortly after 2015, when I hit that inflection required and became more of an accredited investor.

 

Okay. And you are a syndicator yourself now. So could you talk to me about your journey from that point to becoming a syndicator? Yeah, so I was in my late twenties and I wasn’t quite yet an accredited  investor. I think I wasn’t quite there, but I was on the path for sure. And I was certainly on the path to retire from my day job as an engineer before I was 40 by being a passive LP partner.

 

So that’s why I eventually did initially. I was why do I want to take on all the stress and do all these spinning plates? And there’s a lot of investors that don’t realize there’s a huge gap between LPs and the general partners. It’s not just one level. It’s like your guys’ job.

 

There’s usually two rungs or two salary codes between you and your boss. You gotta go somewhere else and come back. If you want to reincarnate as a boss, same thing as general partners.  So that’s it, I went as LP. Because I knew how to analyze deals. I had gone through a coaching where they taught us how to do that.

 

I felt like I was a really good passive investor, much more than  I was able to take profit loss statements, rent rolls, run my own comps and it put into my analyzer and just spot check that sponsor and operator are they being conservative with the deal or really getting what the pro formas that it was.

 

And I was able to run as an independent  and I went on the LP path because I was like if I could just, maybe I don’t double my money every five years or something like that. If I just grow my money at a conservative 12 to 14% IRR. Yeah. I’ll be able to quit my day job. Won’t perform 40.

 

And that was the goal initially. It’s just to put my oxygen mask on it. I don’t have to go to that job that I don’t like.  Because a lot of people want to just copy me and just follow me into deals. That’s how I found myself in a general partner facet.

 

And then I realized that operating deals, if people are around you and will help you and train you, isn’t that difficult? It’s not difficult, but it’s something that like any guru program will teach you. So eventually I transitioned into more of a general partner role. Today, I currently operate 4,500 rental properties.

 

 So it’s been, maybe it’s taking five years to get there. What I’m thinking is that something that striked me when you were telling me your story that you started with, with a net worth of about half a million dollars. Now you’re at about four and a half thousand units across 12 states, what role did your mindset play in this journey and your success?

 

And could you talk to us about that transformation from beginning to end? It’s gone through a couple of inflection points when I had just a handful of rental properties in my earlier twenties, this is just in the beginning stages. I was working at a private company and those people will know that private companies are a little bit more stressful, you get paid more, but I started to see the light at the end of the tunnel.

 

And I was like, Yeah, man. I may only be making a thousand dollars, $2,000 a month from these turnkey rentals. But my time here is ending,  and then I soon was making more than my boss’ boss, and I developed a bad attitude at work. Gotta be honest. It’s not like I was walking around oh, maybe it was, maybe it did come across as that, but I eventually started to change jobs to more work for the government.

 

 A little bit more cruise jobs, the bit more free time, to do the real estate investing passively on the side.  But I started to adopt the more mindset of where I didn’t need to go to work, but I enjoyed the people who kind of didn’t mind going to do the job. Even though it didn’t take that long every day of actively doing it.

 

So I became a passive investor and passive W2 worker at that point.  And I think most investors find themselves at that point.  At least people I work with, or at least maybe that’s just the beginning stage where you start to realize that life becomes light, right? You realize you’re on the fast path to financial freedom.

 

It’s not going to take 40, 50 years. You’re on the 10 year path plan. You just keep working this, you may not like your job, but at least it’s not like super stressing you out. It’s not everything to you because you have this proven system of buying rental properties and you’re pulling yourself out of there.

 

 Things changed in 2016 when I started a podcast because originally it started How do you buy turnkey rentals? Because all my buddies were asking me. How do you borrow these properties? And like Birmingham and Atlanta never even visited the damn thing. How do you do that? And they waste my time.

 

They’d ask me all these questions and they never do anything. And I would get frustrated. Like  you guys are wasting my time. I was going to record  this thing. And then you guys can listen to it if you’re interested in taking action or not. So I did that. The thing got really popular and a lot of people were really like, like I bought a year later in 2017, the podcast got a lot of traction and they’re like, yeah, I actually went and bought a rental property.

 

Thank you very much. And I got a lot of these like emails and I was like, oh, this makes me feel good. And so, I think a lot of people, they moved from this scarcity to abundance mentality. And it’s not that you’re a bad person, if you don’t have it, but you need money to be abundant. In my opinion, I don’t think unless you’re like a Yogi that goes on in the mountain, it’s truly a funded mindset.

 

I don’t think nationally you have it. I think it’s good to have a little scarcity mindset in the beginning. This is like the immigrant mentality that a lot of people have, right. They come to America, the immigrant mentality allows them to be frugal. They don’t buy stupid stuff. They’re frugal with their time, how they work for, and it builds, gets them off the ground.

 

But after a while, maybe even your net worth  gets to be half a million dollars more. You start to develop that mindset, that operating system doesn’t help you.  It’s like DOS going to Windows or something like that. So around when I had the 11 rentals. I saw the light at the end of the tunnel.

 

I had a few thousand dollars of cash a month. I started to realize that at the time I was like, in my mid to late twenties, I started to realize in my thirties I’d be able to quit my day job. But then I screwed up. I was like, I’m just gonna be like the internet. Like guys who just take pictures on my Instagram, food travel, travel bloggers, guys who aren’t really quite financially free, but they appear to be right. You want to live their lifestyle. And then I did that maybe for a few weeks. And then I realized this is really lame. Like the guys, like the financial bloggers that are all into their index funds,  they work their Silicon valley job.

 

Then they go to Thailand and they live off their $1.25 million and they live super frugally on their index funds and that’s cool. If that’s you guys, I think that’s cool. Maybe you’ll hit an inflection point in your life, but you get to a point where you’re like, this is lame, is this all that life is for, and most people, if you talk to the successful, maybe not the wealthier on wealthy, but just as successful, the truly happy people. They’ve found ways to give back to other people and make them send the elevator back down or whatever saying you want to use, but find and find other people to help out along their journey and that’s what I clicked to . Then, we’re here.

 

That’s fantastic. What I’m hearing is like a couple of different stages of financial freedom. So number one, many people keep talking about the financial media and keep talking about how most of the people have not enough money in their 401k accounts, and they will never be able to retire and they’ll work till they die.

 

And you touched upon why you are not a big fan of 401k. The next stage is people who aren’t able to retire, but on time then you talked about people who have died off on index funds, like they have a million and a quarter, a million and a half, and they’re dead in Thailand and they’re living off the 4% safe withdrawal rate.

 

And then the next day that you’re talking about is no, that’s not enough for me. I want to go back. I’m going to create real wealth and I’m going to send the elevator down and bring people along for the ride. And I think when you get to that stage, like the next goal is they’re getting to four and a half million dollars net worth.

 

A lot of people in my circle talk about that number because I think if you can withdraw it at 3% rate, you can have two nincompoop trust fund kids that are just totally doing whatever. And it’s really hard for them to screw that number up.  But then here’s something that I’m kinda, I’m not talking truly from experience, but I’m getting insight because I try and surround myself with a mastermind of people that are getting it to this level.

 

Like people do one or two things here, and we’re already talking about like the top 0.01% that even make it the four and a half million dollars net worth, most people will get off of the bus there because it’s a pool of four and a half million dollars. That’s a great life. You can just peace out and do really whatever you want.

 

Fly  first class has a very peaceful life. There are some people that it’s a very, it’s a smaller minority of the minority that. They get really passionate about something, whether it’s dogs or helping out other people who went through trauma in their life, or for me, it’s I’m just really upset that there’s so many working professionals out there that just are duped by this like fun wall street, nonsense, 401ks buying a house to live in and these are hardworking people. These are like my engineering brothers that were stuck in the basement while everybody’s playing Frisbee in the quad

 

 There’s so many hard working people out there. Doctors have to go to school for 15 years and most of those guys will have to work for their entire life and never really get ahead. If they just bought a handful of rentals, they’d be able to be financially free.  And that’s my mission and my hope is if I help enough people.

 

Get to four and a half million dollars. They’ll reach this God level where it’s like, they’re like I want to find some other way, right? For them, it may not be helping them on the path to financial freedom such as you Raj. But they are like dogs or I don’t know. They want to like their cancer.

 

I don’t know what the heck they want to do, but maybe they realize that money is a platform or means to get there. So that sends them on this. Like now they have to keep the engines going. So at four and a half million dollars, you can think of a spaceship going into outer space. You’ve hit escape velocity .

 

You can turn off the engines in cruise control for the rest of your life, but they realized that they need to keep the engines on and go and achieve eight figures. I think that’s 10 million, right? And that money is necessary. The power of this bigger purpose, legacy, whatever you want to call it. But that’s all I have privy to now.

 

They always say you don’t know the next purchase until you’re there, but that’s what I see at this point. I’m curious to know why you and your buddies in your network talk about four and a half million, not five, not six, not three. Is there a reason why specifically this number?

 

 I don’t know. It’s not as daunting as five to six, but I don’t know. I think that the 3% withdrawal rate has something to do with it. If I just go like 3% of 4.5 million, that’s $135,000 a year,  that’s and if you have two kids, that’s like a working man salary tax-free,  at 3%, it’s pretty pathetic, right? That’s like the pace of inflation.  Yeah. I’m more of a four person. I think that you can easily withdraw 4% forever adjusted for inflation and never run out of your principal. I think I also come up with that number because I see a lot of  it’s kinda like a voyeur.

 

It’d be like, I see a lot of like financial profiles that come through when I’m approving these PPM, is it investor subscription docs? And  I know what they make. I know how their spending habits are and I know what their net worth is. And I’m just like I see this come through like hundreds of times and there’s nothing really, that surprises me.

 

The only surprises are either somebody was whittled this money or they, their trust fund kid, or they won the lottery. That’s the only time it surprises me, but most times I know where people are and there’s always that glass ceiling, four and a half million plus or minus do it yourself.

 

Okay. I’m very intrigued by your background. So tell us what pictures are you seeing here? Was this an event?  I kinda run a family office Ohana mastermind. We’re like a close group of financial fanatic  friends accredited investors.  I’m big on relationships and knowing everybody that’s just how I am.

 

That’s how it is here in Hawaii. Everybody knows each other.  I surround myself with like minded individuals along the same path as myself. A lot of people are working professionals, still working their day job. They make much more than six figures, net worth million dollars or more, but you wouldn’t know by appearance, right?

 

Because they are first generation. They weren’t born with their wealth. Their parents didn’t have a million dollars. And the first generation that’s going to surpass that million dollar threshold. So it’s very different from going to the country club a lot of times. It’s just people who are trust fund kids.

 

I went to private school. I know what this is all about. Most people are there because their parents have money. Oh, I don’t know what the statistics are. Something like 90% of wealth leaves a family in two or three generations for good reason, because people don’t know how to make money legitimately know how to go to work for a salary. They don’t know how to really truly make money. And certainly they don’t know how to make a legacy. Yeah. That’s a known fact, you know that.

 

So I’d like to go back to your comment about what is a good path to follow for working professionals. So you talked about 401k is not the best thing in the world. Then you talked about investing in rentals, then you talked about  investing as an LP. So what’s your recommendation, one other or combination of both.

 

Could you talk to us a little bit about that? Yeah. First off your guy’s net worth is under half a million. Don’t buy a house to live in and that’s a financial drag on you and to me, I don’t think you people deserve to buy a house until their net worth is over two times what their house is worth.

 

 Even if they’re buying it with debt, the people can listen to me or not. They’re going to do what they want, but that’s just one of my 2 cents. But so you take a guy who is under a quarter million, half a million dollars net worth making able to save over $5-10,000 a year to buy a rental property.

 

Go buy a few, learn the business, right? If you’re more of an accredited investor with a higher net worth, then look into syndications of private placements and surround yourself with a community of like-minded individuals. We’re also investing in this stuff. So you can get in the ethos. What do you say to people that invest in cryptocurrency?

 

This is the future of the world economy, and if you’re not investing there, you are being left out. Oh, boy, you’ll find all the can of worms there.  Okay. So I am bullish on crypto. I think it is a disruptor. It takes power away from countries and the libertarian in me likes that I think I like the technology thing.

 

I think it’s definitely an emerging asset class, but to me I don’t really want to take chances. I like real estate because it’s a hard asset, produces cash flow and I can leverage it pretty well with really government subsidized loans and the tax benefits are amazing. Those are three things that cryptocurrency is not.

 

So the prescription I have and, podcast land, you got a lot of generalities liberals, so here’s one of them guys, if your net worth is over a million dollars, I think you can open up and play a little bit more with cryptocurrency. Obviously, we’re not going to differentiate between the altcoins and more your bread and butter, your Bitcoin with Ethereum, or your stable coins. We’re not going to get into that detail, but I would,  a lot of people, above a million dollars net worth, they don’t typically go over five to 10% of their network.  If you’re lower net worth to me, the prudent ways to do it, like how I did buy a rental property, who was your portfolio?

 

Prudent cash flow and it just takes a while to get it going. But most people have this completely backwards. They go and gamble a cryptocurrency first, which to me, I don’t agree with, but I can see if you’re broke, you got to gamble a little bit too. So I see it both ways. But if I were to give my formal answer, like as your net worth goes up, you can take on more asymmetric risk types of deals such as crypto, right? Like I like investing in workforce style, housing that’s cash flowing day one with a little bit of value add it’s nothing crazy. There’s a great return. And more importantly, capital preservation there. And that’s what I base my portfolio off of. I can sleep at night.

 

I don’t have to worry about it. But now that I’m more of an accredited investor, I don’t need the cash till this is it a ride, so I’m more inclined  to go after more asymmetric  risk deals such as developments. I’m not a big fan of venture capital. I think that’s just a crap shoot.

 

Total crap shoot.  Even though maybe you could make more money, I’m just not into that. It’s just not the type of investor I am, but as your net worth goes up, you start to get a little bit more ballsy with your investments to use that technical term. And  this is a trust fund kids with second, third generation wealth do. They just don’t care. Because they don’t know the value of the money. So they just gamble it on these sexy like developments or these asymmetric risk plays and yeah, they’ll probably be, do fine. But what do you do when you’re first-generation wealthy and your net worth is under a million dollars, you cannot sustain a loss or you just have to build the slope food in a way with cash flow and minor value add. Probably not what people want to hear because it’s going to take time. It does. So what’s the recommendation? So you talked about that you followed the path, right? So go to a good college, get good grades, get a safe, secure, stable job. What is your prescription to a good life?  I’m not a big fan of college and all that stuff.

 

I hang my degrees upside down on the wall for a reason and they’re not displayed behind me. But, you know what? I will admit that my engineering job allowed me to get paid pretty well out of college. And that was what I parlayed and threw into my investments to get me the lift off the ground.  I do regret the time that I spent studying, but it was necessary to get that job and the salary.

 

And I guess what people need to realize is what is your highest and best use, right? If you’re already a doctor or dentist, sorry, buddy, you’re better off just doing the surgeries, keep working. Cause that’s your best ability, your highest and best use to make money, to parlay into passive investing it.

 

We all have to trade time for money until we have enough money invested. So our money works harder for us. The same money, never sleeps is entirely true. It’s just, most people don’t have their money working for them.  Money should be working hard for you. So if you don’t have money, sorry, man, you can’t invest.

 

This is real estate investing. You need money to invest. So most people are in the square one phase where they have to make money too, to invest it. And for a lot of people, those things are likely in that stage. But as you just slowly move from ordinary income to passive income, you need to realize if your spaceship is going fast enough so that you can hit escape velocity.

 

And what is your escape velocity? It’s different for everybody. I live a very frugal life here in Hawaii. I don’t buy any stupid things other than a kind of nice car. I don’t spend more than a thousand dollars in a car payment, but that’s like my one vice, I guess I don’t buy a house to live in. I rent because to me it makes total sense here and I can get a good deal on it.

 

So I don’t need to go very fast to hit my escape velocity, but everybody is different. So people should go to college, get good grades, get an active W2, and a job so that they have money to invest. If they’re smart, if they’re not very good academically, they should perhaps be an entrepreneur  and try that route.

 

I don’t have kids where I can advise them accordingly. But if I had a dumb kid, I’ll probably, Hey man, like I don’t, that’s a psychology degree, probably psch major, or this art, Asian history studies. Maybe we should save $50,000 a year. And perhaps you should just try this, be a landlord and try.

 

And I’m not saying they should flip houses or anything like that. But this is what we help. A lot of our folks do in our mastermind group is like, how do we groom that next generation, to be a good steward of their wealth, but we have to get them to build skill sets and also show the ability to trade time for money, to be a contributor to society before they step into full-time investor so they appreciate the cash flow.

 

Yeah. I was reading a book by Chris Hogan and he talks about how he has spoken to 10,000 millionaires across the country. And one thing that he sees across the spectrum is that most, not all, but most of the millionaires didn’t go to top colleges. And the way it is useful is that you don’t want to come out of college, paying down debt in the initial years of your life, because that’s when you should be investing in your wealth.

 

And the longer your wealth compounds, the bigger the snowball effect you have, right. He’s entirely right. But I think that statement is a little skewed. I think it’s no secret that if you asked most working professionals, those people will not really become millionaires unless they are extremely frugal, right?

 

If they keep investing in the wall street garbage and doing everything that. Financial dogma says they’re going to do, it’s gonna be really hard. They’ll probably get over a million dollars. Million dollars is not that much money, but they certainly won’t get the four and a half million dollars and achieve true financial independence.

 

But what Chris Hogan is saying is right, like the majority of those people have beat that threshold probably two and a half, $3 million in the future, or people who’ve gotten off the beaten path and stopped taking a salary. Now I am a proponent. I advocate for a lot of working professionals, like for  all those millionaires are probably 10 to 20 to a hundred of guys who are just complete deadbeats that are watching preneurs.

 

This is 2020, 20 21. If you’re an entrepreneur and your LinkedIn profile, dude, I know you can’t find a job. You probably don’t have a college degree. Yeah, he’s incredibly right. Most people who don’t have college degrees are going to be that higher stuff, but a hell of a lot more people are going to be just total wash outs.

 

So that’s why I like college because college has the ability to take average below average people and run them through the system. And they come out contributing  helpers to society,  they come out with a decent paying job and they will achieve a certain level of comfort in life with a set job. Just to be clear, he talked about the good colleges, but not the most expensive colleges.

 

That’s what he is saying. Okay. Yeah. I think,  college and high school are basic academia stuff like colleges, like the new high school, one could argue.  You gotta be, have some level of aptitude to run a business or even invest in real estate. You don’t need to be a rocket scientist, that’s for sure.

 

But  college is not much these days. Everybody has a degree. Let’s shift gears a little bit Lane. In this climate when everybody’s talking about how it’s a sellers market and the markets are becoming hot, tell me why do you like real estate in this climate?

 

 It’s a fixed commodity. I think inflation is definitely coming. I already see it on the price. I pay for a stick, a lumber, so the Fed is pumping all this fake money into the system. That’s why the equity markets are so high, despite, the economy isn’t really going full tilt yet.

 

There’s all this fake money going into the system. And I recently saw a graph of how much money was put in, talking like several trillions of dollars. I look back to 2008, right? The last time they did the same. It’s nothing compared to what it is now.

 

 Like I think that there was something weird going on  that they had to cover it up, but it doesn’t really matter. The whole point I hear is they throw in a whole bunch of fake money into the system and it is what it is. The government can create however much money they want. And it’s a great way to make our debts from other countries disappear.

 

And we can do this because we control the world, monetary policy, all those people are like, oh, it’s still going to end. I don’t think it’s going to end. It’s just going to keep going. So get used to it. But what’s going to happen is our money is going to be devalued. And so what do you want to do?

 

If there was a storm coming, what would you do? You’d be under the house, but if in this case there is inflation coming. Maybe not in the next few years, maybe not in the next five, 10 years, but it’s coming. What do you want, what do you want to do to hedge yourself against that? Will you want to buy commodities that will also go up when the tides go up too.

 

And there’s a menu of options, right?  Go crypto, real estate. I personally will choose the one that’s also going to get the cash flow that I can like also like value add, right?  Again, value add like crypto. I’m buying the same thing that a 14 year old kid is buying on his app,  gold doesn’t cashflow for me.

 

And I can’t leverage this stuff as effectively and prudently as real estate too. And that’s another one and the tax benefits. If my crypto goes up 50%, I have to pay half of that to the taxman. If gold goes up, same thing, but in real estate I’m able to play these levers and shelter those games. I don’t have to make as much gains.

 

So, if my real estate goes up 10% and like my friend’s crypto goes up 20% at the end of the day, I feel like I’m still ahead. Despite what’s in his bank account before he pays the tax, 100%. I agree. And one thing that you have mentioned, but I just wanted to make clear for our audiences that when the Fed is pumping trillions of dollars, that’s a lot of money folks.

 

You’d rather be a borrower because what happens is that if you buy a hundred thousand dollars worth of property with $20,000 down and $80,000 of loan, the value of those $80,000 diminishes with time as there’s more money circulating the system. So that helps you, not only that with inflation, the value of a property also increases in absolute terms.

 

We’re building a multifamily apartment right now and we’re getting killed by the price of lumber and it’s just eating into the contingency and it’ll be fine, but it’s kinda like one of those things where it’s when we build this damn thing, we actually in, take these stupid pieces of lumber and build a house with it, shelter, like it’ll be worth way more because the price of inflation is just going to keep going up and up.  It is what it is. And I think it’s also important to ask what you do not want to do? Or what you don’t want to do is just sit on cash, right? Dead equity.  Some people will say I have it in my house.

 

I’m like you can also own the same amount of house and you’d be leveraged, take a heloc, invest it, get a refinance, pull the equity out, also invested in more houses. So you’re even more hedge against inflation. And this is where it hurts. A lot of people have a lot of equity in their homes.

 

A lot of older people have a lot of equity in at home because that’s what they’re told to do. And that’s the people who are gonna just get jerked around by this inflation. And some people say it’s like the complete conspiracy there is to say oh, this is where the Illuminati, or like taking money from the poor.

 

And I was like, I don’t really quite agree with that. But I don’t believe in the boogeyman, but regardless that’s what’s happening, right? The poor are getting poor because the poor are unable to put money in things that will go up with what the impending doom has happened. And that’s a sad thing.

 

They buy things like iPhone trucks, depreciating assets. This is going to be one controversial episode, but I’m loving it. You’re very authentic Lane and I’m enjoying our conversation. Yeah. Until I get some of those trolls right. There is no such thing as bad publicity Lane.  Could you talk to us about, we talked about your journey, we talk about the mindset, but  if you were to distill your journey into your four bullet points, could you talk to us about what is the secret ingredient for success?

 

I think for me it was like finding the right tribe. I was investing from 2009 to 2015 all by my lonesome. And I was like,  I’m still an introvert. I thought I was super cocky and smart. And I thought like I was going to get super rich by getting 10 Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac loans, 10 turnkey rentals.

 

And then I thought that was like my path to financial freedom. Then, as I mentioned earlier that  that ain’t the way to do things, that’s not what accredited investors think.  But I think one thing is empathy, I feel like it is a big thing. Like knowing that you’re not almighty and you always have an open mind,  I’m confident I will get it wrong.

 

And I think that’s important for people to have, but. I’m always listening. I’m always open-minded. Sometimes I have to catch myself that’s wrong and then somebody said I tried this and I always had the catch myself. Cause I’m like, no, that’s wrong.

 

Shut off in my head. I’m like, I don’t actually say that. But I’ll think about it. And I’ll be like, okay, why are they saying that? Do they have any context? They have any experience, perhaps I should listen,  let me go back to the numbers and try to figure this out.

 

That makes sense. As opposed to incredibly like shutting them off.  I think that empathy is a big thing. I’m binge-watching a lot of this show called bar rescue. People watched it. It’s like where this guy goes into the bar and he likes to fix their problems, puts a new drink on the menu.

 

And  it’s always a people person. And you look at the owner, the problems always stemmed from like the owner never has good empathy. They can’t look at themselves and see that they haven’t perhaps an issue. And then of course they need to have the ability to change and take accountability.

 

I think that’s also the next part is taking accountability and not just blaming it on others.  So the ability to change and adapt, if you can change 1% every day after your shoot, you’re like 27 times better.  Lane, it was wonderful talking to you today, but before we go, could you tell us where people can find you?

 

 They can go to simple passive cashflow.com as my website got a lot of free goodies there for passive investors.  My podcast is simple, passive cash flow, passive investing, and my email address is lane@simplepassivecashflow.com. Thank you Lane.

 

There, you have it folks today. Lane talked about the path, the traditional path that people have talked about, how 401k is not his favorite investment vehicle investments, inflation retiring at 61, and how you can do better.

 

You talked about how you can use real estate for four benefits, accelerated depreciation being one of them. He also talked about empathy. Open-mindedness, ability to listen and confidence as one of the key drivers of his success. Lane, it was a pleasure and honor having you on our call.

 

Coaching Call – Remote Investor Incubator Student Round Up

https://youtu.be/WTOCBP-GU_Q

What’s up everybody? This is episode 300. We’re going to be doing a little giveaway if you guys stay to the end of this, but where we’ve been in the past, what we started this podcast in 2016, and back then I was still buying little single family homes. Obviously, you know, I came in as an accredited investor and kind of left that world behind.

 

I think, investing in large multi-family apartments or other syndications where you’re a passive investor is the way to go because you’re turning your ordinary income to passive income, you’re getting a lot of passive activity losses with cost segregations bonus depreciation.

 

Pushing forward the cans down the road, leaving a world behind of 1031 exchanges, which I think are obsolete unless of course you’re having a gate of more than a few million dollars of capital gain depreciation, recapture. If it’s all garbled gibberish to you, go to simple passive cashflow.com/tax.

 

My little tax notes there, some of my old tax returns, a lot of good stuff there. We started the HUI  pipeline club thus far and brought in over $140 million from folks like yourself, a billion dollars of assets under ownership. A lot of people getting started today are still under a hundred, $250 million.

 

We’re well over a billion dollars at this point, 7,800 units or so, and I just realized these large crowdfunding websites, which spend a lot of money or venture capital back so they can pay for customer acquisition.  And we’ve raised like half of the amount that these large groups have been.

 

Lowly old me from 300 podcasts to go. It goes to show if you start something and you chip away at it I can grow this something big, especially when the mission is to get you, the high paid working professional out of the day job. And it’s finally taken me 300 episodes to really get this formula down, but it’s a simple 1, 2, 3 step program.

 

First invest in deals where you’re going into value add. So you can get the passive activity losses. So then you can play these tax games that the wealthy do. And thirdly, infinite banking. And I always say, thirdly, because some of you guys have lower net worth out there. Geek out on infinite banking or even if you’re above one to $2 million net worth, a lot of you guys will geek out on that and spend too much time and we have the free infinite banking e-course if you guys want to check that out at simplepassivecashflow.com/banking.

 

You guys can get free access that takes a couple, two or three hours from are all about infinite banking. As opposed to just listing a bunch of podcasts and hearing it, the marketing pitch from the life insurance guy, learn about the pros and cons. That’s been my thought process from the beginning. There’s so much noise out there. IRA, self-directed IRAs, solo 401k, all these things, when you keep things simple and it’s geared towards the high paid working professional things are very simple.

 

Now, along the road, right? We teach you guys that, paying on your house, paying down your debt. The best part about this stuff may not be the right decision to buy your primary residence. To me, in my opinion, some people will call me crazy for this. I don’t think you should buy your primary residence until your net worth is two to three times that of the house.

 

Therefore, if you’re in your thirties or forties buying a $600,000 house, I don’t think you should be buying a house until your net worth is like a million half, $2 million net worth, which I know it ain’t, if you’re buying a $600,000 house, now, maybe I’m just getting old 36 today going on 37 and I feel part of this was to give back.

 

So on today’s podcast, you’re going to be hearing a coaching call for a program that I used to do that we don’t do anymore, which is called the incubator. The incubator was meant for lower net worth folks under quarter million, half a million dollars to buy their first single family of all remote turnkey rental.

 

That is how I got started, back in 2009, I bought a bunch of rentals in Seattle, and then I went out of state for cashflow. I bought 11 of those rental properties and realized there was a total pain in the butt to manage. And all your returns go away. It looks great on paper, but all the returns go away and the headaches magnify themselves, but tenants move out.

 

You got a big cap ex tidal wave. If you’re out there having a couple of rental properties or even eight plus rental properties, at some point that cap ex is going to get you and you’re going to have, an eviction here, there and, a small fraction of those evictions is going to end up into a five $20,000 repair billing, or you’re wondering why, like, why are we doing this again?

 

Don’t take those pro formas  for those turnkey guys, they’re just trying to sell this stuff guys. But anyway, how do you educate yourself? We did this incubator. We have the remote investor e-course and we have the incubator. So for the people listening to this you’re going to get a sample of this at the end, but if you want to email us at team@implepassivecashflow.com subject line 300, we’ll hook you up with it.

 

But you gotta be part of the investor club to do that. Go to simplepassivecasual.com/club and join our database right there. That’s how you get all the pool insiders. And part of the bonus for this episode 300, put that in the subject line. We’ll hook you up with that because we’re moving off of buying little rental properties and moving more to the accredited investor stuff, which our curriculum and ecourse

 

syndication course for passive LP partners, how do you do your best due diligence? Whereas the incubator and investor force is more like what’s in the black box, right? How do you go buy a remote rental source or property manager or get a lender or do all this pain in the bud stuff? Which I feel is the foundation.

 

So not to alienate the accredited investors who are like, yeah, screw that stuff. And I would probably agree. That’s no way to build less lasting legacy wealth when your net worth goes over a billion dollars or you’re making more than a hundred, hundred $50,000 a year. Buying little rental properties is a waste of time, but it’s a great place to start.

 

So for some of you accredited investors, I think it’s a great idea.  To go buy your kids a little rental property, let them mess it up, let them learn. That’s the way you learn. I think if we have some investors that will bring their kids into some syndication deals. I feel syndication deals make you dumb really fast.

 

It’s a great way to live a nice passive investor, simple passive cashflow lifestyle. But if you’re trying to pass off the wealth, which is really the focus of a lot of us, who’ve found financial freedom and are funded in such a way where, you know, in five to 10 years, if you’re doing it the right way, stop doing all the 401k nonsense.

 

Stop paying down your debt in your house. You can get financial freedom in under a decade. Some even less than five years, if your net worth is already 1.5, $2 million net worth. So you focus on what’s the next generation so section planning. To me,  my kids aren’t this old, but the best way to have them is to own a little rental property.

 

Now at the last mastermind retreat, I joked around with a lot of people who were two or $3 million net worth. Even buying a little rental property for them is a complete waste of time. Yes. You want the kids to learn about this type of stuff, but maybe you just lie to them and you buy them a fake rental property and you ask them, Hey, Jr. The refrigerator broke. What do you want to do? Do you want to fix it? Or, your tenant might move out? And people joked and laughed that yeah. It’ll be easy to make this stuff. I’ll just look up the stuff from my property manager, all the emails, all the garbage BS that came from there, all the drama that happened.

 

And then the funny joke at the end, when the kid gets 16 or 21, you reveal that, Hey man, I just made it all up. But you learned something about this. But this is what the incubator is. So if you’re already in the club and especially if you’re an investor with us currently, we definitely want to hook you up with the incubator concept, which really doesn’t help you and doesn’t  pertain anything to a passive investor.

 

Even though there is a little bit of a carryover, we want your kids to go through it, right? We’re big on education for the next generation because who cares? If you have $5- $6 million net worth, you put it all into infinite banking and the kids take it over.

 

We all know it’s going to happen. They’re just gonna do cocaine. I forget the verbiage, somebody, I think it’s a warm buffet thing, but you want to give them enough money to be comfortable, but not enough to do nothing. I might be butchering that for a little bit, but.

 

You’ll get a sense of what this incubator content is. Again, for the lower  net worth  guys getting started in today’s podcasts with Marianne is going to help me ask the questions. This is probably like 5% of the whole incubator course. It’s like about 20 hours, but that’s the free gift.

 

And that’s the mission behind simple passive cashflow, right? I am working as an engineer. There’s not a day that goes by that I’m super grateful for starting this podcast, which allowed me to start the family office ohana mastermind, which kind of replaced my W2 engineering salary for me to do something that I enjoyed.

 

And, I want to continue to grow that group in the future. If you guys are, a million, $2 million plus, and you get it. You want to invest in deals, but you need that network around you. You can’t go to the local real estate club. You can’t go to all this online free garbage stuff, because they’re just a bunch of freeloaders there and marketers and sharks out there.

 

I created the family office ohana  mastermind now with almost a hundred members. Learn more simple passive cashflow.com/journey, or send a team@simplepassivecashflow.com an email. We’ll get somebody on our staff to tell you what it’s all about, but that’s where we’re heading off into the future, deals and I like this consulting route, right? To me, there’s no better way of impacting people. And for me, I don’t really like to help the masses. I like to help people that I know. That’s just the way that I’ve felt to give back. I like to know the people who I’m helping and it’s a smaller community there.

 

Again, go to simple passive cashflow.com/journey. The incubator is up for grabs for a very limited time email, subject line 300. That’s the secret code for the team to hook you up with it, but you gotta be part of the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club. And thank you for listening to 300 of the episodes.

 

If there’s any feedback or anything you guys want to see in the future, please let us know. Thank you for allowing me to quit my day job. If not, I’d probably be out there waking up at 6:00 AM for some boring job briefing and that I don’t want to go and regurgitating the company jargon of, safety first or safety second, whatever it is.

 

But again, thank you everybody. Here’s to another a hundred episodes and  looking forward to meeting as many as your person as we open up in 2022 beyond.

 

 

Hello, incubator students. So we have an old student Marianne here who went through the incubator course. So please go through all the past videos before you watch this video, because it’s meant to round out all the remaining questions and fill the gaps. But thanks for jumping on Marianne.

 

And hopefully this discussion helps give me more insight and hopefully I answered all these questions. Sure. Maybe I didn’t like, understand or needed just some clarification. Yeah. And that’s why we do this right in this format, as opposed to writing down answers and a horrible typer.

 

And I was never good at English. So it’s always better to talk through the answers because a lot of these are more, answers in the gray and stuff like. So the first one here is one of our associations, these are rental properties. Is this charged back to the tenant or can it be tax deductible if it’s a short term rental?

 

So let’s just take out the fact that we’re talking about short term or long term. I don’t think it matters either way, but it’s two things here. So they’ll almost all owner association fees for the most part. You can do it either way. It’s just some people decide that they want to charge the tenants.

 

I think some of us who’ve lived in apartments or houses or in college, it was all over the place so very similar. But most times the tenant is just in charge of one thing, especially in B & C class stuff because dude, you don’t want to give these guys responsibility to do another thing.

 

And ultimately you’re the one holding the bag or interest fees racking up. So if you gotta make it easier for them so they just paid one thing, which means they’re typically reimbursed  for utilities or these homeowners association fees. And then the other question is is it tax deductible? Yeah, sure it is necessary and ordinary for your business.

 

I guess I’ll let you ask the questions here. So actually that was for number one. So number two, in this section, within the turnkey, a course on what markets do I invest in? Like in the course material, how often are the top markets updated? Is it annually? Because it’s due to the MSA data. They’re not really updated.

 

I just cut and pasted this thing right here. And it’s supposed to be just guidelines that these are the types of markets. You’ll probably never see California, New York, Boston, Hawaii, Seattle here. All right. These are all secondary and tertiary markets, if you’re looking for the top 10, this is the clickbait type of stuff that maybe I would be the one thing I would be on the lookout for what markets to invest in.

 

The one thing I would caution people about is to stay away from those very small markets like Boise, right? He’s making a lot of headlights now, but it’s only a quarter of a million people. It’s under that. I wouldn’t invest in anything less than half a million or certainly 300- 400,000 thousand population or less.

 

Okay. When you’re talking those bigger medium, large size cities MSA now, like there’s not really much. For the most part. That’s exactly why you pick investing in Phoenix or Houston as their major markets. They don’t really around too much. I would group B&C questions together.

 

Can we correlate a short-term or vacation rental kind of market with Regular turnkey market? So for instance, like Jacksonville, Tampa, Florida, and Arizona, would you say those are, I guess safer  markets? Cause you could either go on vacation or turnkey.

 

To me, like the short term rentals is an entirely different business. It’s a very, and I say that, it’s a seal, like people are living in your box, right? So from that respect, I think that’s where you can say it’s the same, but the way I look at it, it’s very different because the clientele that you serve is very different.

 

Term rentals are more discretionary it’s people on vacation. Just something like, just to prove my point, like very similarly, like a mobile home park. Is for like class D class C type of tenants, but then you have RV parks, same structure, but two very different clientele RV parks are more for the families that like to travel.

 

And they like to go to the parks and on vacation, like two very different clienteles. I just don’t even like to intermingle . Like that. I think you got a good idea there, right? And you’re like, oh wow. If Jacksonville is a place where it’s traditionally been a great secondary market, with a lot of long-term rental short with long term rental market, and people happen to travel up the panhandle up to Florida, to go on vacation because they can’t afford to go to Disneyland or go to international travel. And that’s where. Those types of short term rentals come in. But I guess I was just thinking more of an exit strategy if I need any in future.

 

Would it be an easier exit, but that was my thought. Oh, okay. Yeah. But the problem is like if you’re buying a class B house it is a piece of crap. In terms of short-term rental vacationer standards. You say you’re looking to get a long-term rental and then sell it retail to some sophisticated Airbnb owner.

 

Is that kinda the idea? If we have to exit, for instance, like the pandemic light turns different or at least at the beginning of the pandemic, we are unsure. And this was the other way around like short term people are looking at long-term or maybe, I don’t know, with, meaning futures.

 

Long-term going to short term. I don’t know, but just if I had to exit a turnkey, I was thinking if, having it somewhere that may be short term interest too, if that’s safer. Yeah, it’s just your run. Long-term rental, your class B rental. It ain’t going to be in a place where people are going to be vacationing.

 

And I think a lot of you guys in the incubator, it’s great ideas, but this is where you got to get some on the ground and actually go travel and want to go visit these properties because once you visit the stuff. Shit, that ain’t good. A good idea, right? It’s not dangerous, but nobody in their right mind would come and vacation there for a day or a week.

 

No way. It’s just not gonna happen. Yeah I don’t know if Seattle, right? It’s kinda like you traveled to Seattle. There’s no way in hell. You’re gonna go and get a short-term rental in Auburn, Kent or Renton, no way that’s not going to happen. Or where you’re out in the world.

 

You’re not going to go get an Airbnb in Baltimore, hell no.   It’s the same thing. Or maybe those are bad examples or kind of extreme, but it’s what I’m saying, at the same time to your point, we never knew what was going to happen in the pandemic. Traditionally or especially in Florida, a lot of the people, they’re Airbnb shutdown, but around the summer times, those people were making a killing firefly with their short-term rentals because people couldn’t go to Disney world. They wanted to get the heck out of their houses. And you know how Florida people are right.

 

They’re anti-vax. They want to get out there. The only place they could go was to a little Airbnb in Jacksonville or on the coast. Who knows? But I think, separating the short-term long-term, it’s just two different clienteles, two different asset classes. Got it.

 

Thank you so much, Lane. Okay. I know you’re thinking. I like how you’re thinking too. You never know. Yeah. I was thinking more like airports and stuff too. But then again, how do we correlate the best real estate markets with the rise by sector? I guess as things expand off California and Seattle.

 

What cities are startups, starting to lay down their roots and are any of these new cities in the appreciation market or in those markets where we are, we should look at for short-term rental or long-term? So you’re thinking like the tech markets or any other things that are moving out of California or Seattle, right? Like where are these people going? Boise, I dunno where else they’re going. Analogy that people use is that the Bay Area was like a pressure cooker and it just spilled over, in probably the 2010s, it was spilling over into Seattle, Bellevue, Kirkland . And then in the last decade, also it spilled over to Salt Lake City, Phoenix.

 

And then with the pandemic, with the remote working where a lot of these tech companies said, you can go where the heck you guys want. Now it’s spilled over to these other or tertiary markets like Boise, people are coming to Hawaii here. Because they don’t, they have no need to go to an office anymore.

 

So they’re going all over the place. I’m not in tech, so I don’t know, but the traditionalist inside of me still feels like these people need to be physically located in a city hub. But every city is telling themselves that it has a little tech sector, Atlanta, even places like Birmingham, right?

 

Like it’s everywhere, right? Like the Delta variant it’s everywhere, it’s your fault. Okay, thank you, Lane. I asked specifically about Texas because in question E because my husband just moved to Texas this year, where would you recommend to invest in Texas? And does it depend on the year, like in your copy and paste above, you mentioned that’s pretty general, a year does not matter.

 

Yeah. Texas is on fire. You see all the stats every single month, the people will be from everywhere, especially California, pro economy, more of a red state, except for Austin, Texas. Everything is new out there and from a traffic engineer standpoint, like you can build roads how you want it.

 

Everything’s bigger in Texas. Traditionally this is as far back as like the early 2000s, they call it the Texas triangle. So that is Dallas, Houston, San Antonio. Anywhere in the Texas triangle, it’s just blowing up. That said, that has been the sentence for the last decade.

 

And now in the year 2021, it’s getting older, especially in Dallas. You have a lot of unsophisticated people just coming in. Oh, it’s really hard to buy even class C assets. It used to be, you could buy it for 40- 50 grand a unit. Now you’re over a hundred grand for some of that class C.

 

Texas is overplayed and you’re probably like five years, to be the first settler. But that said, all the fundamentals are still strong and people are, keep moving in. Rents are still going up. I guess if I’m reading your question, maybe it’s not as hot in Dallas, but maybe people are starting to look in Fort Worth more, which is the sister city of Dallas. They’re running off to Houston. Now, San Antonio was a little weak in the last handful of years, but now these things go up and down. But I don’t think you can go wrong anywhere on like the  or other main interstates, even going out to the panhandle.

 

Okay. Thank you Lane for helping. Moving on to the next section on deal analysis is really just a comment on the deal analysis like excel on the analyzer, I was wondering if we should include some of the assumptions, 5% in some of the fields and then also like color code, like conditional format.

 

So see if I put in certain numbers that all were red. If it’s low, the trash will be looked at. So maybe I could work on that for you, Lane, if you want. Or I could just see for myself. Yeah. I think a lot of people out there want to go based on whether I want the spreadsheet to light up blue or different shades of green.

 

But things change all the time, right? Like when five years ago you’d be looking for properties at the 1.1%, rent the value threshold in a certain sub-market. Now, today that same market, you might be lucky to find rent to value ratios at 0.9%. So it’s a constantly moving target. And if you’ve seen that chart that I show sometimes of like general cap rates coming down, It ain’t getting better.

 

It’s just you did the infinite banking thing and they always change those things. The best time to do it was yesterday guys, and this is why in the incubator group, like we always have people. I always tell people I don’t know what lights up, the spreadsheet, red or green.

 

I say that facetiously because I’m like go out and go analyze 20, 50, a hundred properties. And you go tell me where the scatter chart tells you where the water line is on this type of stuff. Let’s see. Cool. The next one is more just on organizing the Google drive.

 

I think I put it here, should we put it as the suffix rather than the prefix? Because of some of the files, I was like where do I see? Where do I, how do I see the actual file? But that’s fine. It was just my comments on the origin or anything. Okay. Okay. What, like what fall are you trying to get access to Google drive files?

 

Yeah, but which one? Maybe I should email you the record. Cause I put these questions a while back and I forget what the deal analysis is. Sorry. Okay. I think so. I think all the, like the resources and files are just clumped in the share file, but if you go through the incubator course or the remote investor equal yeah.

 

The links are there in the order of progression. So let’s see, I caught it here. You didn’t go through the e-course. I know, like that’s how I would do it. I’m just like you, right? I’m like, all right let me just read stuff as I need it, not go through the freaking order and then let me download this big resource and just go do the research. Like you worked backwards. That’s how I would do it too. But that’s why you have enough problems. Okay. Thank you.

 

Yeah. It’s pretty typical of folks in our group, right? That’s why you’re doing what you’re doing.

So doesn’t that eel hold the same weight as cash on cash or ROI, is NOI, does it hold the same weight and why. Cash on cash. I’ve never heard of net yield, talked about two months, but cash on cash is a very common one. It’s a cash and cost is based on how much money you have if your down payment and then how much ROI getting on it.

 

NOI is how much money you’re making. You’re profiting. So income minus expenses, not including any of your debt service. Because some people won’t use any debt, which is silly to me. Some people will use 70%. Some people use 80%. So in terms of people comparing their investments, they throw all that stuff out the window and just compare the net operating income on a deal.

 

But as an investor, when you’re looking at your portfolio you have three or four properties. Something I suggest investors do every year is prune off the property, one out of the bunch. So the way you’re doing this is you’re just comparing yourself. You just, you’re just in competition with yourself or your properties or competition that gets each other.

 

So you want to figure out what your return on equity is. So part of that analysis is your cash and cash return. Okay? Yes. I think that makes sense. ‘ cause I sometimes am emotional about stuff. I buy mine, looking at it through this analysis. This helps me prune, yeah. The resource for that is simplepassivecashflow.com/roe.

 

There’s a spreadsheet in there where you put all your properties and then you put in like how much equity the schools or deployable equity you have in there. So basically. You have how much property you’re profiting. You are divided by how much deployable equity and that’s your return on equity.

 

And then it compares all your properties. And for most people that they do this especially the ones that have done it the traditional way, where they try and fail debt, which doesn’t take advantage of all the inflation that’s happening. Now, you get killed by hanging off.

 

Now that you’re like, oh shoot, I have this one a hundred percent paid off, even though I’m cash a lot. And it is, it might be a great rental in my portfolio. This is my dead weight right here. This is what I should probably sell refinanced. We keep on first. And that’s what it helps. Helps you make that decision.

 

Okay. Thank you then. I think they are kind of related too, so cat rave, so let’s talk about cat rate. Any, should we only show, talk about cat rate when it’s all cash, since it’s the ratio of net operating income to property value. So if I bought a house at 70 and like the NOI seven, that brings me to a clean cap of 10, right? Or no? So cap rate is typically used in commercial real estate. When you’re buying little rental properties, it really doesn’t. People like to use it to sound cool, but it’s really, to me, not the place or that type of usage of the word, in a single-family home, we mainly discuss in terms of cash on cash return or return on equity, which is more just in competition with your old self.

 

But when you’re trying to compare all the investors, like comparing each other’s stuff, Ooh, I’m getting cash on cash return. That’s how you typically talk in terms of things. When you find an investor and they stay alive, operating on us for cat five cat, they usually there it’s like one of those people that they want to sound cool, but they really only look like a douche because.

 

Terms correctly. Cap rates are mostly for the commercial world because as I cut and paste this in here, cap rates are severely overestimated. In most cases, especially by brokers, sellers, and syndicators. And your guy who likes to brag about his one rental property, being a seven or 15 cap, I don’t really pay much attention to.

 

The reason why is because typically what’s going on or expenses are always left out or income is slated and that’s what dictates your cap. So when you have bad data, you might as well just throw the dang thing out. So it’s like a top of line calculation. They’re always manipulated, and this can throw your cap plus or minus 2%, right?

 

So an example is a broker will be like, oh, we got it. We got a fifth, 12 cap. First of all, when I see that stuff, I know I’m working with just a douchebag broker, right? Another one of these yo-yos. And I want to work with a broker that shows me numbers and actually is not going to just try and trick me.

 

But ridiculous stuff with, oh, we’re working on a seven chapter eight cap, right? The reason why is because they’re just manipulating, they’re just manipulating, but either income or expenses. And one common way is maybe they don’t show the property manager, the owner is doing the property management themselves.

 

So they’re saving several thousand dollars with property management. But when I take over the property, you take over the property, we’re going to need it. So that nine chap property goes down to a six, five cat property overnight. That’s why I threw the dang thing up, because it all depends on how the seller has manipulated it. Their profit and loss statement. That makes sense.

 

So it’s what do you want, what cap rate do you want to see? That’s why all brokers know that they have a sucker, a buyer like, oh, Marianne, what a cap rate are you looking for? Eight and a half. All right. Let me just change this number here. Like it’s, if you don’t know the difference.

 

All right. Here’s the eight cap. Oh, you like it? That’s good. That’s exactly what you want. Okay. When you’re working with institutional brokers, larger deals where they don’t jerk around. They sell things as they are. Yeah. You still have to be, do your due diligence. And you’re playing a detective to get the cap rate.

 

You have less of this nonsense. But with single-family homes, anything under 60 minutes, this is going to be very positive and it was just why I don’t even look at the cat. Mind blowing. Thanks Lane. Appreciate it. Case study, I have not submitted what he said yet because my husband and I are looking at an investment in Houston or attempting Houston, but the TKI.

 

I think in Houston,Texas, they mentioned that they’re out of inventory. So they’re supposed to send the inventory list this month. Yeah. Which may or may not be good. Because they have so many clients, sucker investors. There’s so many people now that after the start of the pandemic have rushed into buying turnkey rentals.

 

That’s one of the reasons why we paused on the whole incubator program because. I’ve moved off to syndications and private placements. And like the turnkey world is always just always changing people come in, they come out the good ones. If they’re smart, they go to more retail products and they don’t mess with cheapskate investors.

 

Which is hard, right? Like the people that people always talk about on the forums, those are the people just gouging people on prices because they built up a track record. And the sponsored group has happened. But I dunno, I figure out what the property is worth, that you’re actually paying for, not the price that you’re paying, gonna use your deal analyzer for that.

 

So thank you. You have to figure out the comparable sales, right? You get to do that yourself. And unfortunately that’s why I don’t like residential real estate because the price is dictated and comparable sales have nothing to do with the number. So when you’re buying a duplex triplex spot, it shouldn’t go based on the numbers.

 

It should get the price dictated on comparable sales. Oh, he understood. I was wondering in terms of the financing, do you know if you like for duplex turnkeys, if we should even look at FPG loans, yeah. Because if he’s based in one of the units, can I try to receive, we could qualify for FPG.

 

Yeah. You have to be owner occupied and you have to be owner occupied to get that stuff. I’m not super familiar with the FHA. And this is where you talk with your lender because the rules kind of change. But my understanding is that for the FHA stuff you have to live there for sure. On the Fannie and Freddie loans, you don’t have to be living there to be not more occupied, but you gotta come with a full 20% down payment and you’re going to have to pay maybe half a point higher than what you would have otherwise, if it was occupied.

 

But I don’t know. If you guys are accredited investors, to me, it’s a freaking waste of time. What do you do? You do all this work, you do the inspection you buy, especially when you buy it over market price, because you’re surrounded by a bunch of unsophisticated turnkey buyers that just listen to a bunch of podcasts and you’re overpaying by 10 20 grand plus, it all you’re going to have at the end of the day is going to be underwater and you’re going to be making what, $200 a cashflow a month.

 

For younger people, That’s cool. What if your net worth is half a million or your credit investor then? In Hawaii, we call that full whole. It’s not worth it. It’s PETA. Okay. Thanks. Even what the E I D and I think they’ll lower is the FHA we can get in with. And what’s the look at the ROI, the cash on cash, because my down payment is so low.

 

I’m making, I’m just making this up 30% of my money, 40% of my money just in cash, because I only have $10,000 down. But how much are you really making at the end of the day for that level of effort? I don’t know. And then I, especially for accredited investors, You’re going to be living amongst your tenants.

 

This is not cool for married people, in my opinion, but I’m not, this is a lifestyle that doesn’t listen to me. And if I wasn’t a credit investor, I’d want to live somewhere. Cool. Instead of just a turnkey rental, with LVT flooring and indestructible countertops, I’d rather.

 

Living in a nice, luxurious apartment. I think seeing me as my husband, he likes apartment living too, so yeah, but we’ll look and see. Yeah, but I get it right. Like the FHA is, that’s the law, right? You think you’re coming in with 5% down and the wheels in your head or? Ooh, that’s a great ROI, but is it really?

 

Move the needle. And at what point, especially as a credit investor, you start to realize I’m going to get financial freedom very quickly in the next five years. If you’re already a credit investor, why am I doing silly things like moving in next to my tenants? For some of you guys deserve to start living it up already.

 

Nobody ever tells you that, everybody wants you to like, don’t find latte living under your means. Save. Because of that, I don’t know. I think it’s one of those things where if you had parents like mine or you probably are the same, you were rewarded by being very frugal.

 

Yeah. And I guess. At work, if you do well, you get rewarded with more work. So yeah. All messed up. Is that, huh? Yeah. Anyways. Yeah. I guess I was along the same lines as while we already went through. It’s 10% down, not five but 10, but no PMI and sturdy. So we were looking at that too.

 

That, yeah, we’ll go through that. Yeah. I don’t know all these companies there’s or there’s a bunch of these guys there for the most part, I would, they make it really easy to apply, which is nice, but I think you have to be careful that bait and switch, especially if it’s not owner occupied and you have to massage your debt to income ratios in your power profile.

 

They, these guys spend a bunch on ads and they get you guys to apply via their app. They’re typically I don’t think they have as good pricing for the most part. A lot of times this thing. Okay. I guess you’re 2021, for all the listeners. What is the average rate for the third year?

 

For now, I don’t know. I have no idea. Maybe for non-owner occupied, maybe 4% to 6%. Okay. Yeah. What I would do is if you walk into any bank and you look at the really low rights for owner occupied offices, and I think that what does that three and a half percent right now? Yeah. That’s never nobody ever gets that.

 

It’s what it seems like. So it’s that, it’s more like for, so what I’ll do is go plus a half a point because it’s not occupied the beat four and a half.

 

Do you recommend using HELOC or non-recourse asset based loans to like funds to? why not? Do you need to figure out your level of risks that you want to take part in? You want to ask me five, 10 years ago. If I felt comfortable with people getting lots of leverage on top of their leverage, using the HELOC for down payments and more properties, I would have felt uncomfortable with that personally.

 

But today I guess I’ve been desensitized to it and I’m like if you’re buying cash flowing assets, I’ll bad Kennedy. Go ahead and do it, right? Yeah. But most more, most people have just lazy equity, nothing Jack. So I’d like to get that working first, before you start to get key locks and stuff like that, going to the non-recourse asset based loan. They sound foolish and the lenders make great fees on this, which is why they always push the stuff, especially like the all-in-one loans and the portfolio loans.

 

But the Thies suck on boats and their leisurely higher rates. Do you want it? You want to exhaust your Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac volts first all the time. And this is like where the lenders are, they’re not your friend. Make no mistake. They’re not your friend. They’re always going to like it. As soon as they start to see your borrower profile become a little bit squirrely.

 

They’re going to look for the easy way out, just like we talked about like tax professionals, right? They always want to do things the easy way. So once you, once they start to say, oh, your debt to income ratio is anywhere from 60 to 45. I don’t know. I’m just making this up, but oh, Hey Maryanne, maybe you should do a non-recourse asset-based loan, a portfolio loan, think for yourself.

 

Understand the pros and cons of going down that to me, if you have a clean borrower profile and you have good debt to income ratio, Do you use the Fannie Mae Freddie Mac loans, but for some of you guys out there who have California rentals and a lot of equity that mess up your debt to income ratio, because it’s not a good purchase and a, not a good loan, then you pop, you might not fall find, you may have to go down this non-recourse asset based loan, but then again, if you have several hundred thousand dollars of equity in your California rental, you shouldn’t be investing in little rental properties.It’s probably a accredited.

 

Great. That makes sense. I don’t know. I, yeah, it depends where you are and like your profile. So yeah, some options out there but yeah. Do your own analysis. Got it. Hard money. So it says for instance, if you did use hard money, would you recommend paying off, paying it off quickly instead of refinancing because of all of these?

 

Why are you using hard money on these types of properties? Paint the scenario that you do make this with. I dunno, for. I don’t know for someone who may not qualify for a traditional, I don’t know if anyone would use hard money, but I’m not sure. Yeah. Let me give one example and then if you can think of another let me know.

 

So I would think the only reason why you’re trying to use hard money to go after a deal, if you’re buying that deal, is because you’re stressed and you need to close on it quickly, or. Maybe it is a turnkey and it’s a highly competitive environment. You’ve got to go in with a stronger offer, which I would say totally buy the damn property in the first place.

 

Everybody is heavy going off of it. You’re buying it over price period. Don’t do it. It’s not it’s not like an LP feels like, oh we’re having a $50,000 position, but because everybody. I Want it now, it’s $60,000. It doesn’t happen in the world. But that would be the only reason why you’d want to use hard money.

 

And this is we get into the realm of the people doing that BRRR strategy that buy, rent, rehab, refinance, you’re an accredited investor to me. This is just Childsplay. Just don’t waste your time doing this stuff, unless you’d like to feel like you’re making a lot of money and feel like you’re forced.

 

That’d be the only reason why you do the hard money. But that’s up to you, right? Like how do you want to run your finances? Do you want to use Ash or would you rather use a hilar or use a hard money loan and keep the cash on the side? It’s always having dry powder. It’s up to you. Is there any circumstance where you can think where you’d have to use hard money to go after a deal?

 

Oh, indeed. You want to go heavy, right? Because all the books tell you, if you go on hard money, you can get a 5% discount, which doesn’t happen. That was like 1998 or something like that. It was not really real, especially when you’re buying retail type of products like turnkeys, and I can get no discount with that.You’re already buying it overpriced. Okay. Good to know.

 

 

 

Cash reserves. So like in case of vacancies, I don’t know, like what, how would you recommend whether present teacher number, like in order to handle the loan payments? I, what kind of cash reserves we should have, like a total portfolio in case of emergencies, if we’re doing that.

 

Okay. This is totally up to your personality, too. Some people believe the Corona virus is real. Some people aren’t right. Like it, people, it’s all based on where your personal head space is at. If you want, the bank, where they’re called, smart money or just conservative to criminal we’re conservative.

 

They typically want anywhere from three to six months of principal, interest taxes and insurance. So on a little rental property where your mortgage is 500 bucks, they’re wanting what? 1500, three grand. So we can use that as a starting point. How does that sound to you? Is that, are you, would you like more, which you can, what is your personal comfort level?

 

I guess I would say that class time is six. Okay. And this is where it’s up to your personal comfort level. Like I would say in my experience what’s the worst that can happen. A tenant messes up your property and now you have to pay $20,000 to get the thing back online. There should be other places you should be able to take cash from, to pay for some very low chance of something. But high-impact things like that. What’s going to happen? 80% of the time is maybe a tenant moves out and maybe your property goes vacant for a handful of months and you might have to fix something.

 

So that might be, you gotta pay your debt service for a few months. So 1500, maybe you gotta pay to put in a thousand dollars of repairs. So two to $3,000 is you’re going to be your key in most cases. So I would tell people like, we’ll have at least. It is dry powder, but then it also has to do with your personal cash flow levels.

 

Like we just had in our mastermind group, a guy who makes eight or nets $8,000 he puts that away every month. Old Henry. And he, and I’m like dude, you’re fine. Like you can have a vacancy, every single month, several every month you’d be fine. So he needs less dry powder around.

 

And for a lot of people in our group, a lot of you guys are able to save two to three, $4,000 per month. So that should, you’re good. You can also keep some dry powder and like some IRAs, Roth IRAs or.

 

I’m not saying you should have $3,000 times six. I think that’s a little ridiculous. And then as you get more properties, right? I think your level of dollar per property goes down, because you’re reaching a more steady state. You’re more diversified, right? So it’s harder in the beginning.

 

And when your net worth is lower, which sucks. That’s what’s hard. I bought this whole wealth building thing. And at the beginning, it’s the hardest, but as your net worth grows, as you have more income, more cash flow from just your day job and you have more properties, your level of insurance goes down. And just to use an extreme example. If you had larger companies, they self-insure to a point.

 

Yeah, it’s called the trickle for me, because I use mint to track my net with. So when it drops, the cash side drops. I’m like, oh, I wish he was over here. But yeah, and this is like every situation is different. And what I would say for you, you’re more on the conservative side, but for every rental property.

 

Yeah. This is just me shooting from the hip. Don’t do exactly what I’m saying, because I just thought of it. I’m in it. But maybe knowing your personality, maybe I would get a few thousand dollars per property of cash reserves, but be able to pull a little bit from elsewhere. If you’re able to net three, $4,000 per month, you’re good right there.

 

And then the more properties you have. I would say maybe $1,500 per property. You start to work your way down that way. Yep. I agree. Probably on lending. What kind of lenders should we use to reuse those that are recommended by the provider? Or the turnkey provider or like on your preferred list, I don’t know if we need to like, try to scale to other states, if we should think about that and then yeah.

 

So the way the lending works is the lender, the lenders are a lot of the guys that we work with are licensed in multiple states, like life insurance, right? So those, the banking stuff that we do. The same guy gets licensed in multiple states. That’s all it is. That’s it. And the loans that were getting Fannie Mae Freddie Mac for the most part are federal programs.

 

It doesn’t really matter what state you’re in. So what I would say in terms of the lender, right? There’s two parts of the lender, the broker, right? The sales guy, the guys who tell you all this stuff that they can do. You’re trying to, that’s why you work with referrals, right?

 

Because these guys are not just the stupid salesman that tell you one thing, but then the underwriter in the back room tells them they can’t do it. And now you’re stuck. And then the general rule of thumb is you don’t go to a large bank because typically those people are, might be great at working with owner occupied stuff in the state that you live in.

 

But this non-owner occupied stuff is a little different to them. And I would just not interest those types of people to do it. I would look for people who do own or non owner occupied and rowboat rental property. As their primary business. Okay. Reps, I guess if someone is like 35 to become an inspector with that country threat status doodle property inspector.

 

Yeah. If you’re a real estate agent, you can inspect properties for gazillion hours a year. Play a real estate agent for a gazillion hours a year. But if you’re not actively participating in your personal portfolio, it doesn’t count. I see. And this is where I’m a little fuzzy and of course, none of this is financial advice or tax advice.

 

Go find a CPA. That’s going to sign off on this stuff first. But of course, I always tell you guys to get educated on this stuff and know the nuances. So if you can go and play a little intellectual jiu-jitsu with your CPA. So they just don’t do it the easy way until you know what. To me, if you need to have some active participation in your portfolio.

 

Now, if you’re an inspector, really how much you can’t hit 750 hours inspecting your property is not going to happen man. Okay. So no, but you need to say but how can I? Interesting. Good question. So that’s a difference between yes, you’re doing real estate activities, but has nothing to do with your portfolio or passive portfolio that you’re operating.

 

All right. Insurance question on umbrella insurance. Currently, we plan not to have a car anymore. I was wondering, if we should still get an umbrella, neither of us are in high liability kind of professions. To me umbrellas, the first thing you get well before, you get property insurance on your properties.

 

But yeah, you get the umbrella before you get any LLCs, start spending money on that type of stuff. Okay. The umbrella is the one that everybody thinks is you’re driving in your car or you hit grandma, right? Yeah. Even if you don’t have a car, I would still get it. It’s so cheap, like probably a few hundred bucks. Just get it.

 

Yeah. Because it’s supposed to cover let’s just say the insurance doesn’t cut, jump in. Supposedly the umbrella is supposed to be your next layer before you rely on all these entities. But too often entities and all these others. Exotic trusts are sold before this. Hey, it’s you’ve got this armor on, put this stuff on. It’s like just the order where you put it in. Thank you. That helps a lot. And it’s cheap just to get it right. Yeah. Operating the property. So do you think for the turnkeys  we would need to put in things like remote control thermostats or security systems and security cameras, or that depends whether it’s A, B or C type of finishing?

 

Yeah. You’re not going to put a Siri or Alexa thing in that property, class C they’ll probably just steal it or something like that. It sounds cool, but it’s just not the clientele.  My style is like, you hire good people and you rely on their expertise as consultants.

 

And these are your property managers. You know, asked what they think about it. They’re going to give you the best opinion, because they’re set in the ground. They know the clientele, they know the area. But typically not the type of long-term rentals that we’re doing. Short-term rentals probably, but that’s a totally different business.

 

I’m just saying this, but I don’t want security cameras in there. I’m probably going to get sued or something like that for invasion  of privacy or some nonsense like that. Okay. Exit strategy. If we can sell it back to the turnkey provider or should we? You could, they’ll buy it. That’s an option most times is they know that you’re an unsophisticated buyer who’s distressed. So they’re going to buy it for pennies on the dollars, just like the used car dealer. 

 

 And this is the thing, right? That the business model for a lot of these name brand turnkey companies is they’re buying a hundred thousand dollar property for 120. Now, if you come to them and you say, and enough, I don’t want this thing anymore. They’re probably going to fire for 75 and then sell it again to some sucker at 110 to 120 again. Okay. If we have a bad experience with a tenant and want to exit, do we change property managers instead of selling it?

 

That can possibly be a solution. I guess you got to figure out what the problem is, right? Is it your PM or is it just a tenant or maybe that property isn’t very good? And this is where you have to figure things out because everybody’s going to be blaming each other. So for example, the properties manager is going to say the turnkey company sucked because they didn’t fix all this stuff.

 

Or they’re going to blame the tenant, we have a horrible tenant. The tenant’s going to be blaming the property manager and that the property sucks and it’s all brokers, it’s just a constant finger-pointing game. So it’s your job. And it’s three employees that are dysfunctional. No, they couldn’t complain to you as the boss for all you guys aren’t there that are like managers of people, it’s just like the childish stuff you have to deal with.

 

Totally. You think that it’s going to be like a grownup adult and once the kid graduates and goes off to college, no one follows. But maybe there are still some problems. Like when we sell it on MLS, should we target retail or like investors bigger pockets, investors, or would you recommend for sale by owner?

 

I would sell it. If the tenant moves out then, what I would do is fix it up retail. You might spend 10 to $20,000 and then sell that thing to a local broker to sell to some retail owner, occupied buyer, hopefully thrilled with the motion to buy it and will overpay for what it really is. If you want to get rid of it.

 

What I would do is I would list it with a lot of discount brokers that will sell it with a tenant in place to a turnkey buyer. If you guys need a recommendation, you guys can shoot me an email. I can connect you with my guy who does that.

 

It’s kinda like a boat. You’re happy when you get in here, you can have here, when you hold a turnkey rental property, if you’re an accredited investor, like for those of you guys out there who are under half a million dollars net worth keep buying rentals, I always have to put it in because people cannot make that difference.

 

Understood. And would you ever recommend owner financing? Never. It’s like a unicorn. It never happens to these guys and don’t even fall for this stuff. The tenants, like when I left the property, I want to live there. Can we work out some deal, lease option, owner finance. Those are the reasons why these guys are living in class B&C rentals.

 

Their credit report is probably shot. They don’t follow through with things. This is not going to happen, guys. Just stop wasting your time and just sell it to retail or to a discount broker. It’s just like borrowing money. Lending money to you, like your brother-in-law or your sister-in-law is not going to get it back.

 

It’s just not going to happen. I think that’s right. Would you recommend selling to a family? Oh no. Heavens no. And the problem is like you might be in good faith that I’m selling the property. Like I wouldn’t, I’ve done it in the past where I sell properties to people I know.

 

And I always do. Hey, man. I’m just being honest here. Like I fix things up as they need to, but if something should break, I’m sorry. That’s just the risks you take on and so you need to have that discussion. To me. It’s not worth it. And then with the year of the house, be built into key decisions to exit strategy, not really houses.

 

It’s not like commercial assets, where there’s a definitive class A,B & C type of thing with ages when apartments in the 1970s are more like the class B minus type level or class A is getting into the 1980s, 1990s, houses there’s no age on the date for the most part.

 

The bad side of that is you can sink an infinite amount of money into a house too, in terms of repairs and upgrades, etcetera. But any other questions? Good question. Those were all I had as I went through the course, because it was so detailed and I guess answered most of my questions already. So thanks Lane.  We’ll throw this into the remote investor eCourse for folks. Thanks, Marianne.

 

1.5M Accredited FOOM Member Coaching Call | 1031 Exchange/ Infinite banking / Goals

https://youtu.be/PLRjVNjSM4E

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners for another week in a row because you guys requested it so much. We are going to be doing another coaching call with yet another accredited investor. You guys seem to really like these and you guys also keep signing up to do more of ’em. If you guys wanna sign up then make yourself anonymous, make a fake name, change the story a little bit so that your coworker doesn’t know it’s you. When they’re also listening to the simple passive cashflow podcast, feel free to do so. Gotta do two things: you gotta be part of our free clubs, simple passive cashflow.com/club joined there.

 

So we know you’re a real person to get to know you a little bit better. And everybody in that club, make sure you guys sign up for the onboarding call, get a call with myself or somebody else on our team. And if you want to sign up for that free coaching call to be put on the podcast, send an email at the team@simplepassivecashflow.com and we’ll get you set up.

 

But before we get going again, I wanted to give you that opportunity to check out the free audiobook of my book, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/book. And also thanks for buying the book because we got an Amazon bestseller. And if there’s something else that you guys want me to cover on this podcast, or talk about, maybe we can do a feature, just ask anything or talk about any topics.

 

Let me know, send the email over team@simplepassivecashflow.com and we’ll try and get a handle for your guys. But yeah thanks for listening to the show and here we go.

 

Hey simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are doing a coaching call with Eric who has a net worth of a million and a half. He’s an accredited investor, and he has a bunch of rentals, but he’s looking to sell them off, go into syndications and private placements. So we’re gonna be talking a lot about how he built up that original portfolio.

 

He worked with a bunch of friends, a bunch of guys drinking beers, pulled the cash together and that’s how we got to accredited status. And then we’re going to talk a lot about options, 1031, that type of stuff. And a lot of good stuff here. So I think, a lot of you guys starting out, you guys are creeping over that million dollar stage.

 

This is going to be very perfect  to a lot of you guys.  All right, let’s welcome Eric who’s also a FOOM member . If you guys want to check out that group go to simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. A lot of high quality people in that group, but, yeah, go there to learn more. But yeah, Eric, thanks for jumping on.

 

Thanks for having me. Yeah. Once you give people a little context on how you got started a little bit like, how old you are, family structure, then how long ago did you get started to get to the point million and a half now? Yeah, sure. So I’m 33. I’m married. I have two kids under three, and we started out about five or six years ago getting into real estate.

 

Following college. I worked in oil and gas. My undergrad is related to oil and gas and kind of the business finance side. So I did that for a few years traveling a lot and jumped into renewable energy about five or six years ago. And have been doing that ever since as a project manager for utility wind and solar projects, but along the way we got away from the traditional personal finance stuff, IRA, SEP IRAs, Roth things like that.

 

I didn’t have any travel expenses like you in part of your career or any living expenses. I’m sorry. Cause I was living in hotels for the first four years out of school. So I was able to stockpile a decent amount of cash. Just didn’t know what to do with it, honestly on the road a lot started listening to podcasts, like a lot of people in their mid twenties, right?

 

Yeah. I’m 25. I bought my first little house just outside of Austin that we’re actually getting ready to sell. And when listening to podcasts, alternate investing kind of stuff, real estate really starts going down the rabbit hole of rental properties and I think that’s the way many do when you get on bigger pockets.

 

And that led to other podcasts over the next few years, but probably between. I dunno, 26 and 20. And now we have about 35 units in central Texas of rental properties, all small residential, one to four units. Some of those are probably A class that we’ve lived in around Austin. And some of those are your C class, Eight are B or eight are D, kind of fourplexes and duplexes.

 

That cashflow pretty well in an area near Fort Hood Killeen, which if you’re looking at it recently, it’s been growing a lot, over the past year or two, but, that’s where we thought we were going to go is rental properties and cashflow. That was going to be our way out to quit working if we wanted to, or as my wife and I, at that point in that late twenties got engaged and then married, that was our pathway that we thought we were going to go down.

 

I guess as I got older and a little smarter. Started talking with high net worth parents of my friends that I, we were hanging out with, maybe having a drink or whatever. And I realized that none of them own little dumpy houses in Killeen, Texas. They were investing in commercial funds and Large multifamily deals, new development subdivisions, things like that.

 

So started picking their brain a little bit on it. Like we’ve built up like a nice little portfolio. You think you’re hot stuff and then you find other people that do it very differently. And after a while you start to follow the breadcrumbs.

 

Yeah. Like you mentioned hot stuff, right? Like in my peer group, I was the guy buying rental properties, thinking I was doing well or whatever, but then you stretch your network a little bit and you realize there’s people your age that have already amassed quite a bit of wealth.

 

They get there in different ways and I just got my eyes open to the long-term game, not the running back and forth, checking on rehabs and dealing with tenant headaches and all that stuff and it wasn’t what I wanted. So over the past couple of years, we started looking for different ways and luckily a family friend got us in with a group out of Fort worth that does medical office spaces.

 

And that’s kinda how we got our start in a limited partner investing. And so in 2020, we started putting a little bit of money in probably I think 150,000. Some of that was with the group that I started with just buddies who were interested in the same thing, all, early thirties, good paying jobs, things like that.

 

We wanted to find a way to get our money to work for us. And then in 2021, we got fortunate with some good appreciation around Austin and sold one of our old primary houses that we had lived in for two out of the five. So no taxes to worry about and started refinancing a lot of our rental properties, just pulling out a decent amount of cash.

 

And I met Lane. I met you. I think we started talking about a deal in Houston at one point. And that’s where you met the mastermind group and enjoyed that. And since then, we’ve been diving all in. The unfortunate thing is that there are a lot of people who haven’t met any wealthy people.

 

You don’t know what you’re missing. And I think correct me if I’m wrong, but like  you’re lucky enough to be in proximity to some wealthy people that you can see the other side. Is that correct? Yeah. I grew up in a working class kind of middle class, going to work. They advise me to go to school and get a job, get a high paying job that way, whether it’s a project manager, oil and gas.

 

That’s part of the reason I pursued oil and gas is because it’s typically high paying, but yeah, no one in my family was buying rental properties or looking to invest in apartment deals or whatever. A family friend that I think was a buddy I grew up with and his dad had been doing it in that kind of opened my eyes to it.

 

And then we got to go rub shoulders with some of his friends at weddings, this and that. And you really saw a different lifestyle from yeah. You know what my trajectory was with rentals and just, a couple hundred dollars here, a unit couple hundred dollars here, a unit first, putting in a hundred thousand and then doubling that in three or five years.

 

And then we’re just rolling the money over. So just to set the table for you guys on the podcast, we also put this up on the YouTube channel too. I think we have a playlist of all the past coaching calls because we have the personal financial sheet up here. So we’re going to talk through some of these numbers and this and these other charts.

 

And I think this is also available. And if you guys sign up for the clubs that will pass a cashflow.com/club, all of these get categorized in net worth. Cause we’ve done a bodily, it’s a couple of dozen of these so far, so you can see where you are, but Eric’s got a net worth of 1.5 million. So we’ll fit that in where it needs to go in the pecking order. So you guys can fit yourselves in, but again, network million, $1.5 million. So that’s what I call it, like where he is at this point in time. But the other point, anybody who’s like a physics major took physics. You guys know one in time and then velocity, the velocity ice I call it is which, what do you net at the end of every month?

 

So his assets or his monthly assets or income coming in here, I think your real estate stuff is about half or a little bit more than half than your day job stuff looks like. That’s moving in the right direction. That’s where you want to go. We had some people in the group where they make most of their money through the ordinary income route.

 

And that’s why you don’t want to have an app, right? Yeah. It’s been a long time coming. It always hasn’t been that way, but the last two or three years, it has, but granted, we also self manage these, so there’s no management fee. So I do have to devote some time to that. But luckily, To put systems in place and, dealing with good and bad contractors throughout the years.

 

Yeah. It’s starting to make it worthwhile, dammit. It’s working. All, all those threads that you had in your twenties, they didn’t believe you, but it’s working now. Your expenses are in control. I think this is what we talk about a lot, like in, in our kind of circle.

 

A lot of us got to this point and worked class. A lot of us are very frugal, but I tell guys like, Eric, Hey, lighten up a little bit, have some fun, things are gonna be okay. Very, so the control we’re pretty frugal. Our mortgage is $1,800 a month in Texas. We have relatively pretty cheap housing. For my job, I get paid mileage and I drive around 50,000 miles a year. So essentially I don’t have a car payment and my wife’s car, she uses it in her business. So it’s written off. So we don’t have a ton of expenses but we do like to travel. So we do have a little bit of fun, but once the kiddos are a little older, we’ll get back to that.

 

We’re going to get you into the exotic car hacking subgroup. I’m sure my wife would love that. I know which by the way guys, as I’m going through this course, now there’s ways you can hack  cars. It’s based on the whole depreciation schedule, it hits the bottom and it pops up.

 

So the idea is you buy it at the right point. You hold on to it, as it pops up, you can actually own the car for free or make money possibly. But anyway, fun stuff  but any net cash flow, you’re putting away quite a bit of money. It’s definitely  six figures a year to put two investments in. I could do like three or four syndication deals a year, beautiful stuff.

 

Talk to us, you started to invest with your buddies, right? Like shortly after you got started, how did that all come about? How  did you guys work that?  After a few years of me talking about real estate and buying properties and probably headaches that came with that, I convinced three of my buddies that I went to school with in college with, to form an LLC, you start buying some rental properties.

 

In that Fort Hood area. And we bought a fourplex. A couple of duplexes realized I was the one doing all the grunt work, even though I was taking a small little fee to do it, but I got it. Do you structure that to compensate yourself for your time? Yeah, we just set it up as a member LLC.

 

And then I had a separate property management LLC, and we did a lease agreement to my LLC for 6% of the revenue of the rent. Oh, you were doing the property management, right? Yeah. So we’ve always self managed. We’ve never used a third party. Yeah. I’ve seen some people. If you have property management, you paid for property management,  your role will be asset managers, maybe take a point. That’s fair.

 

Yes. That’s come up in the last or conversations cause even, that same group, some of the deals in 2020, we all went in. So we, a hundred thousand minimum each show is through and 25. And the idea was whether it’s the fourplex, a duplex, whatever we buy or a syndication, should there be some kind of fee because, I spend a decent amount of time reaching out to people or a decent lot of time dealing with property management stuff to find those opportunities for us.

 

So we’ve brought that up, but, honestly with the syndication part, it’s been, it hasn’t been too hard, you find a few good people and we’re trying to dip our toes in with the few of them and see which ones we like. And, in a few years, hopefully some deals go full cycle.

 

We’ll have those three to five syndicators that we can just keep rolling over the money with, with that group. So what percent of your current week, like where you’re actually on real rental properties directly, are through your buddies, LLC or personally alone? Yeah. So on the tab that you’re on, those are all just my wife and I.

 

There’s another tab that shows the partnership kind of market value, loan balance SENCF. What would you say just dollar wise equity do you have between just personally with buddies? So this one is, its market value is 580,000. So I own a quarter of that. Mostly personally, on your own vast majority.

 

Yeah. We bought a few and I really liked the model of having all of it, if I’m going to have to deal with it. And we talked about it and I think the better plan for that partnership was to just do syndications and try to get a little bit more money and spread it out that way.

 

Yeah. But that was cool. You got them involved, right? You got them the taste of blood and I think they’re hooked right. Two of the other guys they’re just kinda like I’ll send them stuff all the time and either they have the money or they don’t but one of the guys who ironically his dad was the one that kinda got us into syndications and helped us get our foot in the door where otherwise we probably would not have, he’s really taken it and run with it and made some connections of his own.

 

And he lives in the DFW area. So we get together a lot and he has some good connections. Yeah he’s actually brought some stuff to us to look at it. Not just me reaching out to people through podcasts or different networks.  Yeah, that’s cool. Like helping those guys, your buddies out.

 

Good thing. So now we’re getting into the reasoning between why you’re transitioning. As most things like real estate go up in price, you’re paying down your mortgage and your return on equity goes down because your loan to value goes down. Maybe you talk to me about the epiphany  of you kinda realizing this, what were the options to talk to that part of the story?

 

Yeah. As you can see there, my loan devalues, let’s just say 50- 60% on those things and a lot of that’s just trapped equity that it’s hard to get a line of credit on a rental properties, at least with a few that I’ve had, it’s have to really dig deep and look for it. So I haven’t had a ton of luck with that.

 

So I’ve just had to do a full refinance on ones that make sense. But aside from having the trapped equity in there that I think I could better utilize in a syndication, get a better return with, no headache, no liability, which is another thing that we’ve really thought about. It’s nice to be able to REFI these and pull out 50 or 60,000 every few years, but who knows when that may, maybe it goes the other way or maybe I ended up having a tenant slip and fall. Who knows?

 

So the idea is just that we’re getting away from this. Yeah, the joke in  the group is, can you tell me any good freaking reason why you want to own rental properties directly? In the past, like inefficiency of equity, return equity here. Another thing that a lot of people will come to is they’re trying to get the equity out right.

 

Then they may still want to own the properties. So they look into these refinances, you’re still talking about recourse debt and another option that comes up is all in one loan. I would say stay away from those generally. That’s just what, that’s just what the lenders want you to do.

 

Cause that’s cha-ching in their pocket. But they know their options you can solve  other than just getting out of the rental property owner. Yeah, no, I looked at those, I looked at a portfolio loan and a couple of the options didn’t seem too bad, but you and I talked in the group about the issue of what if I wanted to offload one property or, within that bundle, it would be a pain.

 

And then also on some of the leaders. Yeah. So what Eric’s talking about there is like, when these lenders make a loan with multiple properties, There’ll be a caveat where like you can’t, if you take one out the cell and you can’t do that, you have to unravel the entire loan, which is incredibly impractical.

 

This is why you need to actually meet people because you see a lot of these like crappy Facebook groups that are free. And then you just see like these vendors just poaching people and just writing comments here or there. And there’s no counter argument, that I’m seeing right now, or you don’t get the real, the cons of any.

 

See people, unsophisticated investors, just going through all these in one mode. So portfolio loans, they don’t realize this impracticality at this type of stuff. Yeah. That’s exactly right. The portfolio thing seemed good on paper from a high level initial conversation, several of the people I talked to said the points were high, so the fees to do it, the fees to unravel it.

 

So basically the reason for this is I’m going to have forever manage these properties. And over time it may make sense, but I just think the liability part is something I don’t want. I don’t want the headache, the lifestyle isn’t that great because I go out of town to work for work, and I constantly find myself running by a property to look at something or do something.

 

And just not a lifestyle, whereas if I sell them and let’s say I can pull out a million and a half by selling them over the next year to two. I think that’s a better use of the money for sure. You’re not a bigger pocket bro anymore. You have kids and responsibilities now.

 

Yeah. No more. I’m not cool doing burgers or anything right now. So let’s talk about the 1031 thing. Cause I think you can’t have recently come to this. You must be saying, went through this kind of talk to us the whole like option of 10 31. So that’s all about it. Talk to me. Yeah. So we have a property just south of Austin that we used to live in.

 

It’s a nice town home. The market’s going a little crazy here. And so we would be able to sell and probably pull up 200- 250,000 or take it out of that walk away from it. And I started freaking out about the capital gains. So 1031 immediately came to my head and I started thinking about it.

 

But then I started thinking about what property am I going to buy? What am I going to do? Raw land is a small apartment complex. That’s overpriced right now and another headache and its own. I talked to some people in the group and yeah. They pointed out something. I ha I didn’t even know, because up until last year or even this year, we didn’t have any suspended losses that you can deal with.

 

Once I actually learned how that works and what would really happen based on their experience doing the same thing, it opened my eyes to not having to do a 1031 and be under the gun to find a property in forty-five days, which good luck. And then. Yeah, if you think you can find a deal in 45 days, you’re the sucker that I want to sell to me.

 

And every, going back to different podcasts or different stories, the seller knows when you’re doing a 10 31, so they have all the leverage right away. Yeah, just after learning a little bit more about that, and maybe I know you have some articles on why not to do a 10 31, and I look those over, it just makes sense.

 

That if I’m going to go into syndication and I’m going to, and I have pals built up, why would I roll it into another dumpy property and then be in the same boat? Yeah, that’s really the game changer. So what Eric’s talking about is, as you guys know, one of the reasons why we can buy real estate, as we can deduct the price of the lack of the building improvement over 27 years with all these rentals.

 

So that’s cool. But it just takes freaking forever. But with syndications, if they do a cost segregation, you can deduct a third of the property improvement in the first year. This creates a boatload of cows, passive activity, losses that you don’t need to use. It just goes suspended. But those suspended, passive losses can we use when you finally sell these properties?

 

This is what I did back in 2017, when I still thought about seven rentals that year. I had a capital gain and you also get to include the depreciation recapture too. So you add those up. I had $200,000 of that, that I had to pay taxes on, but I had some, a hundred thousand dollars of passive losses that were suspended built up that are used to offset that which indicated Texas.

 

And which negated any reason for a 1031? Yeah. Did you know how much the 80 to 85 farm or something like? Did you see how many calls you have? We haven’t completed our 2020 return yet. So in 2020, probably won’t be I take that back. We did quite a few. We bought a lot of properties in 2020, cause some crazy deals are coming up, but a lot of them are remodeled.

 

So we did have some losses and our income phases this out over the 25,000 amount, you can take each. Yeah, a hundred hundred to $150,000, which is most people in our world. Yeah. Yeah. So the last, however many years I’ve been phased out of that. So just carrying those forward, but I don’t know off the top of my head.

 

But I do know in 2021, just based on the type of deals that we’re going in and the amount that we should be able to offset all of it. Yeah. So when you guys are looking to sell properties, you guys want to see how much passive activity losses you have suspended. This should be an 80 to 85 farm.

 

Don’t quote me on that, something like that. Your CPA should have that. And unfortunately that sometimes the CP doesn’t give that to you because when they don’t like to give it to you so that they know when you start asking for it, they know you’re shopping around for a new CPA, because there’s a lot of back and calculations that come on that form.

 

It’s a complicated sheet, but basically the right question to ask is how much suspended, passive activity loss. You have built up so you can offset your capital gains patient ratio with captures of what we sell. So what was your plan like? Like you kinda know that you’re not gonna do a 10 31, but like you still did you decide, like I’m going to sell two off this year or three off this year?

 

What was the rhythm or cadence to, yeah. Yeah. It’s just the way the market is. And I was doing the math just back at map and kind of that and realizing what the cashflow is on a couple of these properties that are, in that higher market value number, how many years it would take me to get to where I could if I just sold it on the return.

 

And then if I can just put that money back to work. In various things like that, it’s just, it was just dumb, to hang on to it and take, say 200 bucks a month or whatever. Yeah. It made sense in the beginning. But as your loan devalue went down as a property appreciating you got more equity.

 

Doesn’t make sense after a while. Yeah. And every time I refinance one, there’s five or 10,000 in fees. Which still lenders, they sweep it under the rug with a higher interest rate to make it a no fee, but they’re still paying for those friction costs. Yeah. So something like that, like you understand this pretty well and you’re able to make an educated guess on this, but like you right now, the game plan is to do the passive activity losses through bonus depreciation costs.

 

At some point in the next 2022 will be the last year that you get a hundred percent bonus depreciation and then it starts to step down a little bit for the next four years. I don’t think that this is going to be open for a while. They could extend it. They, I don’t think that they will is my guess, or I don’t know.

 

I just don’t think that sweet deals like this are going to stay open for me. That’s just the way I look at it. So something for you to think about, right? Like you gotta get it while the kids are good. So are you saying maybe liquidate now while the market is also red hot in this area and people are overpaying for everything and try to roll it into deals.

 

I’m not looking for him, like in terms of yeah, it’s a great time to sell right now. Seller’s market. I don’t, I try and personally, I don’t really try and have that sway what I would do. I look at it in terms of like tax offsetting the tax. Right now, when you go into a syndication and do a cost SEG, you’re getting a lot of bonus depreciation right now in 2022 and beyond, that’s going to be going down a little bit.

 

So you’re going to get less passive activity losses from these things in the beginning. So you need to keep that in the back of your head. What I would be doing if I wanted to sell these 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, like 12 properties, what I would be doing and be trying to do half this year and then the next year, and then maybe spill over.

 

I wouldn’t be assuming it was new to every year. No, because in two to three years, you’re not going to get as much passive losses from new deals. Like I would try to front load it. And this is where it makes it hard, right? Cause we don’t know what’s going to happen. We don’t know what Congress is going to extend the bonus appreciation thing.

 

We don’t know if they might, I don’t know. Who knows they might get better. And maybe you’ll be rewarded, but I don’t know, like this is where it’s just good to talk with people and understand how things it’s a fluid situation. The thing is it’s stagnant and you have to make the best call today.

 

Based on what is unknown known as in the future in terms of taxes. Yeah. And that’s what makes it so hard. It’s just not knowing. And I don’t want to kick myself in the foot for selling too early, too late, whatever. But yeah, but I think after a while you know what Congress will do, what things, what levers they do pull.

 

Like another great example. You don’t care about this. I don’t care about this now, but like the state tax, I think it’s low right now. I don’t really know exactly what it is because I don’t care. But like sometimes it floats to 20 plus million. Sometimes it’s infinite. Like it the boy goes up a doubt for that.

 

Just one thing, same thing with this stuff. I’m assuming bonus depreciation is the same phenomenon. Yeah. I think you’re right. It changes like what you’re talking about and you get different administrations and they’re trying to appeal to different groups. And do different things.

 

Like the whole land conservation easement thing. It’s a little bit difficult nowadays. There’ll be something else. And as empty people waiting to get full confidence in it, the window’s closing on you already or something like that. Yeah, yeah, I haven’t looked at those, but I know some of the people have, some of the other people and worked out pretty well for them.

 

But personally, I haven’t really dived into that. Yeah. Yeah. But what else? What else can we talk about here? Space, other sheets. The other sheets are pretty standard. This is just my personal tracker. And I added your summary because I liked it on the first page, this is just a tracker of things that we’ve gone in on that is also yours.

 

I actually don’t do this, I don’t know. I’m just, I don’t know. It’s kind of a conflict. Yeah. Honestly, it’s like a K-1 tracker and just seeing quickly, how much are we in this year? I may want to change it up a little bit and maybe add some information about the K-12 totals and different things.

 

Yeah. This one looks like you have like your passive losses and your returns all in the same thing. I keep mine separate, but however you want to do it. Yeah. I need to clean it up a little bit. Yeah. Hell of a lot better than working with a schedule a year, running out the properties. Yeah. Believe me. Cause I have to do this and tax season comes up and have to manage all that and fight taxes every year to pain. But yeah, on the properties, I think it’s just how to strategically offload those. That’s the, if it were me like me playing you’re just I would have mowed half of them this year and you’re going into deals right.

 

You’re picking it, the passive losses where you don’t help me. Your sales are getting passive losses. Of course, I think that goes without saying, but I would really try and get rid of the other half in the next couple of years, because at that point, the bonus you’re getting is going up, your windows going to close and getting the passive losses and then just to clean things up too.

 

Because it’s a pain. I still have two rentals. It’s not occupied, but it’s just out there such a pain. We were just on a vacation and I was dealing with things that were either distracting me or causing me to have to send some emails or make a few phone calls every day because of this not even work.

 

Yeah. What else do you want? One of the things I had written down, right now I work as a project manager, mostly real estate development is what I do just for a different product. We build wind and solar projects, and I have some friends that work in real estate development and they, I enjoy real estate quite a bit.

 

It’s fun for me, it’s engaging and challenging and all that stuff. So my question is, If you had a desire down the road to be a GP in some of these deals, aside from just being a key principle or, just bringing more money to the table, would it be advantageous to maybe switch careers, try to work for some of these developers?

 

Yes. I may take a pay hit initially, I’ve seen some of the bonuses that these guys get every now and then it’s pretty crazy on, maybe a new multi-family that sells. So do you. Do you think it would be wise to have all my investments in real estate that I’m hopefully relying on in five to seven years to really start being able, just to recycle and turn over, but also have my W2 in that world.

 

My goal is to move into that GP role in five to 10 years. Yeah. So it comes down to your goals. If an operator has a good track record, Like really, what the hell did they need you for? What do you do, and it comes down to the essence of what you do for the general partnership where you can either do several things.

 

You can find the deal, which ain’t going to happen. Talking to brokers, you’re not going to break people with yellow letters and find deals that just don’t work. What the grooves say, they want to sell you on $30,000 programs. It ain’t going to happen. Could it happen perhaps? That’s why these guys make the programs the way they are. So they go find a thousand suckers to run through brick walls and one or two of those guys make it like, it’s you who gave me it’s possible, but here’s where it’s I don’t know if that’d be a good use of your time. Because you make a pretty damn good salary as it is.

 

Yeah. And it’s a good industry to be in right now in general, signing on debt, being a key principle or putting money down on hard money. That’s another option, right? But you’d really need a net worth of over 3 million to make more sense to do that. And you’ll get there. They want to do that in the future.

 

Signing your name, on some loans could pick you up substantial money. You know what I mean? It’s essentially money, 30 to a hundred grand possibly. Just for doing that. But it’s all equity. The other things that generally. Get used in a general partnership if you are doing work right?

 

So are you putting in sweat equity and this possibly you might be able to do, but then you ask the question. If you’re investing with a reputable operator, they should have all these systems and teams in place. What the heck do they need you for? Like the only people that want sweat equity from people are people.

 

I haven’t got a track record together. And you’re not coming on the ground floor. And that kind of, maybe I put the question back at you. Are you coming? Are you okay? Working with somebody who was in startup mode that could very well flounder. If that’s the case, then you have a shot, but if you’re working with somebody reputable you don’t need cooks.

 

And the kid cooks more in the kitchen. Yeah. And that makes the concern that you would have to start at the bottom and either work your way up and then start over, or you have to go to a risky startup that you’re putting a lot of trust in. And, but let’s just go with that one, you’re like, all right. I like doing this stuff. It is fun to me. I like this cowboy type of attitude. I want to see what I can do. Then it comes down to. All right. Make sure you don’t sign on debt for number one. Hey, don’t put your whole family’s estate on the line, but is it, then you look at your salary, right?

 

Like what you’re doing right now, is it that hard? Is it worth you making three, four times this 10 years down the road? I don’t know. And then that, and then I, as your family office guy is going to ask you, amen. Which we’re going to get you the four and a half million dollars that kind of, that upended me off the finish line, I guess we’re going to get you there.

 

And, by the time you’re 45-50. Do you want more? Yeah. I dunno. Go into my current job and if I like it, I probably work 35- 40 hours a week. And then I have some weeks where honestly, there’s just not much going on. And I work from home, freedom to travel, work from vacation kind of thing.

 

Cush job, to be honest. So it is hard to leave. Maybe the better play there is just to roll with it and find ways to either increase my income in other ways. Maybe different businesses that my wife and I, since she’s really into that, starting those up and just keep rolling this money in offload these assets, that’ll free uptake.

 

Just the same, I don’t know, a million dollars. And just keep going and on good deals with good operators and then look up in five or 10 years and beat it at that mark. Yeah. And get to that mark. And you don’t need to go find operators. You can just do like an IUL type of product and put it into an incredibly brain dead mode and cash flow.

 

And I don’t know those, the reason why you got here is not because you have that attitude that you want to coast, but like you can coast. And I know it goes against everything. Everybody’s told you, everybody’s telling you, you need to work harder to get to the next person.

 

But like I’m telling you, you’re going to get to a point where it doesn’t matter if you have four and a half million dollars or $10 million net worth, it doesn’t matter. But I think that’s where the fulfillment piece comes in. Like maybe you can carve to start to think about this and what do you guys really want to do for the last 30 years, 40 years?

 

Yeah. And whenever we go out to dinner, my wife and I, and we were talking non-business even though we somehow circumvent back to that circle back to it, but yeah, exactly. Of course. And we find ourselves thinking about what we are doing all this for? Why are we dealing with rentals?

 

And, Starting a business to try and make a little money kind of thing. And it comes back to, we don’t need that 10 or $20 million net worth at the end. We just don’t want to have to worry about things, if we want to go to Europe for a couple of months and hang out, we can do that. And eventually our kids are gonna get older and move out and they’ll be fine.

 

So what are we going to do with our net worth in 10 or 15 years? I think the answer is yes. Whatever we want right or fulfills us at that time. Some guys have a 503C kind of thing they want to do or whatever, and maybe that’s down the road. But I think right now it’s just having options on the table and not being forced to like golden handcuffs and work for a W2.

 

And this is all uncharted territory. Most people spend their whole life to get to one and a half million dollars that they get there. And there, it’s game over already. They’re already old. It seems really morbid, but there really isn’t a life after you achieved that number that you’re looking for, which you’re already there for.

 

So you better start thinking about it. Yeah. You hit on it earlier. Relax, go enjoy yourself. Go by that Ford Raptor you want? Yeah, I did order something. Yeah. Very cool. Thanks. Enjoy it a little bit or otherwise, what’s it all worth and or why do it, why are we putting ourselves through second?

 

Heartache and stress sometimes if we’re not going to cut out, enjoy the fruits of your labor. Yeah. And you’ve got a couple of kids and from what I notice not notice, but statistically 90% of wealth needs the families right. In two to three generations. And maybe it’s because most of the time people are putting their pedals to bed, 50-60 years old, then they get to one and a half million dollars and they don’t have time to teach the next generation. The next generation has already gotten through the college educated system and they haven’t taught, how do they build wealth? You have an opportunity to actually teach the next generation because you have the bandwidth to do it.

 

Yeah. And that’s important to us, my wife, I mentioned she was a teacher and she realized after a few years in that system, after spending four years of school to go be a teacher, she was going to be working. Forever for $50,000 a year. It was crazy and no matter how good she was or not, she just worked, there was a lot of negativity with all the other teachers that she worked with about not liking their job.

 

And the older ones were burned out, just trying to get to that 20 year retirement mark. And it was kinda sad, honestly. I don’t want our kids to think, go to school to be a teacher because my grandma was a teacher who went to school to do something right. Yeah, you enjoy it, but also you can utilize it to build your own wealth, right?

 

Yeah. Maybe it’s maybe it’s like a thing of, like they say, you’re never in balance. You’re always out of balance. You’re just focusing on different time things at different periods. You already buckled down in your twenties and thirties. I’m getting this net worth thing.

 

Maybe take us a step back to a season in life where you focus on teaching the next generation, which you can always come back to. If you ever wanted to do that GP thing in the future, or make some kind of more lifestyle business or something that’s fun. And I think that’s what I’m getting at.

 

There’s everybody, there’s something that resonates with somebody like that you want to do, maybe you’d make a dog farm or something like that. I don’t know. Or like a farm. No honey company, I don’t know. There’s something that you’d like to do or like the wine tours or, yeah, no, that’s a pretty fun business.

 

We get to go right off drinking wine all over the place, so it’s not too bad. But yeah, there’s definitely things out there that I would just enjoy. They just don’t bring in the salary, down the road or not even down the road, but shortly I’ve, we’ve talked about just selling some of these properties.

 

A little bit of money and just leaving my job. Because I can always go back and work in renewable energy and do what I do. I don’t think I’ll have a problem with that. You can run hers from anywhere. Cause she has employees that kind of run it. She only works five or 10 hours a week and just takes the kids five, six years old and go spend six months overseas or whatever, and just hang out with them and enjoy that time.

 

I think we’ll be able to do it. Like you said, offloading some of these assets that we’ve worked hard to acquire to low cost spaces that we’ve gotten fortunate on appreciation and investing it wisely. Don’t just put it in your bank account. Do you have any models that have a net worth of four to 10 million that you feel have gotten it?

 

Because I don’t. And I think the people who are very visible are the people that are like those serial entrepreneurs that just keep going more and more. It’s the quiet people that kind of got off the freeway. Yeah, no. Like you said, the ones that you see are the loud ones that are making all the headlines or whatever, every now and then I’ll run across somebody, whether it’s a landowner that I deal with on a project who 56 years old made a few smart moves when they were younger.

 

And I’m trying to catch them in between fishing trips or vacations, and they’re just joined life. But the people we know. The people we buy these apartments from they’re typically in the 10, $20 million plus range. And they’re the one dying with the property on their deathbed. As they sign up for the paper.

 

What I’ve learned is I don’t want to be in that position. Yeah. It seems like a few of them, whenever we’re talking about who the sellers are, it’s a widow or widower and they’re just offloading it and, they, and they’ve worked to manage it on their own, painting walls or whatever they’re doing for the last week.

 

It’s always the widow, like the wife right back then. And that’s why my list is like, at some point. Stop investing at deals that just go completely passive, like an IUL product. Cause I empathize like they’re panicking, right? Their husband who ran the whole business, the real estate apartment is gone.

 

They’re just confused. You don’t know what to do. Because they’re rich, but they can’t get it out. They don’t know what to do. Yeah. That’s a scary thing. Yeah, no. Yeah. Yeah. Aside from really getting in the weeds on financials and everything. We like podcasts that talk more about philosophical things and banking and books over kind of stoicism and things like that.

 

Cause it kinda opens your eyes to there’s more than just trying to just continually make money for whatever reason. You don’t know why, but you’re just trying to increase your bank account. So yeah, you don’t want to be at the end of your life and thinking about it. I wish I had gotten to 50 million instead of my 40 million, But that’s where it’s hard because since I’ve been 18 working all the time the goal is to get there.

 

And then when you start getting on this cruise control, like we were talking about it the other day is things are easy right now, honestly, we’re rolling into apartment deals and yes, none of them have gone full cycle yet, but I have faith in the people that we’ve given the money to, that they will.

 

And jobs are going well. We go on vacations when we want to. So things are going pretty smooth. It’s nice. Yeah. Cool. Any other last pondering questions you want to talk about? Or a good, no, I wrote some stuff down, but I think we covered it, yeah. Just thinking about how to offload these properties and hopefully, it might be a little bit of a headache for a couple years, but.

 

Planning ahead, like we talked about, and then hopefully I don’t get in a situation where I have, I don’t think there will be a lack of deals coming around. That’s one of the things that made me a little nervous is deal flow, but I think. I think there will be plenty of opportunities.

 

They seem to come up once you start networking, and that’s how I met you. I think I heard you on a podcast or, and then a couple others. And I just finally got to the point where I would email you guys and say, Hey, what’s up? I’m interested in learning about what you do and going towards that passive side.

 

And then honestly, everyone, I reached out to the three or four people that we’ve invested with who have all been really cool and No, it wasn’t just there’s some imaginary person on a podcast kind of thing. Have you guys done the IBC stuff infinite  banking? Yeah. So I set mine up with a guardian and I did it. It’s a 50,000 policy and I already use it. I took a loan out against it shortly after and when I’m on a deal and then I repaid it whenever we had some money coming in from something else.

 

So yeah, I had it set up and rolling, and then I’m doing a HELOC on my primary. Cool. So what I would, how long have you been doing that? Thus far? Yeah. Four or five months. Okay. Okay. Okay. Yeah, maybe in the next year or two especially before you leave your day job, right? Because that’s what they’re insuring and enshrining or salary.

 

We’ll Maxwell, max up things out, try and get up to 200, 250,000 a year. So just open new policies, you mean? Yeah. Layer them on top of each other. You’re still in the beginning, so you’re getting used to what the heck 50,000 is, feels like for a year. Same thing I did when I first started, but I would just go big with that.

 

It’ll be so nice to have a million dollars in equity. Yeah, no, it’s it took me a little bit to wrap my head around, I’ve heard it on people talk about it and I was dumb and not doing it earlier, but yeah, now that I wrap my head around the simple interest part in the loan. Yeah.

 

It’s super easy and it’s pretty sweet. Yeah. I’m looking at doing one for my wife, but one question since she does not have a duty to how do they qualify income? Just federal tax. My wife’s a teacher too. So that’s the thing you get to maybe talk about offline, but technically it’s supposed to like, it’s supposed to be on like your salary, right?

 

So no more salary cannot do it. This is One of the common questions we get from like these hackers, they’re always trying to optimize a situation. Oh, I’m gonna get all my kids because they’re younger. Or the cost of insurance. I’m like, yeah, it’s going to be cheaper, but you can’t get Jack from it.

 

Because they don’t make any salary. And it’s kinda like that whole it’s like a clickbait YouTube videos oh, you can pay your kids. They don’t have to pay taxes. You can only pay them like four grand. Who cares? Who cares? If you save 20% of four grand, it’s nothing.

 

Yeah. Yeah. But you gotta look at the limits on there’s different auditing, but yeah. Talk to you, talk to the IBC guy that we got and then, but it gets yours first, right? And up yours to two 50 per year, then worry about your wife. But I don’t know. I argue that maybe once you fill up yours, you don’t even eat one.

 

Yeah. Yeah. So tell me the logic behind that. Cause I’ve expressed that to her that we didn’t really need it for her. Cause if something were to happen to her we’d be fine. You’ll be fine. You’ll be okay. Other than the pure fact that if she passed away, you would need some, have some money to, John, your sorrow and tears.

 

You’ll be fine. So I wouldn’t, you don’t really eat that in my opinion, unless you want that. That’d be the only reason why you’d want to put it on. Yeah. And that’s what that was. My thing only happens to me, and if people listening right now think that’s not right.

 

You’re missing the whole point in his infinite banking thing. It’s not for death payout or doing it for the liquidity part of this. Yeah, no, that’s true. Just to, yeah, not for that benefit. It’s just a perk. I used to sell it on it. Yeah. Whatever you gotta do, but if that’s, if you want that death payout, if something happened to her.

 

Get term-life on her, in my opinion, just to keep things. So I keep it simple, right? I have two policies for myself and I’m like just two log-ins and then sick to have a third one. It’s kind of a pain, and if you did two 50 for five, six years, you already have a million dollars of liquidity in there.

 

Shoot. Do you think you are more right? I think, and I talk about this bucket system, right? Like you’ve already filled up a few bucks. Now the next bucket is this infinite banking. Once you get like a million dollars in that thing, that’s when we start to talk about the IUL type product. And I’m sure we’ll talk in person about this and other, we have other people going down this path too, but I haven’t really figured out the feel for it. It depends on again, what your goals are, right. If all you want is two and a half million dollars. And then you want to put it in cruise control.

 

Cool with you. But we may have somebody in the group that wants $7 million net worth. Then they go to priest’s control. So two differences, it depends what your goals are and when you want to get off the freeway, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I realize this very early on that, like my spouse does not care one bit about anything I do one bit.

 

It’s just. I like wondering what the little baby should wear. I honestly don’t care. So like amplifiers, right? What things should we get? I don’t care. I don’t mean I care, but I don’t, I’m not the person who asks, we delegate things. We’re not like one of those families.

 

Yeah. We’re the same way. Yeah. She handles a lot of the stuff like that. And then I handle all the bills, finances, all that fun stuff. So I thought hard about this. And I was like if I died, maybe I would have her talk to certain people like yourself. And Even if she did talk to you for an hour and talk to 20 other people that I trust, you’re not going to get it, she’s not going to get it.

 

That’s not her thing. She’s not like that. So how do we set her up? So she doesn’t fail. And to me, there’s no way that they’re going to be able to decide, oh, should I go a hundred grand into this deal with this person? It seems simple because we live and breathe it. But for somebody coming in and coal, it’s very difficult and we have some people in the group.

 

They have no background in real estate investing and they don’t need to, but they need to have at least the interests, which is what makes them start to learn. But if you have no interests, then that’s what the IUL products are for. Yeah. And that goes back to rental properties. What am I going to do with those?

 

When I’m 70 years old and have to say, I never went down this passive role path and I have a hundred Reynolds and then something happens to me. You have two older ones. If my kids have no interest in it, they’re just wasting away. And then, yeah, that’s the worst. Whereas what you’re talking about, she doesn’t have to deal with that stress.

 

It’s a login to life policy, whatever, everything’s taken care of. I think she has an interest in real estate. She likes seeing, but she has no idea. And whenever I tell her, Hey, we’re going to go in on this deal. And Alabama, she’s oh, cool. That’s it. Yeah. That’s all.

 

So she probably doesn’t have an interest in it. She just, I want to make it easier for her and not set up something that’s complicated to unravel and do down the road whenever either something happens or we just don’t want to do it. Yeah. Yeah. But to get it to that point, you make less yield when you get it to that IUL point.

 

So you have to squeeze it to get to that number. You get there. But, going back to the IBC is one cool thing. I realized I never realized whenever I hear people talk about this two 50, $250,000 policy, a hundred thousand that, you can pay that in a rears on your rider, you can catch up, which is what really sold me on it.

 

After talking to the person who sent mine. It yeah. Cause you, you freak out, right? Because you’re like, oh shit. What if I can’t make my two 15’s? Yeah. But yeah, some of them are, yeah. Some of them are more flexible than others. That’s why I like this guardian one because it’s one year off, you can skip a year in a way.

 

Yeah. Yeah. That’s what I like. That’s why at first I was like, I’m going to do 15,000, 20,000, that’s safe. But then I was talking to some others in the group. Yeah. It wasn’t like they were selling me on it. They just told me what they’re doing and why it made a lot of sense.

 

And it depends who you are if you’re just a salary guy, then it’s one thing. But if you’re a salary guy plus performance bonus or your business entrepreneur  then it’s a different thing. For those people, I would say go with the bigger one because you’re going to right size it up into it.

 

You set a goal and you’re going to hit it. Yeah  other than that, man, things are going good. IBCs, they’re getting out of the mentality that I need to retire by accumulating 50 rental properties and dealing with C class tenants all over the place. Changing the mindset of going more towards lifestyle than just hustle. Yeah, we wrapped it up here. If you guys liked this and you guys want to do a free call.

 

You gotta put you on YouTube land and the podcast. I don’t know, maybe you guys like that, but let me know where I was looking for some folks. Cause it seems like you guys like these types of things, cause there’s always, you see the path based on net worth where people are in a journey and you know this is a step ahead of you. But yeah thanks for listening guys. Check out the website. We have all these guides. I think the one that would pertain to this would be simplepassivecashflow.com/banking for the IBC stuff, and then simplepassivecashflow.com/syndication for the syndication stuff.  Okay guys, we’ll see you guys next time. Thanks Lane.